Taconova 2012 PDF Catalogue PDF

INDEX
Foreword - Company introduction
Section 1 Taco Setter balancing
Section 2 Nova Drive actuators, manifolds, thermostats and wiring centres
Section 3 Nova Mix mixing valves
Section 4 Taco Sol solar pump sets
Section 5 Air Removal
Section 6 Danfoss Automatic balancing and standard commissioning valves
Section 7 Danfoss Differential Pressure Control valves
Section 8 Danfoss Differential Pressure Relief valves
Section 9 Danfoss thermal balancing and temperature control valves
Section 10 Heat Products HIU, Meters, Mini Flush
INTRODUCTION Taconova (UK) Ltd have supplied the UK market with our full range of Taconova products for over 50 years along with the Danfoss range of hydronic controls. Over this period Taconova products have been the preferred choice of specifiers, OEM manufacturers and distributors throughout Europe. All Taconova products are quality engineered within an ISO9001 (EN29001) environment. Taconova is the trade name for a range of high quality innovative products for controlling and balancing HVAC water circuits which includes: Balancing TacoSetter AV23 These direct reading flow measurement and balancing valves are ideal for heating and cooling circuits, especially fan coil units. The size range DN15 to DN100. TacoSetter Rondo AV23 A simple direct reading flow measurement and balancing valve, these are ideal for heating and cooling circuits (fan coils), radiators (replaces the conventional lock shield valve) and underfloor heating manifolds. DN15 straight pattern. Controls Nova Drive Actuators Thermoelectric actuators to replace thermostatic radiator valves or for use on under floor heating manifolds. These are directly compatible with our TacoSys manifolds and Novastat/ NovaMaster controls Mixing Novamix Compact Thermostatic Mixing Valve this neat valve provides safe temperature controlled water to basins or sinks and complies with WRAS/TMV2 requirements. 15mm compression connections are available. Novamix Thermostatic Mixing Valves - provide safe temperature controlled water to basins, sinks, baths or group showers with either 15mm, 22mm or 28mm connections Solar Products TacoSol A range of mono and duo solar pump sets is available along with associated solar controllers
Venting EL43 Airscoop Cast iron air separator to eliminate air from water in wet systems.DN20 to DN100. ES42 Hy -Vent Automatic air vent for the venting of air in heating and cooling systems. ER40 Vent Valves Automatic air vent for the venting of small quantities of air in radiators or small bore pipework. Other Products Available in the UK include: Danfoss Hydronic Controls: Taconova UK supply a range of Danfoss control and balancing valves which includes : AB-QM - Pressure independent control valves 10mm 250mm ASV-PV & ASV-PI Automatic balancing valves for variable flow systems. 15mm to 100mm MSV-O & MSV-F Manual balancing valves. AVP Differential control valves 15mm 50mm AFP Differential pressure control valves 40mm - 250mm AVDA Differential pressure relief valves 15mm 25mm AVPA Differential pressure control valves 15mm 50mm AFPA Differential pressure control valves 40mm 250mm Heat Products ltd Our sister company supplies bespoke Heat Interface Units for use in Residential developments with central plant. A range of types to suit most requirements is available Our Mini Flush Flushing by pass assemblies for use on fan coils and chilled beams are also supplied to customer requirements
Comprehensive technical data sheets are available for all of the above products. Extensive stocks are held at our Warehouse in Totton, Nr Southampton, Hampshire, ensuring a speedy and efficient delivery services to anywhere in the UK, generally within 24 hours. Technical sales engineers are available to discuss the product range in detail and to advise on specific applications or projects.
AV 23 SETTER Inline
Balancing Valves
www.HYG.de
nach KTW
Advantages Accurate and quick balancing without diagrams, tables or measuring devices The ow rate is displayed directly in l/min Regulating valve with adjustment scale Regulating valve with isolating facility Can be installed in any position Additional types are also available as make resistant to dezincication.
Direct regulation, reading and shut-off of ows in systems Description Direct hydraulic balancing and control of ows to consumers or in a subsystem. Balancing valves offer a quick, easy and accurate method of adjusting the ow rates through heating, ventilation, air conditioning and cooling systems. Correct balancing of hydraulic circuits ensures optimum energy distribution, resulting in more efcient and economical operation in accordance with the energy saving regulations provided for by legislation. With Setter Inline balancing valves, any qualied tter can set the appropriate ow rate using the unique ow measurement device, avoiding investments in training and costly measuring devices. Installation The valve can be installed in a horizontal, vertical or inclined position. Care should be taken that the arrow is pointing in the direction of the ow.
Operation The ow measurement is based on the principle of a bafe oat with return spring. The owmeter is built into the housing. The balancing can be carried out with a screwdriver at the adjusting screw. The reading position is the bottom line of the bafe oat.
Taconova Group AG | Steinackerstrasse 6 | 8902 Urdorf | Phone Switzerland | T +41 44 735 55++41 | F +41 44735 73555 55 02 | group@taconova.com | taconova.com OSTACO AG Steinackerstr. 6 8902 Urdorf Switzerland ++41 (0)44 735 55 55 55 Fax (0)44 02 info@taconova.ch www.taconova.com
AS-SI
AV 23 SETTER Inline
Specication text Regulating and stop valve with direct indication of the set ow rate in l/min. Gauge with bafe oat and return spring. Measured values can be set and read directly at the sight glass without tables, diagrams or measuring devices. Low pressure loss. Technical data Max. operating temperature: 100 C Max. operating pressure: 10 bar kVS value and ow measurement range, see table type programme Measuring accuracy: 10% (highest nominal ow) Material: Housing: see type programme Sight glass: heat- and impact resistant plastic Seals: EPDM Female thread to DIN 2999 / ISO 7 or male thread G (cylindrical) to ISO 228 Fluids Water and proprietary additives used against corrosion and freezing Heating water (VDI 2035) Cooling water Potable water certicates: SVGW, KTW, ACS and WaterMark
www.HYG.de
nach KTW
Typenbersicht Type programme aus Messing Setter Inline Standard made of brass Bestell-Nr. Code no. 223.1202.000 223.1203.000 223.1204.000 223.1208.000 223.1209.000 Code no. Bestell-Nr. 223.1233.000 223.1234.000 223.1238.000 223.1239.000 223.1300.000 223.1302.000 223.1305.000 DN 15 15 15 15 15 DN 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 G Rp " " " " " " " " " " GG " " " " " " " " 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" Messbereich (l/min) Measuring range (l/min) 0,3 1,5 0,6 2,4 1,0 3,5 2,0 8,0 3,0 12,0 Measuring range (l/min) Messbereich (l/min) 0,6 2,4 1,0 3,5 2,0 8,0 3,0 12,0 4,0 15,0 8,0 30,0 10,0 40,0 kVS (m/h) 0,25 0,6 1,35 1,8 1,85 kVS (m/h) 0,6 1,35 1,8 1,85 5,0 5,0 5,0
Setter Inlinemade aus entzinkungsbestndigem Setter Inline of dezincication-resistant Messing brass Bestell-Nr. Code no. 223.1204.104 223.1208.104 223.1209.104 Bestell-Nr. Code no. 223.1233.104 223.1234.104 223.1238.104 Dimensions
G 1" G " Rp " SW 24
DN 15 15 15 DN 15 15 15
G Rp " " " " " " GG " " " " " "
Messbereich (l/min) Measuring range (l/min) 1,0 3,5 2,0 8,0 3,0 12,0 Messbereich (l/min) Measuring range (l/min) 0,6 2,4 1,0 3,5 2,0 8,0
kVS (m/h) 1,35 1,8 1,85 kVS (m/h) 0,6 1,35 1,8
104
(WaterMark for DZR versions only)
81
81 G "
Accessories
VF 10 System-connections Compression tting joint with nut, clamping ring and supporting sleeve Code no. 210.3325.000 G mm Version for " 15 Copper pipe 151 eurocone suitable for SETTER Inline DN 15
Connection with nut and tail piece Code no. 210.6221.000 210.6632.000 210.6222.000 GR " " 1" " " " pipe thread Thread " eurocone Thread " flat sealing Thread " self-sealing SETTER Inline DN 15 SETTER Inline DN 20 SETTER Inline DN 15
OSTACO AG Steinackerstr. 6 8902 Urdorf ++41 (0)44 735 55 55 55 Fax ++41 (0)44 735 55 02 info@taconova.ch www.taconova.com Taconova Group AG | Steinackerstrasse 6 | Switzerland 8902 Urdorf |Phone Switzerland | T +41 44 735 55 | F +41 44 735 55 02 | group@taconova.com | taconova.com
AV 23 SETTER Inline
Correction curve water-glycol
Simplied representation for Setter Inline in medium ow rate range. Specic diagrams available for each Setter type
Pressure loss diagrams 223.1202.000

DN 15
A F = Valve position
1000
0,31,5 l/min
Effective flow rate (scale nominal value 100%)
38% glycol Kinematic viscosity: = 6.7 mm2/s

75%
50%
Pressure loss mbar
lar
ge
e op
at
er
100%
ni
ng
100 A
10
B C D E F kvs = 0,25
25%
sm
0% 0% 25%
p ll o
en
in g
50%
75%
100%
0,3
1,5
10
Displayed flow rate in %
Flow rate l/min
223.1203.000 223.1233.XXX
DN 15
B F = Valve position
0,6 2,4 l/min
223.1204.XXX 223.1234.XXX
DN 15
1 3,5 l/min
1000
1000
B C
Pressure loss mbar
Pressure loss mbar
100
100 D E F
10
D E F kvs = 0,6
10
kvs = 1,35 1
1 0 0,6 1 2,4 10
3,5
10
Flow rate l/min
Flow rate l/min
Taconova Group AG | Steinackerstrasse 6 | 8902 Urdorf | Switzerland | T +41 44 735 55 55 | F +41 44 735 55 02 | group@taconova.com | taconova.com
AV 23 SETTER Inline
Pressure loss diagrams 223.1208.XXX 223.1238.XXX
DN 15 2 8 l/min
223.1209.XXX 223.1239.000
DN 15
3 12 l/min
1000 B
C 1000
C F = Valve position
Pressure loss mbar
Pressure loss mbar
100
100 D
E 10 F
10
E F kvs = 1,8
kvs = 1,85 1
1 1 2 8 10
10 12
100
Flow rate l/min
Flow rate l/min
223.1300.000
DN 20
4 15 l/min
223.1302.000 223.1305.000
DN 20 DN 20
C F = Valve position
830 l/min 1040 l/min
1000 B
1000
Pressure loss mbar
Pressure loss mbar
100
100
Subject to modication. A-SI 07/2010 pdf e
10
10
F 1 1 4 10 15
kvs = 5,0
1
kvs = 5,0
100
8 10
30 40
100
Flow rate l/min
Flow rate l/min
Taconova Group AG | Steinackerstrasse 6 | Switzerland 8902 Urdorf |Phone Switzerland | T +41 44 735 55 | F +41 44 735 55 02 | group@taconova.com | taconova.com OSTACO AG Steinackerstr. 6 8902 Urdorf ++41 (0)44 735 55 55 55 Fax ++41 (0)44 735 55 02 info@taconova.ch www.taconova.com
AV 23 SETTER Bypass SD
Balancing valves
Advantages Accurate and fast balancing without diagrams, tables or measuring devices Direct reading of adjusted ow rate in l/min High accuracy of measurement in the optimal ow range Flow control by means of set point slide Balancing valve with adjustment scale Balancing valve with isolating facility Installation in any position Maintenance free Low pressure loss Replace measuring cylinder unit at full system pressure Saving of an additional shutoff device
Direct regulation, indication and isolation of ows in systems Description Direct hydraulic balancing and control of ows to consumers or in a subsystem. SETTER Bypass balancing valves offer an easy and accurate method of adjusting the ow rates for heating-, ventilation-, air conditioning- and cooling systems. Correct balancing of hydraulic circuits ensures optimum energy distribution, resulting in more efcient and economical operation in accordance with the energy saving regulations provided for by legislation. With SETTER Bypass SD balancing valves, any qualied tter can set the appropriate ow rate using the unique ow measurement device, avoiding investments in training and costly measuring devices. Installation The SETTER Bypass SD requires a straight section of pipe of the same length and diameter as the system. The valve can be installed in a horizontal, vertical or inclined position. Care should be taken that the arrow is pointing in the direction of the ow.
Operation The ow measurement is based on the principle of a bafe oat with return spring. The reading position is the bottom line of the bafe oat. The measuring device is placed in a bypass to the main ow, isolated from system ow. By demand the bypass, with self locking valves, gets opened / closed by pressing / releasing the clamp. Reading the ow rate has no inuence on the main ow rate.
AS-SBR
Specication text Regulating and stop valve with direct indication of the set ow rate in l/min. Automatic isolating bypass with gauge and indicator running parallel to the main ow rate. Gauge with bafe oat and return spring. Measured values can be set and read directly at the sight glass without tables, diagrams or measuring devices. Low pressure loss. Technical data Max. operating temperature: TB 100 C Max. operating pressure: PB 10 bar Measuring accuracy: Measurement range 20 to 80% = 5% of the indicated value Measurement range up to 20% and over 80% = 10% of the indicated value kVS value and measurement range see Type program. Material: Housing: brass Inside: stainless steel, brass, plastic Sight glass: heat- and impact resistant plastic Seals: EPDM Female thread to DIN 2999 / ISO 7 or male thread G (cylindrical) to ISO 228 Fluids Heating water (VDI 2035) Cooling water Potable water (with SVGW-certicate) Water and proprietary additives used against corrosion and freezing (see document Correction curves) Additional models Setter for solar applications, see data sheets Setter Bypass SD Solar and Setter Bypass HT Solar. Masstabelle Dimensions table Gewinde Female thread Bestell-Nr. Code No. 223.2262.000 223.2360.000 223.2362.000 223.2460.000 223.2461.000 223.2561.000 223.2661.000 223.2861.000 Gewinde Male thread Bestell-Nr. Code No. 223.2272.000 223.2370.000 223.2372.000 223.2470.000 223.2471.000 223.2571.000 DN 20 20 20 25 25 32 A 129 129 129 152 152 161 B2 B 12 12 12 15 15 15 C 46 46 46 58 58 65 D 79 79 79 82 82 84 G 1" 1" 1" 1 " 1 " 1 " DN 15 20 20 25 25 32 40 50 A 142 129 129 152 152 161 173 197
1 B B 39 39 39 47 47 56 64 76
Typenbersicht Type program fr SETTER Bypass SD Female Gewinde thread Code Bestell-Nr. No. 223.2262.000 223.2360.000 223.2362.000 223.2460.000 223.2461.000 223.2561.000 223.2661.000 223.2861.000 Gewinde Male thread Bestell-Nr. Code No. 223.2272.000 223.2370.000 223.2372.000 223.2470.000 223.2471.000 223.2571.000 DN 20 20 20 25 25 32 GxG 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1 " 1 " 1 " 1 " 1 " 1 " Messbereich Measuring range 2 8 (l/min) 4 15 (l/min) 8 30 (l/min) 6 20 (l/min) 10 40 (l/min) 20 70 (l/min) kVS (m/h) 2,2 3,3 5,0 5,1 8,1 17,0 DN 15 20 20 25 25 32 40 50 Rp x Rp " x " " x " " x " 1" x 1" 1" x 1" 1 " x 1 " 1 " x 1 " 2" x 2" Measuring Messbereich range 2 8 (l/min) 4 15 (l/min) 8 30 (l/min) 6 20 (l/min) 10 40 (l/min) 20 70 (l/min) 30 120 (l/min) 50 200 (l/min) kVS vs (m/h) 1,95 3,3 5,0 5,1 8,1 17,0 30,0 54,0
Dimensions
C A B
1
SW
B2 Rp
D C
C 46 46 46 58 58 65 79 91
D 79 79 79 82 82 84 90 97
SW 34 34 34 41 41 49 59 70
RpRp " " " 1" 1" 1 " 1 " 2"
D
l/min 2 4 3
6 5
8 7
Pressure loss diagrams
223.2262.000 223.2262.000 223.2272.000 DN 15 - " DN 15 1/2" DN 20 - 1"
A-D = Valve position
1000
2...8 l/min
2...8 l/min 2...8 l/min
223.2360.000 223.2360.000 223.2370.000
DN 20 3/4"
B-D = Valve position
DN 20 - " DN 20 - 1"
4...15 l/min
4...15 l/min 4...15 l/min
223.2362.000 223.2362.000 223.2372.000
DN 20 3/4"
DN 20 - " DN 20 - 1"
8...30 l/min 8...30 l/min 8...30 l/min

1000

1000
Pressureloss lossmbar mbar Pressure
A
100
B
100
100
10
B C D kvs = 1,95
10
C D kvs = 3,3
10
D kvs = 5
1 1 2 8 10 1 4 10 15 100
1 1 8 10 30 100
Flowrate ratel/min l/min Flow
Flowrate ratel/min l/min Flow
Flow rate ratel/min l/min Flow
223.2460.000
223.2460.000 223.2470.000
DN 25 1"
DN 25 - 1" DN 25 - 1"
6...20 l/min 6...20 l/min 6...20 l/min
223.2461.000
223.2461.000 223.2471.000
DN 25 - 1" 10...40 l/min DN 25 1" 10...40 l/min DN 25 - 1" 10...40 l/min

223.2561.000 223.2561.000 223.2571.000
DN 32 11/4"
DN 32 - 1" DN 32 - 1"
20...70 l/min 20...70 l/min 20...70 l/min

1000
B-D = Ventilposition
1000
B-D = Ventilposition
1000
A-D = Ventilposition
A Druckverlust mbar Pressure loss mbar Druckverlust mbar Pressure loss mbar
100 100
Druckverlust mbar Pressure loss mbar
100
B C
10
C
10
10
C D kvs = 5,1
D kvs = 8,1
1 1 10 40 100
D kvs = 17
1 10 20 70 100
1 1 6 10 20 100
Durchfluss Flow rate l/minl/min
Durchfluss l/min Flow rate l/min
223.2661.000
223.2661.000
DN 40 11/2"
DN 40 - 1"
30...120 l/min
30...120 l/min
223.2861.000
223.2861.000
DN 50 - 2"
DN 50 2"
50...200 l/min
50...200 l/min
B-D == Valve position B-D Ventilposition

1000 1000
B-D = Valve position B-D = Ventilposition
100
100
10
C D kvs = 30
120 1000
10
C D
kvs = 54
50 200 1000
1 10 30
1 10
OSTACO AG Steinackerstr. 6 8902 Urdorf Switzerland ++41 (0)44 735 55 55 55 Fax (0)44 02 info@taconova.ch www.taconova.com Taconova Group AG | Steinackerstrasse 6 | 8902 Urdorf | Phone Switzerland | T +41 44 735 55++41 | F +41 44735 73555 55 02 | group@taconova.com | taconova.com
Accessories AX 96 Isolation box Made of EPP, operating temp. -30 130 C, in accordance with EnEV guideline Code no. 296.2321.004 296.2322.004 296.2323.004 296.2324.004 296.2325.004 Fits to Setter Bypass SD DN 15 + DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50
VF 10 system screw connection ts to Setter with male thread
Screw connection with male thread R (conical) as per DIN 2999, set of 3 parts
Code no. 210.6632.000 210.6633.000 GR 1" " 1" 1" Version for threaded pipe" " Gewinderohr threaded pipe1" 1" Gewinderohr Fits to DN 20 DN 25
Verschraubung mitwith Ltanschluss, inkl. Solardichtungen, 2 3 Teile Screw connection solder connection, set includes 2Satz x 3 parts Bestell-Nr. Code no. 210.5331.019* 210.5332.019* 210.5334.003
* with solar seal
G mm 1" 18 1" 22 1" 28
Ausfhrung Version for fr Kupferrohr " copper pipe " Kupferrohr " copper pipe " Kupferrohr 1"1" copper pipe
passend Fits to zu DN 15 DN 20 DN 25
Spare parts
AY 98 Bypass SD spare part kit Code no. 298.2333.020 298.2334.020 298.2335.020 298.2342.020 298.2343.020 298.2352.020 298.2362.020 298.2382.020 Measuring range 2 8 (l/min) 4 15 (l/min) 8 30 (l/min) 6 20 (l/min) 10 40 (l/min) 20 70 (l/min) 30 120 (l/min) 50 200 (l/min) Fits to 223.2262/2272.000 223.2360/2370.000 223.2362/2372.000 223.2460/2470.000 223.2461/2471.000 223.2561/2571.000 223.2661.000 223.2861.000 P/u 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Subject to modication. A-SB 07/2010 pdf e

AV 23 SETTER Bypass Flange

Balancing valves
Advantages Precise and quick balancing without diagrams, tables or measuring devices Flow rate displayed directly in l/min Regulating valve with adjustment scale and isolating facility (Rest leakage possible) Can be installed in any position Maintenance of the owmeter under full operating pressure Possibility to connect a lling or draining cock
Direct reading and balancing valve with visual ow indication. Description Direct hydraulic balancing and control of ows to consumers or in a subsystem. SETTER Bypass balancing valves offer an easy and accurate method of adjusting the ow rates for heating-, ventilation-, air conditioning- and cooling systems. Correct balancing of hydraulic circuits ensures optimum energy distribution, resulting in more efcient and economical operation in accordance with the energy saving regulations provided for by legislation. With SETTER Bypass balancing valves, any qualied tter can set the appropriate ow rate using the unique ow measurement device, avoiding investments in training and costly measuring devices. Installation To avoid turbulence and obtain maximum accuracy of the required ow it is necessary to install, on the inlet side of the valve, a section of straight pipe, the same diameter and length as the valve body. The valve may be installed in any position, care should be taken in order to ensure that both the measuring cylinder and adjustment screw are not obstructed and that the arrow is pointing in the direction of the ow.
Operation Measurement of the ow rate through the valve can be set by turning the adjustment screw until the required ow rate is read on the front edge of the oat, which is situated within the measuring cylinder. The two check valves must be in the open position but can be closed after commissioning without affecting the set position.
AS-SF
AV 23 SETTER Bypass
Specication text Regulating and stop valve with direct indication of the set ow rate in l/min. Automatic isolating bypass with gauge and indicator running parallel to the main ow rate. Gauge with bafe oat and return spring. Measured values can be set and read directly at the sight glass without tables, diagrams or measuring devices. Low pressure loss. Technical data Max. operating temperature: TB 100 C Max. operating pressure: PB 10 bar kVS value and measurement range see Type program. Measuring accuracy: 5% (of nominal ow) Material: Valve body: grey, cast iron Valve housing materials: bronze Sight glass: heat- and impact resistant plastic Seals: EPDM Fluids Water and proprietary additives used against corrosion and freezing Heating water (VDI 2035) Cooling water Typenbersicht Type programme Code no. Bestell-Nr. 223.2151.000 223.2251.000 223.2351.000 DN DN 65 80 100 Measurement range Gewicht Weight (kg) Messbereich (kg) 60 325 (l/min) 13,9 75 450 (l/min) 16,5 100 650 (l/min) 19,7 kVS k (m/h) VS (m/h) 85 166 208
Dimensions Code no. 223.2151.000 223.2251.000 223.2351.000 DN 65 80 100 A 185 200 220 B 145 160 180 C 110 118 128 18 4 holes 8 holes 8 holes
Dimensions
Spare parts
Messkrper Measuring body komplett incl. seals mit Flansch und Dichtungen Code no. Bestell-Nr. 298.2321.000 298.2322.000 298.2323.000 Fits to zu passend DN 65 (223.2151.000) DN 80 (223.2251.000) DN 100 (223.2351.000) Measurement range Messbereich 60 325 (l/min) 75 450 (l/min) 100 650 (l/min)
AV 23 SETTER Bypass
223.2151.000
1000
DN 65
28 = Valve position
60...325 l/min
Pressure loss mbar
100
5 10 6 7 8 1 kvs = 85
10
60
325
1000
Flow rate l/min
223.2251.000
1000 2
DN 80
28 = Valve position
75...450 l/min
Pressure loss mbar
100
5 10 6
7 1 10 8 75
kvs = 166
450
1000
Flow rate l/min
AV 23 SETTER Bypass
223.2351.000
1000
DN 100
28 = Valve position
100...650 l/min
Pressure loss mbar
100
4 10 5
6 7 8 10 100 kvs = 208
650 1000
Flow rate l/min
Subject to modication. A-SF 07/2010 pdf e

AV 23 SETTER Bypass SD Solar

Balancing valves
Advantages Temperature resistance up to 130 C Direct regulation, indication and isolation of ows in solar systems Description Direct hydraulic balancing and control of ows to consumers or in a subsystem. SETTER Bypass balancing valves offer an easy and accurate method of adjusting the ow rates for heating-, ventilation-, air conditioning- and cooling systems. The solar type is designed for higher operating temperatures. Correct balancing of hydraulic circuits ensures optimum energy distribution, resulting in more efcient and economical operation in accordance with the energy saving regulations provided for by legislation. With SETTER Bypass SD balancing valves, any qualied tter can set the appropriate ow rate using the unique ow measurement device, avoiding investments in training and costly measuring devices. Installation The SETTER Bypass SD requires a straight section of pipe of the same length and diameter as the system. The valve can be installed in a horizontal, vertical or inclined position. Care should be taken that the arrow is pointing in the direction of the ow. Accurate and fast balancing without diagrams, tables or measuring devices Direct reading of adjusted ow rate in l/min High accuracy of measurement in the optimal ow range Flow control by means of set point slide Balancing valve with adjustment scale Balancing valve with isolating facility Installation in any position Maintenance free Low pressure loss Replace measuring cylinder unit at full system pressure Saving of an additional shutoff device
AS-SBR

Specication text Regulating and stop valve with direct indication of the set ow rate in l/min. Automatic isolating bypass with gauge and indicator running parallel to the main ow rate. Gauge with bafe oat and return spring. Measured values can be set and read directly at the sight glass without tables, diagrams or measuring devices. Low pressure loss. Technical data Max. operating parameters see pressure temperature curve Measuring accuracy: Measurement range 20 to 80% = 5% of the indicated value Measurement range up to 20% and over 80% = 10% of the indicated value kVS value and measurement range see Type program. Material: Housing: brass Inside: stainless steel, brass, plastic Sight glass: heat- and impact resistant plastic Seals: EPDM Female thread to DIN 2999 / ISO 7 or male thread G (cylindrical) to ISO 228 Fluids Heating water (VDI 2035) Cooling water Potable water Water and proprietary additives used against corrosion and freezing (see document Correction curves) Additional models Setter for solar applications, see data sheets Setter Bypass SD and Setter Bypass HT Solar. Dimensions
C A B1 SW C
Typenbersicht Type program fr SETTER Bypass SD SOLAR Female Innengewinde thread Code Bestell-Nr. No. 223.2380.000 223.2381.000 223.2482.000 Innengewinde Male thread Bestell-Nr. Code No. 223.2380.350 223.2381.350 223.2482.350 DN 20 20 25 GxG 1" x 1" 1" x 1" 1" x 1" Messbereich Measuring range 2 12 (l/min) 8 20 (l/min) 10 40 (l/min) kVS (m/h) 2,2 5,0 8,1 DN 20 20 25 Rp x Rp " x " " x " 1" x 1" Measuring Messbereich range 2 12 (l/min) 8 20 (l/min) 10 40 (l/min) kVS vs (m/h) 2,2 5,0 8,1
B2 Rp
D C
Masstabelle table Dimensions Innengewinde Female thread Code Bestell-Nr. No. 223.2380.000 223.2381.000 223.2482.000 Aussengewinde Male thread Bestell-Nr. Code No. 223.2380.350 223.2381.350 223.2482.350 DN 20 20 25 A 129 129 152 B2 B 12 12 15 C 46 46 58 D 79 79 82 G 1" 1" 1" DN 20 20 25 A 129 129 152
1 B B 39 39 47
C 46 46 58
D 79 79 82
SW 34 34 41
Rp " " 1"
D
l/min 2 4 3
6 5
8 7

Pressure temperature curve
Operating overpressure bar 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 130 Operating temperature C Permissible operating range

223.2380.000 223.2380.350 DN 20 " DN 20 1"
1000 1000
2...12 l/min 2...12 l/min
223.2381.000 223.2381.350
DN 20 " DN 20 1"
8...20 l/min 8...20 l/min
223.2482.000 223.2482.350
DN 25 1" DN 25 1"
10...40 l/min 10...40 l/min

1000
Pressure loss mbar
Pressure loss mbar
Pressure loss mbar
100
B
100 100
C
10
10
B C D
10
D kvs = 5,00
D kvs = 8,10
1
kvs = 2,20
1
1 1 2 10 12 100
8 10
20
100
10
40
100
Flow rate l/min
Flow rate l/min
Flow rate l/min

Accessories AX 96 Isolation box Made of EPP, operating temp. -30 130 C, in accordance with EnEV guideline Code no. 296.2321.004 296.2322.004 Fits to Setter Bypass SD DN 20 DN 25
VF 10 system screw connection ts to Setter with male thread Screw connection with solder connection, set includes 2 x 3 parts Code no. 210.5331.019* 210.5332.019* 210.5334.003
* with solar seal
G mm 1" 18 1" 22 1" 28
Version for Kupferrohr " copper pipe " Kupferrohr " copper pipe " Kupferrohr 1" copper pipe 1"
Fits to DN 15 DN 20 DN 25
Spare parts
AY 98 Bypass SD kit Code No. 298.2336.020 298.2337.020 298.2344.020 Version 2 12 (l/min) 8 20 (l/min) 10 40 (l/min) Fits to 223.2380.000, 223.2380.350 223.2381.000, 223.2381.350 223.2482.000, 223.2482.350 P/u 1 1 1
Subject to modication. A-SB-SOL 07/2010 pdf e

AV 23 SETTER Bypass HT Solar

Balancing valves Solar type
Advantages Applicable for temperatures up to 185 C Direct regulation, indication and isolation of ows in systems Application Direct hydraulic balancing and control of ows to consumers or in a subsystem. SETTER Bypass balancing valves offer an easy and accurate method of adjusting the ow rates for heating-, ventilation-, air conditioning - and solar systems. The HT-type is designed for higher operating temperatures. Correct balancing of hydraulic circuits ensures optimum energy distribution, resulting in more efcient and economical operation in accordance with the energy saving regulations provided for by legislation. With SETTER Bypass SD balancing valves, any qualied tter can set the appropriate ow rate using the unique ow measurement device, avoiding investments in training and costly measuring devices. Installation The SETTER Bypass SD requires a straight section of pipe of the same length and diameter as the system. The valve can be installed in a horizontal, vertical or inclined position. Care should be taken that the arrow is pointing in the direction of the ow. In the case of the high-temperature type, the bypass unit is replaced by the sealing cap set after adjustment. Accurate and fast balancing without diagrams, tables or measuring devices Direct reading of adjusted ow rate at the sight glass High accuracy of measurement in the optimal ow range Balancing valve with setting scale Shut-off control valve (minor leakage possible) Installation in any position Maintenance free Low pressure loss Replacement of bypass unit without emptying the system Saving of an additional shutoff device
AS-SBR HT

Specication text Regulating and stop valve with direct indication of the set ow rate in l/min. Automatic isolating bypass with gauge and indicator running parallel to the main ow rate. Gauge with bafe oat and return spring. Measured values can be set and read directly at the sight glass without tables, diagrams or measuring devices. Low pressure loss. Suitable for higher temperature ranges (with sealing caps). Technical data Admissible operating parameters TB/PB: see pressure temperature curve Measuring accuracy: Measurement range 0% to 25% = 20% of the indicated value Measurement range 25% to 100% = 10% of the indicated value kVS value and measurement range: see Type Program. Material: Housing: brass Inside: stainless steel, brass, plastic Sight glass: heat- and impact-resistant plastic Sealing: EPDM Female thread to DIN 2999 / ISO 7 or male thread G (cylindrical) to ISO 228 Fluids Heating water (VDI 2035) Cooling water Water and proprietary additives used against corrosion and freezing Additional models Setter for further applications, see data sheets Setter Bypass SD and Setter Bypass SD Solar.
B2 Rp
Typenbersicht Type program fr SETTER Bypass SD SOLAR Innengewinde Female thread (incl. sealing cap set) Bestell-Nr. Code No. 223.2382.000 223.2383.000 223.2480.000 223.2580.000 DN 20 20 25 32 Rp x Rp " x " " x " 1" x 1" 1" x 1" Measuring Messbereich range 2 12 (l/min) 8 30 (l/min) 10 40 (l/min) 20 70 (l/min) kVS vs (m/h) 2,2 5,0 8,1 17,0
Innengewinde Male thread (incl. sealing cap set) Bestell-Nr. Code No. 223.2382.385 223.2383.385 DN 20 20 GxG " x " " x " Messbereich Measuring range 2 12 (l/min) 8 20 (l/min) kVS (m/h) 2,2 5,0
Dimensions
C A B1 SW C
D C
Masstabelle table Dimensions Innengewinde Female thread Code No. Bestell-Nr. 223.2382.000 223.2383.000 223.2480.000 223.2580.000 Aussengewinde Male thread Bestell-Nr. Code No. 223.2382.385 223.2383.385 DN 20 20 A 129 129 B2 B 12 12 C 46 46 D 79 79 G 1" 1" DN 20 20 25 32 A 129 129 152 161
1 B B 39 39 47 56
C 46 46 58 65
D 79 79 82 84
SW 34 34 41 49
Rp " " 1" 1"
D
l/min 2 4 3
6 5
8 7

Operating overpressure PB bar
Pressure Temperaturecharacteristic
18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 30 60 90 100 120 130 150 185 210 Permissible operating range with Bypass
High temperature range (HT) incl. sealing caps
Operating temperature TB C (incl. sealing caps, short term 195 C)

223.2382.XXX DN 20 "
1000 1000
2...12 l/min
223.2383.XXX
DN 20 "
8...30 l/min
223.2480.000
DN 25 1"
10...40 l/min

1000
Pressure loss mbar
Pressure loss mbar
100
100
Pressure loss mbar
B
100
C
10
10
B C D
10
D kvs = 5
D kvs = 8,1
1
kvs = 2,20
1 1 8 10
1 1 2 10 12 100
30
100
10
40
100
Flow rate l/min
Flow rate l/min
Flow rate l/min
223.2580.000
DN 32 11/4"
20...70 l/min

1000
Pressure loss mbar
100
B C
10
D kvs = 17
1 10 20 70 100
Flow rate l/min


Accessories AX 96 Isolation box Made of EPP, operating temp. -30 130 C, in accordance with EnEV guideline Code no. 296.2321.004 296.2322.004 296.2323.004 Fits to Setter Bypass SD DN 20 DN 25 DN 32
VF 10 system System-Verschraubung screw connection zuts Setter to Setter mit Aussengewinde with male thread Verschraubung Screw connection mitwith Ltanschluss, solder connection, Satz 2 set 3 includes Teile 2 x 3 parts Bestell-Nr. Code no. 210.5331.019* 210.5332.019*
* with solar seal
G mm 1" 18 1" 22
Ausfhrung Version for fr Kupferrohr " copper pipe " Kupferrohr " copper pipe "
passend Fits to zu DN 15 DN 20
Spare parts
AY 98 Bypass SD spare part kit Code No. 298.2336.020 298.2337.020 298.2344.020 Version 2 12 (l/min) 8 20 (l/min) 10 40 (l/min) Fits to 223.2380.000, 223.2380.350 223.2381.000, 223.2381.350 223.2482.000, 223.2482.350 P/u 1 1 1
Subject to modication. A-SB-HT 07/2010 pdf e

AA 23 FLOMETER
Flow Indicator
Advantages The ow rate is displayed directly in l/min Direct indications of ows in hydraulic systems. Description The FLOMETER offers an accurate and convenient indication of ow rates in heating -, ventilation -, air conditioning - and cooling systems. Due to the compact design of the FLOMETER, the installation of a ow rate indicator is possible, even at most limited space. The particular connection is suitable for a direct and economic t to components with eurocone adaptors. Installed on heating manifolds or on a valve, the FLOMETER forms an economical extension of the function with big benets. For example, each throttle valve in addition with a FLOMETER turns into a multi function valve for the balancing and the indication of ow rates. With the FLOMETER, any qualied tter can read the appropriate ow rate easily on site, without any additional measuring device or special training. Installation The valve can be installed in a horizontal, vertical or inclined position. Care should be taken in order to ensure that the arrow is pointing in the direction of the ow. Accurate and quick indication of ow rates without additional measuring devices High accuracy Low pressure loss Eurocone bore hole Can be installed in any position Compact design
Operation The ow measurement is based on the principle of a bafe oat with countersprings. The ow rate is displayed on a calibrated scale by an integrated owmeter. The reading position is the bottom line of the bafe oat.
AS-AA
AA 23 FLOMETER
Specication text Flow rate indicator FLOMETER with direct indication of the ow rate in l/min. Gauge with bafe oat and return spring. Measured values can be read directly at the sight glass without tables, diagrams or measuring devices. Low pressure loss Can be installed in any position Technical data Max. operating temperature: 100 C kVS value and measurement range: see chart Type program Measuring accuracy: 10 % of the indicated value Material: Housing: brass Inside: stainless steel, brass, plastic Sight glass: heat- and impact resistant plastic Seals: EPDM Threads: G (cylindrical) acc. to ISO 228 Fluids
Pressure loss mbar
100
Type program Typenbersicht mit Bohrung with 18 mm bore 18 mm Eurocone Eurokonusfor frconnections TACONOVA-, TACONOVA Heimeier-, /und Heimeier Herz-Verschraubungen / Herz Bestell-Nr. Code no. 223.4213.000 223.4214.000 223.4218.000 DN 15 15 15 G xG " " " " " " Messbereich Measuring range 0,6 2,4 (l/min) 1,0 3,5 (l/min) 2,0 8,0 (l/min) kVS (m/h) 0,5 0,9 1,6
Pressure loss diagram

DN 15 0,62,4 n DN 15 0,6 ... 2,4l/mi l/min
100
Pressure loss mbar
Max. operating pressure: 10 bar
Druckverlust mbar
10
kvs = 0,5 1 0 0,6 2,4 10
Dur chfluss l/min
Flow rate l/min
DN 15 13,5 l/min 15 1,0 ... 3,5 l/min
Druckverlust mbar
Water and proprietary additives used against corrosion and freezing Heating water (VDI 2035) Cooling water Potable water (with KTW certicate)
www.HYG.de
10
nach KTW
kvs = 0,9 1 1 3,5 10
Dur chfluss l/min
Flow rate l/min
Dimensions
G "
100
DN15 15 2,0 28 l/mi n DN ... 8,0 l/min
Subject to modication. A-FL 03/2010 pdf e
Pressure loss mbar
Druckverlust mbar
56, 8
10
kvs = 1,6
G "
22
35
8 10
Dur chfluss l/min
Flow rate l/min
AV 23 SETTER Inline UN
Balancing valves
Advantages Direct connection to circulating pump (on suction side) Direct regulation, indication and isolation of ows in systems. Description Direct hydraulic balancing and control of ows at the intake manifold of circulating pumps. SETTER balancing valves offer an easy and accurate method of adjusting the ow rates through heating, ventilation, air conditioning and cooling systems. Correct balancing of hydraulic circuits ensures optimum energy distribution, resulting in more efcient and economical operation in accordance with the energy saving regulations provided for by legislation. With SETTER Inline UN balancing valves, any qualied tter can set the appropriate ow rate on the premises in question, thus avoiding investments in training and costly measuring devices. Installation The valve can be installed in a horizontal, vertical or inclined position. Care should be taken to ensure that the arrow is pointing in the direction of the ow. The SETTER Inline UN can be built into the 1" threaded pump connection to the intake manifold of the circulating pump thanks to its special housing design. Important when using glycol: The system medium must be allowed to ow through the measuring body for at least 2 hours prior to reading the ow rate when performing the initial start-up or relling the system. Increased temperature resistance (130 C) Precise and quick balancing without diagrams, tables or measuring devices Flow rate displayed directly in l/min 3 types cover the entire measurement range from 1.5 28 l/min Version with glycol scale in the standard product range Measuring accuracy 10% of the highest nominal value Regulating valve with adjustment scale and isolating facility Can be installed in any position
Operation The ow measurement is based on the principle of a bafe oat with return spring. The owmeter is built into the housing. The balancing can be carried out with a screwdriver at the adjusting screw. The reading position is the bottom line of the bafe oat.
AS-SR
AV 23 SETTER Inline UN
Specication text Regulating and check valve for attachment to the pump intake manifold with built-in owmeter and direct indication of the set ow rate in l/min. Can be installed in any position. Minimum pressure loss. Gauge with bafe oat and return spring. Measured values can be set and read directly without tables, diagrams or measuring devices. Technical data Max. operating temperature: TB 130 C Measuring accuracy: 10% of the highest nominal value Measurement range: see Type Program kVS value at medium viscosity = 1 mm /s (see graphs below) Material: Housing: brass Inside: stainless steel, brass, plastic Sight glass: heat- and impact resistant plastic Seals: EPDM Flat-sealing connections Thread G (cylindrical) acc. to ISO 228 Fluids Water and proprietary additives used against corrosion and freezing (see document Correction curves) Heating water (VDI 2035) Potable water Cold water Pressure loss diagrams
223.7556.334
1000
Type Program with 1 connection on flatsealing connector Code no. 223.7556.334 223.7566.334 223.7576.334 DN 20 20 20 GxG 1" 1" A 1" 1" A 1" 1" A Measuring range (l/min) 1,5 6,0 (Glycol = 2.3 mm/s) 4,0 16,0 (Glycol = 2.3 mm/s) 8,0 28,0 (Glycol = 2.3 mm/s)
Dimensions
2
96 12,4
G 1"
Max. operating pressure: PB 8 bar
SW 37
SW 30
Connectors / accessories Code no. 296.2334.000 210.6632.121 Description Solar seal suitable 1" (glycol-resistant) flat-sealing connector with R , male thread (glycol-resistant seal)
DN 20 - 1" 1,56 l/min

223.7566.334
1000
DN 20 - 1"
416 l/min
223.7576.334
1000
DN 20 - 1"
828 l/min
Subject to modication. A-SUN 01/2010 pdf e
Pressure loss mbar
Pressure loss mbar
Pressure loss mbar
100
A
100
B
100
10
10
10
C D
kvs = 1,80
kvs = 4,76
kvs = 5,44
1 1 8 10 28 30 100
1,5
10
Flow rate l/min
Flow rate l/min
10 16
100
Flow rate l/min
G 1" A
AV 23 SETTER Rondo
Balancing valves
Advantages Accurate and quick balancing without diagrams, tables or measuring devices The ow rate is displayed directly in l/min Regulating valve with adjustment scale Can be installed in any position Compact design Self-sealing thread In protection cover integrated tool for valve adjusting
Direct regulation and indication of ows to consumers. Description Direct hydraulic balancing and control of ows to consumers. SETTER Rondo balancing valves offer a quick, easy and accurate method of adjusting the ow rates through heating, ventilation, air conditioning and cooling systems. Correct balancing of hydraulic circuits allows for lower ow temperatures, resulting in more efcient and economical operation in accordance with the energy saving regulations provided for by legislation. With SETTER Rondo balancing valves, any qualied tter can set the appropriate water distribution, thus avoiding investments in training and costly measuring devices. Installation The balancing valve requires a straight section of pipe of the same length and diameter as the SETTER Rondo. The valve can be installed in a horizontal, vertical or inclined position. Care should be taken in order to ensure that the arrow is pointing in the direction of the ow.
Operation The ow measurement is based on the displacement principle of a bafe disk, which is inserted in a measuring tube. The movement of the bafe disc is transformed to the sight glass by a mechanical device. The scale printed on the sight glass allows the ow rate to be read with ease. Turning the sight glass changes the opening prole of the valve and allows the desired ow rate to be set.
AS-SR
AV 23 SETTER Rondo
Specication text Regulating and balancing valve with direct indication of the set ow rate in l / min. Low pressure loss. Direct hydraulic balancing and control of ows to consumers. Measured values can be set and read directly at the sight glass without tables, diagrams or measuring devices. Technical data Max. operating parameters TB / PB: see pressure-temparature curve. kVS value: 1 m/h Measurement range: 0.68 l/min Measuring accuracy: < 2 l/min 20% of the adjusted value 2 l/min 10% of the adjusted value Material Housing: brass nickel plated Inner components: plastic Sight glass: heat- and impact resistant plastic Seals: EPDM Female thread to DIN 2999 / ISO 7 or male thread G (cylindrical) to ISO 228
62
Type program Code No. DN Thread SETTER Rondo with connection 223.3206.000 15 Rp " G " SETTER Rondo without connection 223.3206.325 15 Rp " G " 223.3206.341 15 G " G " Type Straight Straight Straight Figure Picture 1 Picture 1 Picture 2
Connection (Nut and tail piece with self-sailing thread) 210.6222.000 15 G " G "
Dimensions (Protective cover fitted) Picture 1

36 SW 30
42
42
Picture 2
36
SW 27
G "
62
Rp "
20
20
G " 53 81
G " 49
Pressure - temperature curve

Oberating overpressure PB bar
12 10 8 6 4 2 0 20
Pressure loss diagram Druckverlustdiagramm SETTER Rondo

28 = Valve position A-D = Ventilposition
1000
Permissible operating range

40 60 80 100 120
Pressure loss mbar
Operating temperature TB C
Druckverlust mbar
100
Subject to modication. A-SR 07/2010 pdf e
10
C
1 0,1
kvs=1,0
D
0,6 8 10
Durchfluss l/min
Flow rate l/min
AV 23 Setter Tronic UN
Balancing Valve
www.HYG.de
nach KTW
W270
Advantages Precise, fast measurement of ow volume and temperature Electronic ow volume and temperature measurement Description Flow volumes and temperatures can be very easily measured and simultaneously evaluated with the Setter Tronic UN. The features of the Setter Tronic UN include its different options for use in drinking water, solar and heating systems. The electrical signals for ow and temperature can be used for the control and monitoring of pumps and valves, or for heat quantity metering. A controller, from Sorel for example, can be used to display the measurement data. The control valve can limit or interrupt the ow. Hydraulically correct balanced systems ensure optimum energy distribution and in this way maintain economic operation as required by the Energy Saving Regulations. Installation position The valve can be installed in a horizontal, tilted or vertical position. Only the direction of the arrow indicating the ow of the medium needs to be noted. For horizontal installation, it is recommendable to position the sensor on the upper side in order to prevent deposits occurring. Excellent measurement precision Measurement range: 0 to 100 C Temperature measurement directly in the medium Two versions cover the measurement range of 1 40 l/min Resistant to glycol Viscosity of water/glycol mixture: 4 mm/s Minimal pressure loss Control and shut-off function No moving parts
Mode of functioning The Setter Tronic UN was developed for the combined measurement of ow volume and temperature. The ow measurement is based on the vortex principle. The vortex shredding on the body in the ow is proportional to the ow rate. The generated vortices are detected by a piezoelectric paddle and evaluated by the integrated electronics.
AS-STUN
AV 23 Setter Tronic UN
Specication text Regulating and shut-off valve with electronic measurement and evaluation of ow and temperature values. Values can be directly read from the controller display. Can be installed in any position; minimal pressure loss. No moving parts; maintenance-free. Technical data Max. operating temperature: 120 C Measurement temperature range: 0 100 C Max. operating pressure: 10 bar Measurement precision and range: < 3% of nal value for 1 12 l/min 1.5% of nal value for 2 40 l/min Viscosity of medium: 4 mm/s Thread G (cylindrical) as per ISO 228 Material, housing: brass Material, internal parts: brass, stainless steel, plastic Material, sensor: PPS, PPA, PA
Pressure loss in mbar
G 1" A 39 63
Flow media Water mixtures with typical corrosion and anti-frost additives Heating water (VDI 2035) Drinking water Cold water Certication Sensor: KTW, W270, ACS, NSF, WRAS Housing parts: KTW, W270, ACS
Dimensions
G 1"
SW37 2,4
96
SW30 12,4
Typenbersicht Type program fr Tacotronic Bestell-Nr. Order no. 223.7702.000 223.7704.000 DN 20 20 GG 1" 1" A 1" 1" A Messbereich Measuring range 1 12 (l/min) 2 40 (l/min)
Pressure loss charts

223.7702.000
1000
A
DN 20 - 1"
B C D
1 12 l/min
223.7704.000
1000
DN 20 - 1"
2 40 l/min
Measurement parts approved for drinking water Protective class: IP44a Electrical signals for sensors 1 Temperature: 0.5 to 3.5 V 2 Flow: 0.5 to 3.5 V 3 Ground: 0 V (PE) 4 Supply voltage (+5VDC), PELV
100
Pressure loss in mbar
Material, seals: EPDM 1" at-sealed connections
100
10
= 1 mm2/s k vs = 1,05 AD = Valve position
10
= 1 mm2/s k vs = 3,03
1 1 10 100
1 1
AD = Valve position
10 100
Flow l/min
Flow l/min
Accessories
Connections Order no. 210.6632.121 Description VF 10 at-sealed screw joint with R " Male threads (glycol-resistant seal) AX 96 Solar seal 1" (glycol-resistant)
Subject to modication. A-STUN 05/2010 pdf e
296.2334.000
FX 96 Solar controller SOREL Order no. 296.7016.000 296.7017.000 Type Use TDC4 Tacosol solar station (also with high-efciency pump) WMC1 For heat quantity metering
Remote sensor PT1000 (for heat quantity metering) Order no. 296.7015.000 Design Including pipe clamp Length 0.5 m
RA 57 NOVADRIVE
Actuators
Advantages Operating mode NO normally open and NC normally closed Valve position visually indicated and tangible Bayonet connection audibly engaged with click Attractive appearance Low power input Silent operation Available to t most valve bodies Connection cable, pluggable
Electro-thermal actuators in the operating mode normally open and normally closed for heating circuit manifolds and radiator valves. Description NOVADRIVE actuators in the new, attractive appearance used in conjunction with room thermostats, time switches and building automation systems offer an efcient means of controlling temperatures in heating and cooling systems to suit individual requirements. Thanks to the operating mode NO (normally open) and NC (normally closed) as well as the quick-locking, large surface bayonet connection, the actuators can be used in a wide range of applications in all HVAC systems. These actuators can help eliminate energy wastage in heating as well as in cooling and offer the ideal solution for energy control in buildings with irregular occupancy levels. Typical installations include apartments, ofces, schools, hotels etc. The standard valve position indicators integrated into the actuators control the system functions during the assembly, commissioning and monitoring stages.
Operation
Auto
P
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
25.5
0h 2 4 6 8
00:05
12 14 16 18 20 22
10
+
OK /
RT-WP
An electrical resistance heats an expansion element. Any deviation from the nominal room temperature value causes the actuator to transmit an appropriate stroke movement to the valve. The thermostat and actuator operate according to the ON / OFF principle. The variable, rhythmic opening and closing, depending on the heat demand, also produces an almost continuous control characteristic. In the without current state, the valve is open with the type NO and closed with the type NC.
10
15
RT-EL Q
20
25
30
RA 57 NOVADRIVE
Specication text NOVADRIVE electro-thermal actuator suitable to the most valve bodies and manifolds valve mechanism (see table Type program) with standard built-in position indicator and bayonet connection. Technical data Variants: - Normally closed NC - Normally open NO Operating voltage (AC or DC): 24 V or 230 V - Variants Permissible voltage deviation 10% Max. starting current (<150 ms): 0.35 A (24 V) / 1.2 A (230 V) Recommended fuse protection: 0.35 A slow fuse, acc. to DIN 41662 Continuous power consumption (ca. 3 min.): 3 W Opening / closing time approx. ca. 3 min. Nominal stroke 4 mm Nominal closing force 90 N Ambient temperature 0 50 C Length of connecting cable 1 m Standards / Approvals Protection mode IP 40 Protection class II VDE applied to The technical data conforms with the respective EN standards. The product conforms to and is marked with the CE conformity symbol. Assembling of the NOVADRIVE actuators in the valve positions NC and NO Assembled state without current:
Thread: M281.5 / M301.5, M301.0 / See table Type program
Dimensions
45,6 58,7
Valve closed
Valve open
Operated state under current: Valve open Valve closed
Large contact surface
Sleeve 4 large contact surfaces interlocking of the threaded bayonet nut and actuator sleeve
o ff en
zu
Threaded bayonet-nut
Max. 68
RA 57 NOVADRIVE
Type program
Item no.
230 V version 257.2854.000 257.2855.000 257.2858.000 257.2862.000 257.2864.000 257.2880.000 24 V version 257.1854.000 257.1855.000 257.1858.000 257.1862.000 257.1864.000 257.1880.000 Beulco (old type, approximately until march 2005) TACOSYS / Heimeier / Oventrop / Strawa / Emmeti / Schlsser / Beulco / AC-FIX Herz (RV 57) MNG / Cazzaniga / SKB / Schlsser Giacomini Viega NC NC NC NC M28 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 Adapter M30 x 1.5 NC NC M30 x 1.0 M30 1,5 Beulco (old type, approximately until march 2005) TACOSYS / Heimeier / Oventrop / Strawa / Emmeti / Schlsser / Beulco / AC-FIX Herz (RV 57) MNG / Cazzaniga / SKB / Schlsser Giacomini Viega NC NC NC NC M28 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 Adapter M30 x 1.5 NC NC M30 x 1.0 M30 1,5
Suitable for valves of make*:
Function
Connection
Item no.
230 V version 257.2554.000 257.2555.000 257.2558.000 257.2562.000 257.2564.000 257.2580.000 24 V version 257.1554.000 257.1555.000 257.1558.000 257.1562.000 257.1564.000 257.1580.000
Function NO NO NO NO NO NO
Connection M30 x 1.0 M30 1,5 M28 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 Adapter M30 x 1.5
Beulco (old type, approximately until march 2005) TACOSYS / Heimeier / Oventrop / Strawa / Emmeti / Schlsser / Beulco / AC-FIX Herz (RV 57) MNG / Cazzaniga / SKB / Schlsser Giacomini Viega
Beulco (old type, approximately until march 2005) TACOSYS / Heimeier / Oventrop / Strawa / Emmeti / Schlsser / Beulco / AC-FIX Herz (RV 57) MNG / Cazzaniga / SKB / Schlsser Giacomini Viega
NO NO NO NO NO NO
M30 x 1.0 M30 1,5 M28 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 Adapter M30 x 1.5
NC = Normally Closed function NO = Normally Open function * Further specific customer designs for all types of valve bodies on request If you are unsure about valve adjustment, please contact customer service..
RA 57 NOVADRIVE
Accessories Various room thermostats and junction modules for wired and wireless applications (see separate data sheets).
Eco-tip: Save energy and money! To avoid unnecessary hours of operation, the actuator should be switched off via the room thermostat out of the heating period.
9 10 11 12
C
0
Subject to modication. R-RAN 07/2010 pdf e

RA 57 TOPDRIVE
Actuators
Advantages VDE tested Electro-thermal actuators in the operating mode normally closed for heating circuit manifolds and radiator valves. Description TOPDRIVE actuators in the new, great design used in conjunction with room thermostats, time switches and building automation systems offer an efcient means of controlling temperatures in heating and cooling systems to suit individual requirements. The normally closed (NC) operating mode, the easily and quickly tted bayonet connection and the possibility of overhead installation (360 installation) ensure that the TOPDRIVE actuators can be used for versatile applications in heating, ventilation, air conditioning and sanitary systems. Homes, ofces, schools, hotels, etc. are typical examples of properties with high saving potential, since heating and cooling systems are consistently used only as and when required. Internal visual indication of valve position is standard and serves as a functional control feature during installation, commissioning and monitoring. Protection rating actuator IP 44 Fully encapsulated electrical/ electronic components IP 65 Protection against leaking valves 360 installation Compatible to most valve bodies Valve position visually indicated and tangible Low power input Easy installation through bayonet connector Great design Silent operation
Operation
Auto
P
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
25.5
0h 2 4 6 8 10
C
14
00:05
16 18 20 22
12
+
OK /
RT-WP
An electric resistance heats an expansion element. Any deviation from the nominal room temperature value triggers the actuator to transmit an appropriate stroke movement to the valve. The thermostat and actuator operate according to the ON / OFF principle. The variable, rhythmic opening and closing, depending on the heat demand, also produces an almost continuous control characteristic.
AS-SR
10
25
15
RT-EL Q
20
30
The valve is normally closed.
RA 57 TOPDRIVE
Specication text TACONOVA electro-thermal actuator, normally closed (NC), to t the most popular valves and manifold tops (see Type overview table), with standard internal visual valve position indicator and bayonet connection. Technical data Version: Normally closed NC Operating voltage (AC or DC): 24 V or 230 V - Variants Permissible voltage deviation 10% Max. starting current (< 150 ms): 1,5 A (24 V) / 0,3 A (230 V) Recommended fuse protection: 0.35 A slow fuse, acc. to DIN 41662 Operating performance 24 V / 230 V: 4W Opening time: approx. 3 min. Closing time: approx. 9 min. Nominal stroke 4 mm Nominal closing force 100 N 7% Ambient temperature 0 50C Length of connecting cable 1 m Connection cable: 2 x 0.75 mm2, PVC white Standards / Approvals VDE tested in accordance with DIN EN 60730-2-14 (VDE 0631-2-14) Protection rating actuator: IP 44 Protection rating electrical/ electronic components: IP 65 (Heating cartridge with single conductors) Protection class II The technical data conforms with the respective EN standards. The product conforms to and is marked with the CE conformity symbol.
Thread: M281.5 / M301.5, M301.0 / See table Type program
Dimensions
44
TOPDRIVE actuator in closed and open valve position Valve closed (no electric current) Valve open (energised)
70
Water protection by means of form seal
Bayonet sleeve Turn until audible click

op en
Bayonet connection with four large interlocking faces between bayonet sleeve and nut
c lo
sed
Threaded bayonet-nut Large contact surface
RA 57 TOPDRIVE
Type program
Item no.
230 V version 257.2955.000 257.2958.000 257.2962.000 257.2964.000 257.2980.000 24 V version 257.1955.000 257.1958.000 257.1962.000 257.1964.000 257.1980.000 Heimeier / Oventrop / TACOSYS / Strawa / Danfoss / Delphistherm / Emmeti / Schlsser Herz (RV 57) MNG / Cazzaniga / SKB / Schlsser Giacomini Viega NC NC NC NC M28 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 Adapter M30 x 1.5 NC M30 1,5 Heimeier / Oventrop / TACOSYS / Strawa / Danfoss / Delphistherm / Emmeti / Schlsser Herz (RV 57) MNG / Cazzaniga / SKB / Schlsser Giacomini Viega NC NC NC NC M28 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 Adapter M30 x 1.5 NC M30 1,5
Function
Connection
NC = Normally Closed function * Additional specific customer designs for all types of valve bodies on request In case of doubt about the valve compatibility, please contact the Product Management.
RA 57 TOPDRIVE
Accessories Various room thermostats and junction modules for wired and wireless applications (see separate data sheets).
Eco-tip: Save energy and money! To avoid unnecessary hours of operation, the actuator should be switched off via the room thermostat out of the heating period.
9 10 11 12
C
0
Subject to modication. R-RAT 07/2010 pdf e

RA 57 Actuators DDC
for control voltage 0-10 Volt
Advantages Permanent continuous control Unique, intelligent routing system: The valve stroke is balanced by means of continuous target/ actual comparison with the route determined by the control voltage Automatic self-adjustment with zero point recording evens out possible valve and installation tolerances. With watertight monitoring window for simple and secure function testing Application Anyone setting up heating, ventilation and cooling systems needs modern, economical technology that offers planning certainty: The DDC Actuators with Direct Digital Control for 0-10 V control voltage. The proven, completely silent expansion material principle used in conjunction with intelligent control electronics and the unique routing system is the modern approach to secure, accurate-to-the-degree temperature control for interior spaces. They convert the output signal from a room thermostat into a continuously proportional lifting movement with prefect accuracy. Intelligent, maintenance-free and silent in operation. The ideal components for modern, convenient building technology. Your future plans can include greater economy, reliability and more convenient control. Room temperature regulation is effected by changes in the volume flow to: Heaters, convectors and radiators Ceiling cooling systems Fan convectors Manifolds for floor heating systems Silent, thermo-electrical principle No-wear, maintenance-free and functionally secure, offering long service life Sophisticated expansion material technology from automotive technology Harmonized design and compact dimensions for perfect integration in every room Outstanding price/performance ratio
Functioning
Auto
P
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
25.5
0h 2 4 6 8
00:05
12 14 16 18 20 22
10
+
OK /
RT-WP
Every divergence from the target room temperature causes the actuator to pass on a corresponding lifting motion to the valve. Here, an expansion material element with PTC heating is moved. The supply voltage is 24 V AC, the signal voltage between 0 and 10 V DC. An adjustment routine stores the zero point after installation. For path measurement to regulate the stroke, a ferrite rod is inserted into a coil. The frequency of the coil changes according to the depth of insertion of the ferrite rod. The controller calculates the heating output of the PTC. The PTC is actuated with pulse packages via a triac.
10
25
15
RT-EL Q
20
Taconova Group AG | Steinackerstrasse 6 | 8902 Urdorf |Phone Switzerland | T +41 44 735 55 55 | F +41 44735 73555 55 02 | group@taconova.com | taconova.com OSTACO AG Steinackerstr. 6 8902 Urdorf Switzerland ++41 (0)44 735 55 55 Fax ++41 (0)44 02 info@taconova.ch www.taconova.com
30
RS-RT
RA 57 Actuators DDC
for control voltage 0-10 Volt
Specification Electro-thermal actuator DDC (Direct Digital Control) for the heating circuits of manifolds and radiator valves. Automatic self-adjustment with zero point recording. Visual indication of valve position. Silent operation. Electrical protection class II, Protection mode IP 44. With click connection, to fit Heimeier and compatible valves. CE conformity. Operating mode: No current closed Stroke: 3.5 mm Opening/closing time: approx. 60 sec./mm Operating temperature: -5 to +45 C Operating voltage: 24 V Control voltage: 0 to 10 V DC Technical data Type Operating voltage Control voltage No current closed 24 V, 50/60 Hz 0-10VDC Type overview / Order no. 24 V To fit valves* from: Function Fixing 257.1355.500 Heimeier / Strawa / Delphistherm u.a. NC M30 x 1,5
NC = (Normally Closed) Function no current closed * Further customized versions for other valve tops on request. In case of doubt about valve compatibility, please consult Technical Service department.
STROKE SIGNAL VOLTAGE DIAGRAM

5 4 3 2 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Stroke (mm)
Signal voltage (V DC)
39
69,5 62
Constant current/ output Stroke (overall) Stroke Connecting cable Ambient temp. Average setting time Input resistance
70 mA/3 W min. 3.5 mm 2.5 mm 60 cm; 3x0,35 mm2 max. 45 C 60 sec./mm (from 3 V to 8 V) 150 K
(proportionally regulated)
Dimensions in mm
Click assembly for actuators

Easy to assemble Simple assembly even in cramped locations Suitable for all makes of valve* Preassembly possible Rapid installation Just a simple click after hydraulic balancing Fixed using stainless steel detent Can be disassembled using simple tools
up to approx.100
Short-term starting 270 mA current
1. Turn
Standards / approvals Protection mode Protection class IP 44 II
Individual Logical Cost-effective Practical Stable Simple disassembly
The technical data conforms to the corresponding EN standards. The product bears the CE conformity mark.
2. Click
3. Ready
Subject to modification. R-RAD 12/07 pdf e

RA 57 Actuators
with auxiliary switch
Advantages Features an auxiliary switch Application Electro-thermal actuators for the heating circuits of manifolds and radiator valves. TACONOVA actuators used in conjunction with room thermostats, timers and building automation systems permit the realization of heating and cooling systems with individual temperature regulation based on actual requirements. Compact dimensions and an appealing design ensure that the actuators are used in multifaceted applications in heating, ventilation, air conditioning and sanitary systems. Residential accommodation, offices, schools, hotels etc. are typical properties offering interesting potential for savings where there is a requirement for heating and cooling on a consistent on demand basis. The auxiliary switch can be deployed wherever a control pulse is required to actuate external devices. This could, for example, involve the actuation of a circulating pump or a control pulse for a central controller Visual indication of valve position is standard and serves as a functional control feature during installation, commissioning and monitoring. Very compact dimensions Appealing design Low power consumption Visual indication of valve position Silent operation Fixed arrangement of the working elements and thus no bending load on the connecting cable 230 or 24 V
Functioning
Auto
P
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
25.5
0h 2 4 6 8 10
C
14
00:05
16 18 20 22
12
+
OK /
RT-WP
Every divergence from the target room temperature causes the actuator to pass on a corresponding lifting motion to the valve. Controller and actuator work on the OPEN/CLOSED principle. Variable, rhythmic opening and closing, depending on the requirement for heat output, also effect continuous-like control behavior. The auxiliary switch here specifies the moment at which, for example, the pump starts or stops operating. As a rule, the switch point is closed in the case of a fully open valve (control line contact).
10
15
RT-EL Q
20
Taconova AG | Steinackerstrasse | 8902 Urdorf | Switzerland T +41 44 Fax 735++41 55 55 | F +41 4402 735 55 02 | group@taconova.com | taconova.com OSTACO AGGroup Steinackerstr. 6 8902 Urdorf 6 Switzerland Phone ++41 (0)44| 735 55 55 (0)44 735 55 info@taconova.ch www.taconova.com
25
30
RS-RT
RA 57 Actuators
with auxiliary switch
Specification Electro-thermal actuator with auxiliary switch for the heating circuits of manifolds and radiator valves. Auxiliary switch to actuate a pump or as the control pulse for a central controller. Visual indication of valve position. Silent operation. Electrical protection class II Protection mode IP44 With click connection, to fit Heimeier and compatible valves. CE conformity. Operating mode: No current closed Stroke: 3.5 mm Opening/closing time: approx. 3 min. Operating temperature: -5 to +45C Type overview / Order no. 230 V To fit valves* from: Function Fixing 257.2255.500 Heimeier / Strawa / Delphistherm u.a. NC M30 x 1,5 24 V To fit valves* from: Function Fixing 257.1255.500 Heimeier / Strawa / Delphistherm u.a. NC M30 x 1,5
NC = (Normally Closed) function no current closed * Further customized versions for other valve tops on request. In case of doubt about valve compatibility, please consult Technical Service department.
39
69,5 62
Switching power of auxiliary switch: 1A or 0.5A Technical data

230 V Short-term starting current: 320 mA Constant current/output: 7 mA/2 W Ambient temperature: max. 45 C Auxiliary switch (switching power): 0,5A / 250 V AC 24 V 270 mA 70 mA/2 W max. 45 C
Dimensions in mm
1,0A / 24 V AC/DC
Click assembly for actuators Standards / approvals Protection mode IP 44 Protection class II The technical data conforms to the corresponding EN standards. The product bears the CE conformity mark.
Easy to assemble - Simple assembly even in cramped locations Individual Logical Cost-effective Practical Stable Simple disassembly - Suitable for all makes of valve* - Preassembly possible - Rapid installation - Just a simple click after hydraulic balancing - Fixed using stainless steel detent - Can be disassembled using simple tools
2. Click
Subject to modification. R-RA 12/07 pdf e

Taconova AG | Steinackerstrasse | 8902 Urdorf | Switzerland T +41 44 735++41 55 55 | F 735 +4155 44 735 55 02 | group@taconova.com | taconova.com OSTACO AG Group Steinackerstr. 6 8902 Urdorf 6 Switzerland Phone ++41 (0)44|735 55 55 Fax (0)44 02 info@taconova.ch www.taconova.com
up to approx. 100
1. Turn 3. Ready
Operating voltage: 24 V or 230 V
VH 86 TACOSYS
Under-floor heating manifold
Advantages Robust stainless steel manifold bars Modern, stylish design Balancing with the proven TOPMETERs (available in supply and return) Tapered valve form with nearlinear valve curve for nely graduated ow Valve upper part and valve base directly connected to each other Ready to accept Taconova electro-thermal actuator The modern TACOSYS heating circuit manifolds from Taconova ensure the perfect distribution of heat throughout the entire house. Description Thanks to their innovative technology, they work reliably and according to requirements, and are particularly cost-saving. The manifold valves are ready to accept Taconova actuators. The manual control valves enable reproducible, manual ow regulation. Different valve settings result in different ow volumes. They thus guarantee individual regulation of the room temperature, precisely tailored to the requirements of your customers. The Taconova vent valves VENT caters for fully automatic ventilation of supply and return, thus enhancing operating safety and user convenience. Whether for use with underoor heating or radiators, TACOSYS offers you high-quality manifold systems that satisfy every customer need. The underoor heating manifolds are supplied fully pre-assembled and ready-for-connection, in a robust, non-slip cardboard packing case. The high-quality stainless steel manifold is available in different versions, making it the ideal solution for heating systems of any type. Designed for between two and twelve heating circuits, it meets every requirement in terms of efciency and durability. Manual setting with ratchet function ensures reproducible ow control Ventilation with the fully automatic VENT feature All pipe connections " eurocone Fully pre-assembled Glass-ber reinforced plastic brackets for sound-damping installation Easy-to-install thanks to offset arrangement of manifold bars 100% function and leak testing prior to delivery
Mode of functioning Manifold supply and return bars are connected to the heating system. The heating/cooling circuits can be connected to the two to twelve Eurocone outlets easily using the optional ttings. The designed ow volume is set for each circuit at the TOPMETER. Handwheel or room thermostats with actuators ensure comfortable conditions in individual rooms.
VS-VR
VH 86 TACOSYS
Specication text TACOSYS VH 86 High-End
Stainless steel manifold with square cross-section, screwed on to glass ber-reinforced plastic brackets for sound damping xing. Valves with near-linear valve curve for manual adjustment, or with electro-thermal actuators from Taconova. Direct ow indication by means of TOPMETER, in supply or return, depending on design. Labeling set supplied separately.
TACOSYS with return TOPMETERs
TACOSYS with supply TOPMETERs
Bars with manual control valves (return or supply) Built-in manual control valves (explanation on page 5) with near-linear valve curve for precise regulation of ow Ready to accept Taconova electro-thermal actuators Heating circuit connections with eurocone " external thread Fully automatic ventilation by means of built-in Taconova-VENT Boiler lling and drain valve pre-mounted (supplied loose for the return bar) " ball valve with internal thread (line side) and 1" ball valve preinstalled with external thread (bar side) For screw connections, see System components
NOVADRIVE actuator drive
Manual control valve
Bars with TOPMETERs (return or supply) Built-in Taconova-TOPMETER balancing stem for innitely variable and precise ow control for individual heating circuits (0.5 to 2.5 l/min or 1 to 5 l/min in the case of the return TOPMETER and 0 to 5 l/min for the supply TOPMETER). Heating circuit connections with eurocone " external thread Fully automatic ventilation by means of built-in Taconova-VENT Boiler lling and drain valve pre-mounted (supplied loose for the return bar) " ball valve with internal thread (line side) and 1" ball valve pre-mounted with external thread (bar side) For tting connections, see System components
Supply TOPMETER
Return TOPMETER
VH 86 TACOSYS
Specication text TACOSYS VH 86 Low-End
Stainless steel manifold with square cross-section, screwed on to glass ber-reinforced plastic brackets for sound damping xing. Valves with near-linear valve curve for manual adjustment, or with electro-thermal actuators from Taconova. Labeling set supplied separately Manual control valve The ratchet feature on the manual control valves enables a reproducible valve setting. The valves are preinstalled in the VH 86 TACOSYS as standard.
TACOSYS Low-End
Technical data for High- and Low-End

kVS-values and measuring range as per the table on page 6. Material bars: Stainless steel Material, internal parts: Nickel-plated brass, heat-resistant and impact-proof plastics Material, seals: EPDM O-rings Material, securing brackets: Plastic, glass ber-reinforced Max. operating pressure: up to 6 bar Medium temperature: -10 C to +70 C Display accuracy: +/- 10% of nal value (VH 86 K) Heating circuit connections: " eurocone
Specication text TACOSYS VA 87 HKA (heating circuit connecting manifold)

Stainless steel manifold with square cross section. Sound dampened glass ber-reinforced plastic stay for xing supplied. Labeling set supplied separately.
Technical data for HKA

Material bars: Stainless steel Material, internal parts: Nickel-plated brass, heat-resistant and impact-proof plastics Material, seals: EPDM O-rings Material, brackets: Plastic, glass ber-reinforced Max. operating pressure: up to 8 bar Medium temperature: -10 C to +80 C
TACOSYS HKA
Heating circuit connections: " eurocone
Type program
Heating circuits with " ball valve 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 0.5 2.5 l/min 286.2002.000 286.2003.000 286.2004.000 286.2005.000 286.2006.000 286.2007.000 286.2008.000 286.2009.000 286.2010.000 286.2011.000 286.2012.000 VH 86 High-End with return TOPMETERs 1 5 l/min 286.3002.000 286.3003.000 286.3004.000 286.3005.000 286.3006.000 286.3007.000 286.3008.000 286.3009.000 286.3010.000 286.3011.000 286.3012.000 with supply TOPMETERs 0 5 l/min 286.1002.000 286.1003.000 286.1004.000 286.1005.000 286.1006.000 286.1007.000 286.1008.000 286.1009.000 286.1010.000 286.1011.000 286.1012.000 286.6002.000 286.6003.000 286.6004.000 286.6005.000 286.6006.000 286.6007.000 286.6008.000 286.6009.000 286.6010.000 286.6011.000 286.6012.000 287.1002.000 287.1003.000 287.1004.000 287.1005.000 287.1006.000 287.1007.000 287.1008.000 287.1009.000 287.1010.000 287.1011.000 287.1012.000 VH 86 Low-End VA87 HKA
Article numbers for manifolds with 1" ball valve: VH 86-H, return 0.5 2.5 l (286.2402.000 286.2412.000), return 1.0 5.0 l (286.3402.000 286.3412.000) and HKA (287.1402.000 287.1412.000). All hand levers for 1" ball valves in red only.
VH 86 TACOSYS
System components
Novadrive electrothermal actuator Mode of functioning The room thermostat measures a variance from the target room temperature and sends a signal to the actuator drive. In the latter, an electrical resistance heats the expansion material element, which imparts a lifting movement to the valve. Controller and actuator drive operate on the OPEN/ CLOSED principle. In the currentless state, the valve is open in the case of Type NO and closed with Type NC. Technical data Rated voltage (AC or DC) 24 V / 230 V
Valve closed Valve open
RA 57 NOVADRIVE (230 V / NC)
Type program: for 230 V and 24 V Type 230 V 24 V 230 V 24 V Function NC NC NO NO Fixing M 30 x 1,5 M 30 x 1,5 M 30 x 1.5 M 30 x 1.5 Code number 257.2855.000 257.1855.000 257.2555.000 257.1555.000
Suitable for all TACOSYS heating circuit manifolds NC = closed in currentless state, NO = open in currentless state Please request the separate datasheet for detailed information.
Screw connections
Connector set Two nickel-plated compression ttings, complete, for plastic and multilayer pipes, with molded seal, slotted compression ring and barrier seal.
Connector set
Connector set for plastic and multilayer pipes Dimensions 14 x 2 16 x 2 17 x 2 18 x 2 20 x 2 Code number 210.8614.003 210.8616.003 210.8617.003 210.8618.003 210.8620.003
VH 86 TACOSYS
Spare parts
Manual regulator The ratchet feature on the manual control valves enables a reproducible valve setting. The valves are preinstalled in the VH 86 TACOSYS as standard. Pack: 10 units Order number: 296.8651.001
" ball valve Pack: 10 units Order number: 296.8655.001 (red handle) Order number: 296.8656.001 (blue handle)
1" ball valve Pack: 10 units Order number: 296.8657.001 (red handle) The 1" ball valve is only available with red handle
Boiler filling and drain valve Pack: 10 units Order number: 296.8653.001 (red handle) The boiler filling and drain valve is only available with red handle
Advance TOPMETER Assembly complete
Return TOPMETER Assembly complete
Valve assembly Excl. manual regulator

1) 2)
VENT assembly Excluding boiler valve
Pack: 10 units Order number: 0 - 5 l/min: 298.8606.001
Pack: 10 units Order numbers: 0.5 - 2.5 l/min: 298.8601.001 1 - 5 l/min: 298.8605.001
Pack: 10 units Order numbers: 1) 298.8603.001 (brass nickel-plated) 2) 298.8613.001 (plastic)
Pack: 10 units Order number: 298.8604.001
The pipe sections shown are for illustrative purposes only and are not included in the replacement part packs.
VH 86 TACOSYS
Dimensions with return-TOPMETERs
67 36
36 66
Dimensions with advance TOPMETERs
100
75
393
74
208
368
79 53
367
208
79 53
35
85
Lnge Length
85
Lnge Length
Length dimensions
Heating circuits 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Length with " ball valve 220 mm 270 mm 320 mm 370 mm 420 mm 470 mm 520 mm 570 mm 620 mm 670 mm 720 mm Length with 1" ball valve 242 mm 292 mm 342 mm 392 mm 442 mm 492 mm 542 mm 592 mm 642 mm 692 mm 742 mm
Adjusting the Tacosys manifold The floor heating circuits are adjusted at the Tacosys stainless steel manifold using the advance or return Topmeter. The adjustment process is carried out with the circulating pump running. All of the valves in the heating circuit must be fully open for adjustment. It may be necessary to remove the electro-thermal actuators. Remove the locking cover from the Topmeter 1. Start at the Topmeter of the heating circuit with the smallest flow volume 2. Set the calculated volume flow by rotating the black plastic spindle 3. Read off the settings from the red indicator collar in the porthole 4. Repeat the adjustment process for all of the heating circuits 5. Next, check the first values and re-adjust if necessary 6. Once adjustment is complete, note the corresponding flow values on the manifold or in the planning documents Replace the locking cover on the Topmeter
Druckverlust-Diagramm bei max. Ventilffnung

Pressure loss with valves fully open
1000.0
Druckverlust-Diagramm bei max. Ventilffnung

100.0
1000.0
Druckdifferenz [mbar] Pressure loss in mbar
100.0
10.0
Subject to modication. V-VH 09/2010 pdf e
Druckdifferenz [mbar]
10.0
1.0
1.0
0.1 0.1
0.1 0.1
1.0
1.0
3. 0 3 .0
5 .0 5 .0
10.1 0 0.0
Note In order to avoid potential ow noise, we recommend that manifolds with 1" ball valves be used if there are eight or more heating circuits and their valves are fully opened ( 2.5 l/min).
[l/min] FlowDurchflussmenge in l/min [l/min] Durchflussmenge
High RL-Topmeter kvs 0.67 0.5-2.5 l/min kvs 0.67

kvs 0.970-5 l/min High VL-Topmeter kvs 0.97
High RL-Topmeter 0.5-2.5 l/min High VL-Topmeter 0-5 l/min
High RL-Topmeter 1-5 l/min kvs 0.83 kvs 0.83

Low kvs 1.15 Low kvs 1.15
High RL-Topmeter 1-5 l/min
35
RT 06 Room thermostat RX 58 Wiring module

Electronic
Advantages Easy to operate Individual control of room temperature Description Room thermostats in combination with tacanova NOVADRIVE or TOPDRIVE actuators provide a constant room temperature in closed and dry rooms. The taconova room thermostat range, classied according to price/performance, offers the correct solution for individual needs. The basic version RT-EL for the control of 230 V NC actuators covers the most common application range. The RT-D version displays the set and actual values on a digital display. The RT-ELQ version combines various applications in one unit. For example, 230 V or 24 V NC and NO actuators can be controlled by this room thermostat. Individual heat regulation as required by the operator is achieved by means of the programmable digital RT-WP clock thermostat. The time duration of the lowering mode can be set in the week program by means of the integral timer. The connection of the room thermostats to the terminal module (MASTER) is simple and uncomplicated. Further convenient settings are possible by mean of the optional plug-in TIMER. Noiseless Triac circuit Units for 230 V and 24 V power supply Integrated derivative action control or PI control (adjustable) Simple wiring through the MASTER / MASTER-PL and SB terminal modules Universal RT-ELQ unit for the 230 V or 24 V voltage range, actuators normally closed (NC) and actuators normally open (NO) Modern timeless design
Functioning
Auto
P
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
25.5
0h 2 4 6 8
00:05
12 14 16 18 20 22
10
+
OK /
RT-WP
By means of an NTC sensor element, the downstream PI or derivative action controller, the room thermostats provide a constant room temperature in combination with actuators. The switching operation is realized by a noiseless Triac element. Control is by means of the actuator acting on the valve according to the OPEN / CLOSED principle. The PI or derivative action controller integrated into the room thermostat prevents the room temperature from exceeding the desired value set on the room thermostat.
10
25
15
RT-EL Q
20
AS-SR
30
RT 06 and RX 58
RT 06 Room thermostat
RT-EL room thermostat connected for currentless actuator drives Technical data Operating voltage Operating temperature Adjustment range Switching output Type of protection Type of controller Differential gap Temperature sensor Dimensionss / color Order no. 206.1650.000 230 VAC, 50 Hz 10 % 050 C (32122 F) 530 C (4186 F) TRIAC 230 VAC, NC max. 75 W Protection class II IP 30 Static derivative action controller 0.5 K NTC 100 K H80 B80 T31 mm / RAL 9010
Specification text 230 V room thermostat for controlling NC actuators for underfloor heating and cooling systems. Noiseless switching output (Triac) with direct or indirect connection of actuators. Dial with integral adjustment facility for correction of actual temperature integrated into the dial.
Version without handwheel (RT-P, 230 V + 24 V) on request
RT-ELQ room thermostat for deenergized closed and deenergized open actuators Technical data Operating voltage Switching output
Specification text 24 V / 230 V electronic room thermostat for controlling NC / NO actuators for underfloor heating and cooling systems. Further functions are similar to RT-EL.
Order No. 206.1651.000 24 VAC / 230 VAC, 50 Hz 10 % TRIAC 24 VAC / 230 VAC, NC, NO max. 75 W
Further data similar to RT-EL.
RT-UW room thermostat for deenergized closed actuators
Specification text Electronic 230 V flush-mounted room thermostat for controlling NC actuators for underfloor heating and cooling systems. Relay switching output with direct or indirect connection of actuators. An external timer switch or an additional floor sensor can be fitted. Mode can be set by mean of jumpers.
Technical data Operating voltage Operating temperature Adjustment range Switching output Type of protection Type of controller Sensor deviation Hysterese Temperature sensor Frame dimensions
Order No. 206.1654.000 230 VAC 50 Hz 10 % / 5 VA 050 C (32122 F) 535 C (4186 F) Relay 230 VAC / max. 16 A IP 21 Two point control 1 K 0.75 C NTC 10 K Standard 65 mm
RT-D room thermostat for deenergized closed and deenergized open actuators Technical data Operating voltage Operating temperature Adjustment range Switching output Type of protection Type of controller Differential gap Temperature sensor Dimensions / color Order No. 206.1652.000 230 VAC 50 Hz 10 % 050 C (32122 F) 537 C in 0.5 C steps (4199 F) TRIAC 230 VAC, NC / NO max. 75 W Protection class II IP 30 Static differential action or PL controller, adjustable 0,3 K NTC 100 K H80 B80 T31 mm / RAL 9010
Specification text Electronic room thermostat with 230 V digital display for controlling NC / NO actuators for underfloor heating and cooling systems, Noiseless switching output (Triac) with direct or indirect connection of actuators. Mode switch for normal and lowering modes or external timer.
RT 06 and RX 58
RT 06 Room thermostat (continuation)
RT-WP room thermostat for deenergized closed and deenergized open actuators Technical data Operating voltage Operating temperature Adjustment range Switching output Type of protection Type of controller Adjustment bandwidth Adjustment speed Temperature sensor Dimensions / color Order No. 206.1653.000 3 LR6 AA 1.5 V batteries 050 C (32122 F) 535 C (4195 F), frost protection 0.510 C (3350 F) Relay, oating, NC / NO max. 8 A Protection class II IP 30 PI controller 2 K of proportional band 7.5 cycles / hour (8 min cycle) NTC 100 K H86 B125 T32 mm / RAL 9010
Specification text Electronic battery operated and programmable room thermostat for controlling NC / NO actuators, for underfloor heating and cooling systems with digital display, floating relay output for direct or indirect connection of 24 V / 230 V actuators. Mode switch for normal and lowering mode or automatic timed programs. Can be programmed for weekly and daily programs and for vacations, frost protection and keyboard lock function. Battery supply to avoid data loss in the event of power failure. Battery charge state shown on the display.
RX 58 Wiring module
MASTER wiring module Technical data Operating voltage Operating temperature Number of zones Max. Number of drives Number of drives / zones Time control line Type of protection Dimensions / color Order No. 258.9310.000 230 VAC 50 Hz 10 % / 24 VAC with transformer 050 C (32122 F) 6 (max. 4 drives / zones) 24 230 VAC or 18 24 VAC Max. 4 drives / zones None Protection class II IP 30 H88 B225 T58 mm / RAL 9010
Specification text Wiring module for connecting electrothermal actuators and room thermostats with terminals marked by symbols. Modular design enables expansion by SB-MODULE to provide for further connections. Direct wall mounting or mounting on DIN rail. Control of 24 V actuators by means of optional transformer. Operating status output shown by LEDs
MASTER PL wiring module Technical data Operating voltage Operating temperature Number of zones Max. Number of drives Time control line Switching output Type of protection Dimensions / color Order No. 258.9311.000 230 VAC 50 Hz 10 % 050 C (32122 F) 6 (max. 4 drives / zones) 24 230 VAC Zones A and B present 2 relays, oating, max 8 A Protection class II IP 30 H88 B225 T58 mm / RAL 9010
Specification text Wiring module for connecting electroterminal actuators and room thermostats with terminals marked by symbols. Modular design enables expansion by TIMER to provide for further control functions. Switching output for time control of room thermostat. Two floating switching outputs as a control contact for pump logic. Direct wall mounting or mounting on DIN rail. Operating status indicated by LEDs
RT 06 and RX 58
RX 58 Wiring module (continuation)
SB wiring module Technical data Operating voltage Operating temperature Number of zones Max. Number of drives Time control line Type of protection Dimensions / color Order No. 258.9313.000 24 VAC with transformer / 230 VAC 50 Hz 10 % 050 C (32122 F) 4 (max. 4 drives / zones) Master + SB = 24 230 VAC or 18 24 VAC None Protection class II IP 30 H88 B160 T58 mm / RAL 9010
Specification text An expansion module for wiring electrothermal actuators and room thermostats with terminals marked by symbols. Plug-in expansion to MASTER for further connection possibilities. Direct wall mounting or mounting on DIN rail. Control of 24 V actuators by means of optional transformer. Operating status indicated by LEDs.
TIMER wiring module Technical data Operating voltage Operating temperature Number of zones Time control line Operating modes Keyboard lock Type of protection Dimensions / color Order No. 258.9315.000 230 VAC 50 Hz 10 % 050 C (32122 F) 12 Zones, controllable Zones A and B present Automatic; convenience; lowering Present Protection class II IP 30 H88 B160 T62 mm / RAL 9010
Specification text TIMER expansion module for connection to MASTER PL. Programmable timer function for two time group A and B. Integrated application program of which nine are fixed and two are user programmable. Intelligent processor. Digital display for program, time and function display. Direct wall mounting or mounting on DIN rail.
TRAFO Technical data Operating voltage Operating temperature Output voltage Type of protection Dimensions / color Order No. 258.9316.500 230 VAC 50 Hz 10 % 050 C (32122 F) 24 VAC max. 60 W Protection class II IP 30 H83 B110 T61 mm / RAL 9010
Specification text Transformer for connection to MASTER or SB. Enables 24 V actuators to be connected to the respective terminal module.
Example of connections for 1 MASTER and 1 SB
RT-EL
5
10
RT-D
RT-WP
Auto
25.5
25
Auto
P
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
25.5
0h 2 4 6 8 10
C
14
00:05
16 18 20 22
12
Zmna vyhrazena. Subject to modication. R-RT/RX R-RT/RX 04/2010 04/2010 pdf cz pdf e
15
20
RT-EL Q
30
+
OK /
OK /
RT-D
RT-WP
RT 06 Room thermostat RX 58 Wiring module

Wireless
Advantages Easy to operate Individual control of room temperature. Description Room thermostats in combination with taconova NOVADRIVE or TOPDRIVE actuators provide a constant room temperature in enclosed and dry rooms. The room thermostat range, classied according to price/performance, offers the correct solution for individual needs. The basic version RT-RF covers the most common range of applications. The RT-RFD and RT-RFWP versions display the set and actual values on a digital display. Individual regulation of temperature in individual rooms as required by the operator is achieved by means of the programmable digital RT-RFWP clock thermostat or the TIMER-RF. The time duration of the lowering mode can be set in the week program by means of the integral timer. The individual room thermostats can be assigned to the MASTER/TIMER RF receiver module or the RT-RFK singlechannel receiver simply and without complicated wiring. The connection options for actuators can be expanded with the optional pluggable SB RF module. No wiring effort required Optimum positioning within the room Own signal encryption for unique assignment of room thermostat Integrated derivative action control or PI control (adjustable) Simple connection of the actuators to the wiring module For actuators normally closed (NC) and normally open (NO) Intelligent processor Modern timeless design
Functioning By mean of an NTC sensor element, the downstream PI or derivative action controller, the room thermostats provide a constant room temperature in combination with actuators. The control signal is transmitted to the central receiver by radio (868 MHz). Control is by means of the actuator acting on the valve according to the OPEN/CLOSED principle.
25
Auto
P
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
25.5
0h 2 4 6 8 10
C
14
00:05
16 18 20 22
12
+
OK /
RT-WP
10
15
RT-EL Q
20
AS-SR
30
The PI or derivative action controller integrated into the room thermostat prevents the room temperature exceeding the desired value set on the room thermostat.
RT 06 and RX 58
RT RX06 58Prostorov Room thermostats termostaty (Wireless version)
Room thermostat RT-RF Wireless version
Technical data Operating voltage Operating temperature Adjustment range Radio frequency Certification Type of protection Control behavior Temperature sensor Dimensions Color Order no. 206.1656.000 2 3 V (CR2430) 050 C (32122 F) 530 C (4186 F) 868 MHz, < 10 mW CE.EN 300220-1, EN 301489-1 Protection class II IP 30 Proportional band 2K (15 min.) NTC 100 K H80 W80 D31 mm RAL 9010
Specification Electronic wireless room thermostat for indirect controlling of NC/NO actuators for underfloor heating and cooling systems. Desired values transmitted by radio signal (868 MHz). Each thermostat has its own signal encryption for unique assignment. Correction of the actual temperature is integrated into the adjustment dial
Room thermostat RT-RFD Wireless version

Technical data Operating voltage Operating temperature Adjustment range Radio frequency Certification Type of protection Control behavior Temperature sensor Dimensions Color Order no. 206.1657.000 2 3 V (CR2430) 050 C (32122 F) 530 C (4186 F) 868 MHz, < 10 mW CE.EN 300220-1, EN 301489-1 Protection class II IP 30 PI controller or static derivative action controller, adjustable NTC 100 K H80 W80 D31 mm RAL 9010
Specification Electronic wireless room thermostat with digital display for indirect controlling of NC/ NO actuators for underfloor heating and cooling systems. Desired values transmitted by radio signal (868 MHz). Each thermostat has its own signal encryption for unique assignment. Mode switch for normal and lowering modes. Further userdefined settings possible in system parameter menu.
Room thermostat RT-RFWP Wireless version

Technical data Operating voltage Operating temperature Adjustment range Radio frequency Certification Type of protection Type of controller Adjustment bandwidth Adjustment speed Temperature sensor Dimensions Color Order no. 206.1658.000 3 LR6 AA 1.5 V batteries 050 C (32122 F) 535 C (4195 F) frost protection 0.510 C (3350 F) 868 MHz, < 10 mW CE.EN 300220-1, EN 301489-1 Protection class II IP 30 PI controller, cycle 15 min. 2 K of proportional band 7.5 cycles / hour (8 min. cycle) NTC 100 K H86 W125 D32 mm RAL 9010
Specification Electronic wireless room thermostat with digital display for indirect controlling of NC/ NO actuators for underfloor heating and cooling systems. Desired values transmitted by radio signal (868 MHz). Each thermostat has its own signal encryption for unique assignment. Mode switch for normal and lowering mode or automatic timed programs. Can be programmed for weekly and daily programs and for vacations, frost protection and keyboard lock function. Further userdefined settings possible in system parameter menu.
RT 06 and RX 58
RT RX06 58Prostorov Radio receiver termostaty (pokraovn)
Single channel receiver RT-RFK Wireless version
Technical data Operating voltages Operating temperature Switching output Quantity of actuators Radio frequency Certification Type of protection Dimensions Color Order no. 206.1659.000 230 VAC / NC / NO / 50 Hz 10 % 050 C (32122 F) Receiver relay 12 A 250 VAC max. Max. 2 actuators (parallel) 868 MHz, < 10 mW CE.EN 300220-1, EN 301489-1 Protection class II IP 30 H170 W28 D14 mm RAL 9010
Specification Single-channel radio receiver for controlling NC / NO actuators for underfloor heating and cooling systems. Desired values transmitted by radio signal (868 MHz). Combinable with room thermostats RT-RF, RT-RFD and RT-RFWP.
RT RX06 58Prostorov Radio receiver termostaty wiring module (pokraovn)

Type overview of MASTER/TIMER RF wiring module
Technical data Operating voltage Operating temperature Radio frequency (Timer) Certification Number of zones Max. number of drives Number of drives / zone Type of controller Type of protection Switching outputs Dimensions Color Order no. 258.9317.000 230 VAC 5 Hz 10 % 050 C (32122 F) 868 MHz, < 10 mW CE.EN 300220-1, EN 301489-1 6 (max. 4 drives / zone) 24 230 VAC max. 4 drives / zone PI controller proportional bandwidth 2K/1, 2K Protection class II IP 30 2 separate, floating for pump switching max. 8 A H88 W370 D58 mm RAL 9010
Specification Wiring module in combination with receiver unit TIMER for the wiring of electrothermal actuators and assignment of the individual wireless room thermostats. Expansion possible with SB-RF MODUL to provide further connection options. Direct wall mounting or mounting on DIN rail. Control of 230 V NC/NO actuators. Operating status indicated by LEDs. 2 separate, floating switching outputs on Master wiring module for actuating pumps. Programmable timer function for zone concerned. Integrated user programs, 9 fixed and 12 freely programmable for each individual zone. Digital display for program, time and function.
RT 06 and RX 58
RT RX06 58Prostorov Radio receiver termostaty wiring module (pokraovn) (wireless version)
Wiring module SB-RF
Technical data Operating voltage Operating temperature Number of zones Max. number of drives Type of protection Dimensions Color Order no. 258.9319.000 230 VAC 50 Hz 10 % 050 C (32122 F) 4 (max. 4 drives/zone) MASTER + SB = 24 230 VAC Protection class II IP 30 H88 W160 D58 mm RAL 9010
Specification Expansion module for the MASTER/TIMER RF module for the extended wiring of electrothermal actuators. Assignment of the room thermostats takes place via the TIMER. Pluggable expansion and direct wall mounting or mounting on DIN rail. Control of 230 V NC/NO actuators. Operating status indicated by LEDs.
3_anschlussbeispiel.pdf 11.08.2009 09:07:18
Example of connections for 1 MASTER / 1 TIMER RF

RT-RF RT-RFD RT-RFWP
CM
MY
CY
CMY
Subject to modication. R-RT/RF 07/2010 pdf e

NOVAMIX COmPAcT 50 TMV2

THermOstatic miXinG vaLve
ADVAnTAGeS
EN1111
Limits and maintains constant levels of mixing temperatures in systems.
DeScRIPTIOn The autonomous thermostatic mixing valve NovaMix Compact 50 ensures a constant mixed water temperature at the outlet. This gives permanent protection against scalding, even with high storage tank temperatures. The mixing valve can be used in sanitary applications in both public and private areas. Due to its attractive design, it is also suitable for visible installation directly beneath the wash-basin.
Constant temperature of the water at the outlet Automatic mixing function without auxiliary power Infinite regulation of the mixed water temperature in the range from 30 50 C Anti-scalding device Pipes and draw-off fittings are protected against calcification and corrosion Non-stick coating on valve housing to prevent scale build-up No maintenance Back-flow preventers (checkvalves) built into cold and hot water connections TMV-2, BuildCert, WRAS and EN1111 approval
Temperature can be regulated up to 50C, thermal disinfection can be carried out. Backflow preventers are already installed ensuring optimum hydraulic functionality. InSTALLATIOn POSITIOn Any.
OPeRATIOn A thermostatic cartridge and a return spring ensure the constant blend temperature at the outlet. Thanks to the design of the mixing valve, the thermostatic cartridge can be easily replaced in the installed valve if the performance decreases, which occurs due to normal wear and tear. In case of cold water failure, the hot water supply shuts off automatically and hermetically. This ensures full protection against scalding.
ScHemA
A11
NOvaMiX cOmpact 50 TMV2 | THermOstatic miXinG vaLve 30 50C

SPecIFIcATIOn TeXT The thermostatic mixing valve ensures a constant temperature of the mixed water at the outlet. Long durability thanks to use of highquality plastics and non-stick coatings to prevent limescale buildup. Infinite regulation of the mixed water temperature. Watertight shut-off in the event of cold water failure (anti-scald protection). Built-in check-valves. Mixing temperature can be set for Legionella flushing. Manufacturer: Taconova TecHnIcAL DATA General kVS values and dimensions as per the relevant tables Max. operating temperature: TBmax 90 C Max. operating pressure: PBmax 10 bar Min. operating pressure: 0,5 bar Adjustable temp. range: 30 50 C Mix temperature stability: max. 3 K (for hot water temp. change 15 K) Shut-off function in event of cold water failure Noise class 2 Installation position: any Material Housing: brass (DZR), nickel-plated Internal parts: Stainless steel, brass, high-quality plastic Seals: EPDM Housing with anti-lime scale coatin Flow media Drinking water Heating water (VDI 2035; SIA Richtlinie 384/1; NORM H 51951)

TYPe PROGRAm NovaMix Value |Thermostatic mixing valve, Control range 30 50C Item no. DN G E (l/min) kVS 252.6073.107 15 " 23,7 1,42
E = Extracted outlet quantity at p = 1 bar
DImenSIOnS
116
34
G " G " 30 G " 43.5
PReSSURe LOSS DIAGRAm

1000
Pressure loss mbar
100
10
kVS = 1,42
1
APPROVALS TMV-2, Build-Cert, WRAS, EN1111
10 12
20
52.5
100
Flow rate l/min
AcceSSORIeS
ADAPTeR FOR FLAT SeALInG FITTInGS Item no. Designation 296.5223.004 Set of 3 pieces COnnecTIOnS Compression fitting joint with nut, clamping ring and supporting sleeve Item no. G mm Version for 210.3222.000 " 10 Copper pipe 10/1 210.3223.000 " 12 Copper pipe 12/1 210.3225.000 " 15 Copper pipe 15/1
COnTAcT AnD FURTHeR InFORmATIOn
TAcOnOVA.cOm
Taconova Group AG | Steinackerstr. 6 | CH-8902 Urdorf | T +41 44 735 55 55 | F +41 44 735 55 02 | group@taconova.com | taconova.com Taconova GmbH | Rudolf-Diesel-Strae 8 | D-78224 Singen | T +49 7731 98 28 80 | F +49 7731 98 28 88 | deutschland@taconova.com
Subject to modification. 06/2012
NOVAMIX COmPAcT 70
THERMOstatic MiXing vaLvE
ADVAnTAGES
Constant temperature of the water at the outlet Automatic mixing function without auxiliary power Infinite regulation of the mixed water temperature in the range from 30 70 C Anti-scalding device Pipes and draw-off fittings are protected against calcification and corrosion Non-stick coating on valve housing to prevent scale build-up No maintenance Back-flow preventers (checkvalves) built into cold and hot water connections SVGW approval for potable water
Limits and maintains constant levels of mixing temperatures in systems.

DEScRIPTIOn The autonomous thermostatic mixing valve NovaMix Compact 70 ensures a constant mixed water temperature at the outlet. This gives permanent protection against scalding, even with high storage tank temperatures. The mixing valve can be used in sanitary applications in both public and private areas. Due to its attractive design, it is also suitable for visible installation directly beneath the wash-basin. OPERATIOn A thermostatic cartridge and a return spring ensure the constant blend temperature at the outlet. Thanks to the design of the mixing valve, the thermostatic cartridge can be easily replaced in the installed valve if the performance decreases, which occurs due to normal wear and tear. In case of cold water failure, the hot water supply shuts off automatically and hermetically. This ensures full protection against scalding.
Temperature can be regulated up to 70C, thermal disinfection can be carried out. Backflow preventers are already installed ensuring optimum hydraulic functionality. InSTALLATIOn POSITIOn Any.
ScHEmA
A11
NOvaMiX COMpact 70 | THERMOstatic MiXing vaLvE 30 70C

SPEcIFIcATIOn TEXT The thermostatic mixing valve ensures a constant temperature of the mixed water at the outlet. Long durability thanks to use of highquality plastics and non-stick coatings to prevent limescale buildup. Infinite regulation of the mixed water temperature. Watertight shut-off in the event of cold water failure (anti-scald protection). Built-in backflow preventer (checkvalves). Mixing temperature can be set for Legionella flushing. Manufacturer: Taconova TEcHnIcAL DATA General kVS values and dimensions as per the relevant tables Max. operating temperature: TBmax 90 C Max. operating pressure: PBmax 10 bar Min. operating pressure: 0,5 bar Adjustable temp. range: 30 70 C Mix temperature stability: max. 3 K (for hot water temp. change 15 K) Shut-off function in event of cold water failure Noise class 2 Installation position: any Material Housing: brass (DZR), nickel-plated Internal parts: Stainless steel, brass, high-quality plastic Seals: EPDM Housing with anti-lime scale coating

TYPE PROGRAm NovaMix Value |Thermostatic mixing valve, Control range 30 70C Item no. DN G E (l/min) 252.6072.104 15 " 25
E = Extracted outlet quantity at p = 1,5 bar
kVS 1,2
DImEnSIOnS
116
34
G " G " 30 G " 43.5
PRESSURE LOSS DIAGRAm

1000
Pressure loss mbar
100
10
APPROVALS
1 1 10 12
kVS = 1,2
20
52.5
100
Flow rate l/min
AccESSORIES
ADAPTER FOR FLAT SEALInG FITTInGS Item no. Designation 296.5223.004 Set of 3 pieces COnnEcTIOnS Compression fitting joint with nut, clamping ring and supporting sleeve Item no. G mm Version for 210.3222.000 " 10 Copper pipe 10/1 210.3223.000 " 12 Copper pipe 12/1 210.3224.000 " 14 Copper pipe 14/1 210.3225.000 " 15 Copper pipe 15/1 210.3226.000 " 16 Copper pipe 16/1
COnTAcT AnD FURTHER InFORmATIOn
TAcOnOVA.cOm
Taconova GmbH |Rudolf-Diesel-Strae 8 | D-78224 Singen | T +49 7731 98 28 80 | F +49 7731 98 28 88 | deutschland@taconova.com Taconova Group AG | Steinackerstr. 6 | CH-8902 Urdorf | T +41 44 735 55 55 | F +41 44 735 55 02 | group@taconova.com | taconova.com
Subject to modification. 10/2011
MT 52
Thermostatic Mixing Valve
Advantages Constant temperature of the water at the outlet Limits and maintains constant levels of mixing temperatures in systems Description The automatic thermostatic mixing valve MT 52 ensures a constant temperature of the mixed water at the outlet when used as the central mixing device. The MT 52 is mainly used in sanitary applications as a regulating device for reducing the temperature of the water coming out of hot water storage tanks. It can also be used in numerous other applications requiring a constant mixing temperature, for example as a thermostatic mixing device in heating systems or as a diverting valve in climate control applications. Automatic mixing function without the need for auxiliary power Innite regulation of the nominal temperature in 2 ranges: 20 40 C / 30 70 C Special design with anti-scalding device Pipes and draw-off ttings are protected against calcication and corrosion Can also be used as a diverting valve (temperature differentiation) Can be used to raise the return temperature
Operation Standard design: A thermostatic cartridge and a return spring ensure the constant blend temperature at the outlet. Thanks to the design of the mixing valve, the thermostatic cartridge can be easily replaced in the installed valve if the performance decreases, which occurs due to normal wear and tear. Special design MT 52 FS: In the case of cold water failure, the hot water supply shuts off automatically and hermetically.
MS-MT
Taconova OSTACO AG Group Steinackerstr. AG | Steinackerstrasse 6 8902 Urdorf 6 | 8902 Switzerland Urdorf | Phone Switzerland ++41 (0)44 | T +41 735 44 55 735 55 55 Fax 55++41 | F +41 (0)44 44735 73555 55 02 02 info@taconova.ch | group@taconova.com www.taconova.com | taconova.com
MT 52
Type program
MT 52 Standard version (for storage water heater) Thermostatische Mischventile Standard fr Speicher-Wassererwrmer Code no. Bestell-Nr. 252.6003.104 252.6004.104 252.6023.104 252.6024.104 DN 20 25 20 25 G 1" 1 " 1" 1 " Temp. range Regelbereich 30 70 C 30 70 C 20 40 C 20 40 C TB 100 C 100 C 80 C 80 C E (l/min) 39 53 39 53 kVS 1 1,9 2,6 1,9 2,6 kVS 2 1,65 2,25 1,65 2,25 Features Merkmale
MT 52 Standard version (for instant water heater) Thermostatische Mischventile Standard fr Durchlauf-Wassererwrmer 100 C 22 1,1 252.6043.104 20 1" 30 70 C
0,7
Thermostatische Mischventile Sonderausfhrung, fr Speicher-Wassererwrmer MT 52 Special version (hermetic, for storage waterdichtschliessend heater) 252.6003.107 20 1" 30 70 C 100 C 39 1,9 1,65 252.6004.107 25 1 " 30 70 C 100 C 53 2,6 2,25
E = extracted (outlet) quantity at p = 1,5 bar = protection against scalding, shuts off hermetically kVS 1 = without check valve kVS 2 = with check valve
Specication text The thermostatic mixing valve ensures a constant temperature of the mixed water at the outlet. Long durability thanks to use of highquality plastics and non-stick coatings to prevent limescale buildup. Innite regulation of the mixed water temperature. Technical data Max. operating temperature (TB), temperature range and kVS values see table Type program. Max. operating pressure: 10 bar Material: Housing and internal parts: Brass (DZR) Seals: EPDM
Dimensions
74 G
G 45 115
Pressure loss diagramm without check valve

5 1 3 6 2 4 7
1000
Pressure loss mbar
100
Special version MT 52 FS with antiscald protection, watertight shut-off in the event of cold water failure
10
1 = 252.6003.104 2 = 252.6004.104 3 = 252.6023.104 4 = 252.6024.104 5 = 252.6043.104 6 = 252.6003.107 7 = 252.6004.107
10
100
Subject to modication. MS-MT 07/2010 pdf e
Flow rate l/min
Accessories
Rckussverhinderer Check valves TB 95 C, PB 10 bar TB 95 Zum Einlegen C, PB 10 in die bar,Verschraubung to be mounted am in the Kaltwarm undand Warmwasserzulauf cold water inlet Sa of 2 parts Set Bestell-Nr. Code no. 296.5203.003 296.5204.003 passend zu no.: Bestell-Nr. ts to code 252.6003.XXX / 252.6023.104 / 252.6043.104 252.6004.XXX / 252.6024.104
Spare parts Thermostat unit with regulating piston (see price list)
MT 53
www.HYG.de
Advantages
nach KTW
W270
Constant temperature of the water at the outlet Automatic mixing function without the need for auxiliary power Innite regulation of the mixed water temperature in the range from 45 65 C and 35 70 C High regulation precision Protection against scalding High kVS values Very low cold water leak rate Valve housing with non-stick coating to protect against lime scale deposits Installation instructions embossed on the housing Available with 3 valve dimensions Mechanism to prevent adjustment of the nominal value Can also be used as a diverting valve No additional seals required when using the check valves (CV) The check valves are in captively secured form
Maintaining constant mix temperatures and limiting temperatures in hot water systems
Description The automatic thermostatic mixing valve MT 53 ensures a constant temperature of the mixed water at the outlet when used as the central mixing device. This prevents scalding at the outlet, even with high storage tank temperatures. Wide area of possible application thanks to three different valve dimensions. Available with " (DN15), 1" (DN20) and 1 " (DN25) connection. Special valve seals at the regulator piston keep undesired admixtures to a minimum*, resulting in maximum utilisation of the storage tank temperature. The MT 53 is mainly used in sanitary applications as a regulating device for reducing the temperature of the water coming out of hot water storage tanks. It can also be used in numerous other applications requiring a constant mixing temperature, for example as a thermostatic mixing device in heating systems or as a diverting valve in climate control applications.
* If the hot water lies 3K below the set mixing temperature, the cold water leak rate = 0. Otherwise, the maximum value for admixtures is 3K.
Operation The mixing valve is supplied with hot water from the storage tank and cold water from the mains network. The temperature of the mixed water is detected by the thermostatic expansion element. If the mixed water temperature diverges from the target value, the thermostatic expansion element moves the regulator piston, thus regulating the hot and cold water intake quantity accordingly, until the mixed water temperature corresponds to the target value.
MS-MT
MT 53
Range 45 65 C
(Designed in accordance with EN15092)
Type program Item no. 253.1002.000 253.1003.000 253.1004.000 253.1102.000 253.1103.000 253.1104.000 DN 15 20 25 15 20 25 G " 1" 1" " 1" 1" CV built in no no no yes yes yes A 76 77 77 76 77 77 E (l /min) 26 36 56 25 35 55 kVS 1.6 2.2 3.4 1.5 2.1 3.3
Specication text The thermostatic mixing valve ensures a constant temperature of the mixed water at the outlet. High kVS values. Available with three valve dimensions. Long durability thanks to use of highquality plastics and non-stick coatings to prevent limescale buildup. Innite regulation of the mixed water temperature. Technical data
A = Housing without check valves (CV) E = Extracted (outlet) quantity at p = 1,0 bar No additional seals required when using the check valves
Dimensions
G 2,5 G A G 46 max. 122
kVS values and dimensions as per the relevant tables Max. operating temp.: TB 100 C Max. operating temp. w/ CV: TB 90 C Max. operating pressure: 10 bar Min. operating pressure: 0.5 bar Max. dynamic working pressure: 5 bar Max. constant input pressure diff.: 2 bar Adjustable temp. range: 45 65 C Mix temperature stability: max. 3 K (for hot water temp. change 15 K) Shut-off function in event of cold water failure
Pressure loss mbar

1000
41
52
63
Noise class 2 Materials: Housing: brass (DZR) Internal parts: High-quality plastic Seals: EPDM Housing with anti-lime scale coating Installation position: any Special application: diverting function possible (incoming ow through mix connection).
100
10
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 10
DN 15 20 25 15 20 25
kVS 1,6 2,2 3,4 1,5 2,1 3,3
CV
1
100
Flow rate l/min
Approvals
www.HYG.de
*
nach KTW
W270
EN15092 *
* pending
MT 53
Range 35 70 C
(for Legionella ushing up to 75 C)
Type program Item no. 253.2002.000 253.2003.000 253.2004.000 253.2102.000 253.2103.000 253.2104.000 DN 15 20 25 15 20 25 G " 1" 1" " 1" 1" CV built in no no no yes yes yes A 76 77 77 76 77 77 E (l /min) 26 36 56 25 35 55 kVS 1.6 2.2 3.4 1.5 2.1 3.3
Specication text The thermostatic mixing valve ensures a constant temperature of the mixed water at the outlet. High kVS values. Available with three valve dimensions. Long durability thanks to use of highquality plastics and non-stick coatings to prevent limescale buildup. Innite regulation of the mixed water temperature. Mixing temperature can be set for Legionella ushing (hot water inow at least 75 C). Due to the extended mixing range, EN 15092 no longer applies to these mixing valves. Technical data Adjustable temperature range: 35 70 C All other technical datas are in accordance with those on page 2.
A = Housing without check valves (CV) E = Extracted (outlet) quantity at p = 1,0 bar No additional seals required when using the check valves
Dimensions
G 2,5 G A G 46 max. 122
Approvals
www.HYG.de

1000
41
52
63
nach KTW
W270
Pressure loss mbar
100
10
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 10
DN 15 20 25 15 20 25
kVS 1,6 2,2 3,4 1,5 2,1 3,3
CV
1
100
Flow rate l/min
MT 53
Accessories Connection set for threaded pipe Item no. 210.6630.004 210.6631.004 210.6632.004 210.6633.004 DN 15 20 20 25 GR " " 1" " 1" " 1" 1" Quantity 3 pcs. 3 pcs. 3 pcs. 3 pcs.
Check valve Item no. 296.5210.003 296.5211.003 296.5212.003 DN 15 20 25 G " 1" 1" Quantity 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs.
Spare parts
Regulating piston with thermostatic element Item no. 298.5280.000 Temperature range for both versions Quantity 1 pc.
Cap and spindel Item no. 298.5281.000 298.5282.000 298.5283.000 298.5284.000 298.5285.000 Temperature range 45 65 C 45 65 C 45 65 C 35 70 C 35 70 C G " 1" 1" " + 1" 1" Quantity 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 pc.
Subject to modication. M-MT53 07/2010 pdf e

MT 52 HC
NEW
Advantages Constant temperature of the water at the outlet Automatic mixing function without the need for auxiliary power Infinite regulation of the mixed water temperature in the range from 20 70 C High regulation precision Protection against scalding High flow rates No internal cold water leak rate Valve housing with non-stick coating to protect against lime scale deposits Installation instructions embossed on the housing: Flow direction Hot (+), cold () and water mixer (MIX) Mechanism to prevent adjustment of the nominal value Can also be used as a diverting valve Extensive range of accessories and spare parts Operation The mixing valve is supplied with hot water from the storage tank and cold water from the mains network. The temperature of the mixed water is detected by the thermostatic element and compared with the set nominal temperature value. If the temperature of the mixed water deviates from the nominal value, the thermostat moves the regulating piston to adjust the amount of hot and cold water being supplied until the temperature of the mixed water corresponds to the nominal value.
Applications Mixing, maintaining and limiting temperatures in water heating systems The automatic thermostatic mixing valve MT 52 HC ensures a constant temperature of the mixed water at the outlet when used as the central mixing device. This prevents scalding at the outlet, even with high storage tank temperatures. The large valve cross sections in the MT 52 HC reduce the valves intrinsic pressure loss (high kvs), permitting high flow rates even at peak times.
Special valve seals at the regulating piston rule out undesired admixtures (no internal cold water leak rate), resulting in maximum exploitation of the storage tank temperature. The MT 52 HC is mainly used in sanitary applications (SVGW approval) as a regulating device for reducing the temperature of the water coming out of hot water tanks. It can also be used in numerous other applications requiring a constant mixing temperature, for example as a thermostatic mixing device in heating systems or as a diverting valve in climate control applications.
MIX C
MS-HC
OSTACO AG
Steinackerstr. 6 CH-8902 Urdorf Switzerland Tel. ++41 (0)44 735 55 55 Fax ++41 (0)44 735 55 02 E-Mail: info@taconova.ch Internet: http://www.taconova.com
MT 52 HC
Specification text The thermostatic mixing valve ensures a constant temperature of the mixed water at the outlet. Especially suited to high flow rates. Infinite regulation of the nominal temperature. Technical data kvs value and temperature range as per table Type program Max. operating temperature 90 C Max. operating pressure 10 bar Dynamic working pressure: 0.5 5 bar Max. constant input pressure diff.: 2 bar Adjustable temp. range: 20 70 C Mix temperature stability: max. 4 K (for hot water temp. 20 K change) Shut-off function in event of cold water failure (at 40 C for mixed water) Noise class: 2 Housing material: brass (DZR) Interior component material: brass (DZR) Seal material: EPDM, NBR Housing with anti-lime scale coating Installation position: any Weight: 0.9 kg Special application: diverting function possible (incoming flow through mix connection). Refer to Taconova. Pressure loss graph
252.6034.107 without check valve
1000 1000
252.6034.107 with check valve
Pressure loss mbar
100
100
10
10
kvs 1 = 6.1
kvs 2 = 5.9
0.1 1 10 100
0.1 1 10 100
Flow rate l/min
Dimensions
85
G 51.4 max. 134
Type program: Thermostatic mixing valve MT 52 HC for storage water heater Item no. 252.6034.107 DN 25 G 1" Temperature range 20 70 C Temp. range 90 C E (l /min ) 102 k VS 1 6.1 k VS 2 5.9
E = extracted (outlet) quantity at p = 1.0 bar (k VS = 6.1)
k VS 1 = without check valve
k VS 2 = with check valve
Connection set for threaded pipe with check valve Item no. 296.5205.003 210.6633.000 Item no. 210.6633.004 for valve connection Hot- (+) / cold water () Mixed water, without CV for valve connection Hot- (+) / cold water () / Mixed water Temperature range 20 70 C GR 1" 1" 1" 1" GR 1" 1" Quantity 2 1 Quantity 3
Connection set for threaded pipe without check valve
Spare part: Regulating piston with thermostatic element and spring Item no. 298.5268.000 Quantity 1
Subject to modification. M-HC 09/05 e

OSTACO AG Steinackerstr. 6 CH-8902 Urdorf Switzerland Tel. ++41 (0)44 735 55 55 Fax ++41 (0)44 735 55 02 E-Mail: info@taconova.ch Internet: http://www.taconova.com
FV 70 TACOSOL EU 21
Solar station
Application Pump, regulator and air venting unit in solar heating systems The FV 70 TACOSOL EU 21 is a global-radiation-driven solar station. The high-efficiency D.C. pump is supplied and controlled directly by the current from a PV panel. As such, the standard supply connection, solar regulator, collector and accumulator sensor are no longer required. The unit is controlled by a built-in temperature sensor in the pump, which regulates and interrupts the flow rate according to the return temperature. The excess flow is taken up by the MAG. Once the collector cools down, the unit automatically starts up again.
These components allow independent and efficient operation of the unit. Hydraulic balancing, flow measurement and venting can be performed directly in the station. Using the scale, which is pre-calibrated for frost protection, the technician can set and check the exact flow-rate values on-site. Installation and venting can be carried out by one person working unassisted. Utility model protection has been granted. Installation position The solar station must be installed vertically to ensure problem-free functioning of the venting unit.
Advantages Designed for self-sustaining solar operation No additional costs. Solar controller and its electrical installation are not required High-efficiency D.C. pump Cost-effective one-man installation and filling of the system Multifunction ball valve strongly facilitates the filling and draining of the system Collector and reservoir sections can be separated for installation work Easy pump replacement (suction and pressure side can be shut off) Precise and rapid adjustment, without use of diagrams, charts or expensive measuring tools Function control via direct flow rate indicator of the SETTER Inline PF Visual scale in l/min, pre-calibrated for glycol blends = 2.3 mm/s Constant air separation during line operation Operation In the collector, the intensity of global radiation directly regulates the speed (power) of the pump through the voltage generated. The flow-rate measurement is based on the proven principle of a baffle float. The basis for the air venting are special flow technology measures which accumulate the air in the top of the venting space, from where it can be released from time to time. There are no mechanical parts, so the design ensures a long service life. At the same time, acts as a check on whether air is building up in the system.
OSTACO AG
FV 70 TACOSOL EU 21
Solar station
Specification text TACOSOL EU 21 is a ready-to-connect solar station for circulation and venting of solar circuit medium incl. mounting attachments (with utility model protection). Fitted with high-efficiency D.C. pump. With integrated SETTER Inline PF regulating and check valve with direct indication of the set flow rate in l/min. Metallic non-return valves integrated in both ball valves. Optimized for use in solar applications. Measured values with medium viscosity = 2.3 mm/s can be read directly at the sight glass during adjustment without the need for tables, diagrams or measuring devices. Technical data Max. operating temperature: Flow circuit (venting side): 160 C Return circuit (pump side): 95 C Max. operating pressure: 6 bar (up to PB 8 bar possible) Response pressure of built-in safety valve: 6 bar kvs value and measurement range as per table Type Program. Material: Vent pipe: painted steel Valve housing: brass Internal components: stainless steel, brass and plastic Sight glass: Boric silicate O-ring seals: EPDM Flat seals with high temperature resistance suitable for use in solar applications Insulating: EPP Thread according to DIN 2999/ISO 7 and ISO 228 Measuring accuracy 10 % (of the highest nominal value) Fluids Water and proprietary additives used against corrosion and freezing (display scale for medium viscosity = 2.3 mm/s) Heating- and cooling water Type program for TACOSOL EU 21 Includes: flow phase (venting side) and return phase (pump side) Code-No. 270.7406.000
1) kvs 2) kvs 3)
Measurement range 1.5 6.0 l/min
3)
kvs1) 1.5
kvs2) 6.1
Circulation pump Laing D5 Solar
[m/h] with = 1 mm/s in the return phase (pump side) [m/h] with = 1 mm/s in the ow phase (venting side))
Visual scale for water/glycol mix with = 2.3 mm/s
Dimensions

1 2 3 4 5 6
Male thread ISO 228, G 1" (line from the collector) Male thread ISO 228, G 1" (line to the collector) Male thread ISO 228, G 1" (line to the reservoir) Male thread ISO 228, G 1" (line from the reservoir) Male thread ISO 228, G " (expansion vessel line) Female thread DIN 2999 / ISO 7, Rp " (safety valve blow-off line)
OSTACO AG
FV 70 TACOSOL EU 21
Solar station
Flow circuit
Stop ball valve with safety valve and integrated non-return valve Free flow between collector and safety valve is guaranteed in every position
Return circuit
Stop ball valve with fill and drain cock and integrated check valve (KFE)
Venting tank with air valve
Circulation pump Laing D5, solar version 824 V D.C. Rotor mounted on ultrahard ceramic bearing. Head: 3.5 m.
Connection Wago Electrical connection to PV panel Manometer Range 010 bar Balancing valve SETTER Inline PF
Thermometer Display range 0160 C Connection EV
Wall mounting
Thermometer Display range 0160 C
OSTACO AG
FV 70 TACOSOL EU 21
Solar station
Pressure loss diagram FV 70 TACOSOL EU 21
270.7406.000 = 1 mm2/s 1.5...6 l/min DN 20 1"
Return circuit characteristic: A-D=Valve position SETTER Inline PF Flow circuit characteristic: V (Venting phase only 270.146.000)
1000
Recommended technical connection data (not part of TACONOVAs scope of supply): PV panel power 2530 W (peak) Connecting cable to PV panel, cross section 2.5 mm
Pressure loss mbar
100
kvs=1.5
10
B C D kvs=6.1
Note: Safety shut-off of pump at 95 C
V 0.1 1 1.5 6 10
Flow rate
l/min
Accessories for FV 70 TACOSOL EU 21

VF 10 soldered fittings Fitting consisting of soldered connector fitting, union nut and flat seal suitable for use in solar applications, 2 pieces per set. Order no. G x mm Ausfhrung fr
210.5331.019 210.5332.019
1" x 18 mm 1" x 22 mm
Kupferrohr 18 mm Kupferrohr 22 mm
FX 96 KFE 3-way connector For connection to EV connector fittings. Consisting of T-piece with KFE (fill and drain cock), union nut, G " female thread with flat seal suitable for solar applications, G " male threaded connection. Order no. DN G
296.7001.338
20
"
FX 96 MAG mounting bracket with quick coupling For wall mounting of the EV with quick connection coupling with shut-off. 1 x female thread, 1 x male thread G ". Order no. DN G
296.7002.000
20
"
FX 96 stainless steel tube For connection with the expansion vessel (EV). Includes " union nut and flat seals suitable for solar applications. Order no. DN G Length
296.7003.000
20
"
0.5 m
Developed in cooperation with EU 21 Energie & Umwelt Service Agentur www.EU21.org
Subject to modification. FV-EU 21 07/06 e

FV 70 TACOSOL 4.0 ER
Solar station
Advantages Cost-effective installation and filling (can be performed by one person working unassisted) Application Pump, regulator and air venting unit in solar heating systems With the FV 70 TACOSOL 4.0 ER Solar station, hydraulic balancing and flow measurement can be performed directly in the station. The built-in SETTER Inline UN allows the required quantity of fluid in the primary circuit to be exactly and simply set and checked. Systems which are correctly balanced hydraulically and air-free guarantee optimal energy extraction, and are thus more cost-effective in the sense of the energy-saving directives laid down by law. Using the scale, which is pre-calibrated for antifreeze, the technician can set and check the exact flow-rate values on-site. Neither training courses nor expensive measuring devices are required. Installation can be carried out by one person working unassisted. Installation position The solar station must be installed vertically. Multi-functional ball valve, which greatly simplifies the filling and draining of the system Collector section can be separated for installation work Straightforward pump replacement (suction and pressure side can be shut off) Precise and rapid regulation adjustments, requiring no diagrams, tables or expensive measuring devices Function checking using the direct flow rate indicator in the SETTER Inline UN Visual scale in l/min pre-calibrated for glycol mixes = 2.3 mm/s Reliable operation and lowmaintenance Rugged design Operation The flow measurement is based on the principle of a baffle float with return spring. The flowmeter is built into the housing. The balancing can be carried out with a screwdriver at the adjusting screw. The reading position is the bottom line of the baffle float.
FS-FV
OSTACO AG Steinackerstr. 6 8902 Urdorf Switzerland Phone ++41 (0)44 735 55 55 Fax ++41 (0)44 735 55 02 info@taconova.ch www.taconova.com
Specification text TACOSOL 4.0 ER is a ready-to-connect solar station for circulation and venting of solar circuit medium with mounting attachments. Installation in return pipe. With integrated SETTER Inline UN regulating and check valve with direct indication of the set flow rate in l/min. Metallic non-return valve integrated in the ball valve. Optimized for use in solar applications. Measured values with medium viscosity = 2.3 mm/s can be read directly at the sight glass during adjustment without the need for tables, diagrams or measuring devices. Technical data Max. operating temperature: 110 C Max. operating pressure: 8 bar Safety valve response pressure: 6 bar
Solar station mono phase design with safety group

Type Program for TACOSOL 4.0 ER, mono phase design with safety group Includes: return phase (pump side) Order no. 270.1006.345 270.1016.345 270.1028.345 Measurement range ) 1,5 6,0 l/min 4,0 16,0 l/min 8,0 28,0 l/min kVS) 1,5 3,3 3,5 Circulation pump WILO ST 20/6-3 WILO ST 20/6-3 WILO ST 20/6-3
) k vs [m /h] with = 1 mm /s ) Visual scale for water/glycol mix with = 2.3 mm /s
Dimensional drawing
120
374
290 12,5 51 47 98 190 78
k vs value and measurement range as per table Type Program. Valve housing components: Brass Internal components: Stainless steel, brass and plastic Sight glass: borosilicate O-ring seals: EPDM Flat seals with high temperature resistance suitable for use in solar applications Insulating material: EPP Thread according to ISO 228 Measuring accuracy SETTER Inline UN: 10 % (of the highest nominal value) Fluids Water and proprietary additives used against corrosion and freezing (display scale for medium viscosity = 2.3 mm/s) Heating water (VDI 2035) Cold water
50 15
30 30
2
31
147
1 Male thread ISO 228, G 1" (line to the collector) 2 Male thread ISO 228, G 1" (line from the reservoir) 3 Male thread ISO 228, G " (expansion vessel line)
13
435
Specification text TACOSOL 4.0 ER is a ready-to-connect solar station for circulation and venting of solar circuit medium with mounting attachments. Designed for parallel and series connection with TACOSOL 4.0 ZR for improved performance. Installation in return pipe. With integrated SETTER Inline UN regulating and check valve with direct indication of the set flow rate in l/min. Metallic non-return valve integrated in the ball valve. Optimized for use in solar applications. Measured values with medium viscosity = 2.3 mm/s can be read directly at the sight glass during adjustment without the need for tables, diagrams or measuring devices. Technical data
Solar station mono phase design

Type Program for TACOSOL 4.0 ER, mono phase design Includes: return phase (pump side) Order no. 270.1006.000 270.1016.000 270.1028.000 Measurement range ) 1,5 6,0 l/min 4,0 16,0 l/min 8,0 28,0 l/min kVS) 1,5 3,3 3,5 Circulation pump WILO ST 20/6-3 WILO ST 20/6-3 WILO ST 20/6-3
) k vs [m /h] with = 1 mm /s ) Visual scale for water/glycol mix with = 2.3 mm /s
Dimensional drawing
74
374
290 12,5
Max. operating temperature: 110 C Max. operating pressure: 8 bar k vs value and measurement range as per table Type Program. Valve housing components: Brass Internal components: Stainless steel, brass and plastic Sight glass: borosilicate O-ring seals: EPDM Flat seals with high temperature resistance suitable for use in solar applications Insulating material: EPP Thread according to ISO 228 Measuring accuracy SETTER Inline UN: 10 % (of the highest nominal value) Fluids Water and proprietary additives used against corrosion and freezing (display scale for medium viscosity = 2.3 mm/s) Heating water (VDI 2035) Cold water
147 15
30 30
13
31
2
51 47 98 190
50
1 Male thread ISO 228, G 1" (line to the collector) 2 Male thread ISO 228, G 1" (line from the reservoir) 3 Male thread ISO 228, G " (expansion vessel line)
78
435
Solar station
Accessories for FV 70 TACOSOL 4.0 VF 10 soldered fittings Fitting consisting of soldered connector fitting, union nut and flat seal suitable for use in solar applications, 2 pieces per set. Order no. G x mm Version for 210.5331.019 210.5332.019 1" x 18 mm 1" x 22 mm copper tube 18 mm copper tube 22 mm
FX 96 KFE 3-way connector For connection to the MAG connector. Consisting of T-piece with KFE (fill and drain cock), union nut, G " female thread with flat seal suitable for solar applications, G " male threaded connection. Order no. DN G 296.7001.354 20 "
FX 96 MAG mounting bracket with quick coupling For mounting the expansion vessel on the wall. Quick coupling with cut-off, 1 x female thread, 1 x male thread G ". Order no. DN G 296.7002.000 20 "
FX 96 stainless steel tube For connecting the expansion vessel. Includes union nut and flat seals suitable for solar applications. Order no. DN G Length 296.7003.000 20 " 0,5 m
FX 96 Solar controller RESOL (see separate data sheet) Order no. Type Application 296.7010.000 296.7011.000 BS BS Pro basic solar systems complex solar systems Application basic solar systems complex solar systems
FX 96 Solar controller SOREL Order no. Type

SOREL TDC Temperatur-Differenz-Controller
296.7012.000 296.7013.000
TDC 1 TDC 3
270.1006.000 270.1006.345
1000
= 1 mm2/s
1,5...6 l/min DN 20 1"
270.1016.000 270.1016.345
= 1 mm2/s
4...16 l/min DN 20 1"
270.1028.000 270.1028.345
1000
= 1 mm2/s
8...28 l/min DN 20 1"
Return circuit characteristic: A-D=Valve position SETTER Inline UN
Return circuit characteristic: A-D=Valve position SETTER Inline UN

1000
Return circuit characteristic: B-D=Valve position SETTER Inline UN
Pressure drop in mbar
100 A kvs=1,5
A 100 B
B 100 C D 10
kvs=3,5
kvs=3,3
10
B C D
10
C D
0,1 1 1,5 6 10
1 1 4 10 16 100
1 1 8 10 28 100
Flow in l/min
Flow in l/min
Flow in l/min
Subject to modification. S-FV 11/07 1000 e

FV 70 TACOSOL 4.0 ZR
Solar station
Application Pump, regulator and air venting unit in solar heating systems With the FV 70 TACOSOL 4.0 Solar station, hydraulic balancing, flow measurement and venting can be performed directly in the station. The built-in SETTER Inline UN allows the required quantity of fluid in the primary circuit to be exactly and simply set and checked. The continuous venting system meets the most demanding requirements and keeps the system free of air. Systems which are correctly balanced hydraulically and air-free guarantee
optimal energy extraction, and are thus more cost-effective in the sense of the energy-saving directives laid down by law. Using the scale, which is pre-calibrated for antifreeze, the technician can set and check the exact flow-rate values on-site. Neither training courses nor expensive measuring devices are required. Installation and venting can be carried out by one person working unassisted. Installation position The solar station must be installed vertically to ensure problem-free functioning of the venting unit.
Advantages Cost-effective installation and filling (can be performed by one person working unassisted) Multi-functional ball valve, which greatly simplifies the filling and draining of the system Collector and reservoir sections can be separated for installation work Straightforward pump replacement (suction and pressure side can be shut off) Precise and rapid regulation adjustments, requiring no diagrams, tables or expensive measuring devices Function checking using the direct flow rate indicator in the SETTER Inline UN Visual scale in l/min pre-calibrated for glycol mixes = 2.3 mm/s Constant air release while system is running Straightforward venting directly in the station Possibility for integration of controllers Reliable operation, and lowmaintenance Rugged design Operation The flow-rate measurement is based on the proven principle of a baffle float. The basis for the air venting are special flow technology measures which accumulate the air in the top of the venting space, from where it can be released from time to time. There are no mechanical parts, so the design ensures a long service life. At the same time, acts as a check on whether air is building up in the system.
FS-FV
OSTACO AG
Solar station dual phase design
Specification text TACOSOL 4.0 ZR is a ready-to-connect solar station for circulation and venting of solar circuit medium with mounting attachments. With integrated SETTER Inline UN regulating and check valve with direct indication of the set flow rate in l/min. Metallic non-return valves integrated in both ball valves. Optimized for use in solar applications. Measured values with medium viscosity = 2.3 mm/s can be read directly at the sight glass during adjustment without the need for tables, diagrams or measuring devices. Technical data Max. operating temperature: Flow circuit (venting side): 160 C Return circuit (pump side): 110 C Max. operating pressure: 8 bar Safety valve response pressure: 6 bar kvs value and measurement range as per table Type Program. Vent pipe: Painted steel Valve housing components: Brass Internal components: Stainless steel, brass and plastic Sight glass: Boric silicate
15 290 12,5 374 435
Type Program for TACOSOL 4.0 ZR, dual phase design Version with cover plate Includes: flow phase (venting side) and return phase (pump side) Order no. 270.1506.000 270.1516.000 270.1528.000 Measurement range 1,5 6,0 l/min 4,0 16,0 l/min 8,0 28,0 l/min
3)
kvs1) 1,5 3,3 3,5
kvs2) Circulation pump 6,0 6,0 6,0 WILO ST 20/6-3 WILO ST 20/6-3 WILO ST 20/6-3
Type Program for TACOSOL 4.0 ZR, dual phase design Version with carrier for controller Includes: flow phase (venting side) and return phase (pump side) Order no. 270.1506.356 270.1516.356 270.1528.356
1) 2) 3)
Measurement range 1,5 6,0 l/min 4,0 16,0 l/min 8,0 28,0 l/min
3)
kvs1) 1,5 3,3 3,5
kvs2) Circulation pump 6,0 6,0 6,0 WILO ST 20/6-3 WILO ST 20/6-3 WILO ST 20/6-3
kvs [m/h] with = 1 mm/s n the return phase (pump side) kvs [m/h] with = 1 mm/s in the ow phase (venting side) Visual scale for water/glycol mix with = 2.3 mm/s
Dimensional drawing
27
83
74
O-ring seals: EPDM Flat seals with high temperature resistance suitable for use in solar applications Insulating material: EPP Thread according to DIN 2999/ISO 7 and ISO 228 Measuring accuracy SETTER Inline UN: 10 % (of the highest nominal value) Fluids Water and proprietary additives used against corrosion and freezing (display scale for medium viscosity = 2.3 mm/s) Heating water (VDI 2035) and cold water
147 153 50
30 30
5
31
3
= 87
= 125 310
13
40 98
1 2 3 4 5 6
Male thread ISO 228, G 1" (line from the collector) Male thread ISO 228, G 1" (line to the collector) Male thread ISO 228, G 1" (line to the reservoir) Male thread ISO 228, G 1" (line from the reservoir) Male thread ISO 228, G " (expansion vessel line) Female thread DIN 2999 / ISO 7, Rp " (safety valve blow-off line)
OSTACO AG
77
Solar station
Flow circuit components (venting side)
Stop ball valve with safety valve (and integrated non-return valve) The ball valve allows the flow circuit line to be divided between the collector and the heat accumulator. As required by safety regulations, the connection between the collector and safety valve is not interrupted in any of the ball valve positions. An integrated check valve stops the medium flowing in the opposite direction and also acts as a gravity brake. The safety valve thus protects the system components against excessive overpressure in all operating phases. Holes are provided in the handle of the ball valve so that it can be sealed to protect against unintentional closing. This prevents unintentional disconnection of the connecting line between the collector and the expansion vessel at this point.
Venting tank with bleeder valve The purpose of the venting tank is to remove air from the medium flowing through the tank. The venting tank can hold up to approx. 2.5 dl of air and has a bleeder valve for releasing the air. The frequency and quantity of the collected air can be used to check the leak tightness of the system.
Pressure gage The pressure gage with a range from 0 to 10 bar indicates the system pressure.
Thermometer The thermometer with a range from 0 to 160 C constantly indicates the medium temperature in the flow circuit. The temperature is recorded directly in the medium to minimize the reaction time. The sensor is inserted in a protective pipe so that it can be exchanged without having to empty the system.
Wall mounting
The solar station can be mounted on the wall using the welded-on base plate with mounting bracket. The bracket can be removed from the base plate and secured to the wall for ease of mounting. The mounting accessories are supplied in the insulation: - 2 hexagon-headed wood screws, 8 x 50 mm - 2 washers - 2 mounting dowels, 10 x 50 mm - Assembly and commissioning instructions - Operating and safety instructions for the circulation pump
OSTACO AG
Return circuit components (pump side)

Stop ball valve with fill and drain cock and integrated check valve The ball valve allows the return line to be split between the collector and the heat accumulator. The special ball cock design provides various functions. If the handle is pointing in the direction of flow the system medium can circulate. An integrated check valve stops the medium flowing in the opposite direction and also acts as a gravity brake. Turning the handle 90 to the right closes the ball cock in the direction of the medium flow and allows the upper system part (collector) to be filled and emptied using the fill and drain cock. Turning the handle 90 to the left closes the ball cock in the direction of the medium flow and allows the lower system part (reservoir) to be filled using the fill and drain cock. A male thread G " is provided on the fill and drain cock for connecting a hose. Holes are provided in the handle of the ball valve so that it can be sealed to protect against unintentional closing.
WILO ST 20/6-3 circulation pump, solar version This circulation pump, included as standard in the scope of delivery and integrated in the TACOSOL, covers a large delivery range. The required operating point can be preselected using one of the three levels. A defective pump can be replaced without having to empty the system using the stop cocks on the suction side (SETTER Inline UN) and the pressure side (ball valve). SETTER Inline UN balancing valve Precision adjustment at the balancing valve allows the required delivery quantity to be adapted to system requirements. The proven combination of balancing valve and flow indicator in one housing in the Taconova balancing valves means that no additional measuring components are required for the SETTER Inline UN. Flow rate indication is constant, i.e. the adjustment can be immediately verified by means via the flow rate indicator. The indicator is pre-calibrated for a medium viscosity of 2.3 mm/s. This does away with the need for correction curves. The connection flange on the outlet side is directly screwed onto the 1" pump connector fittings which means there are no seal locations for further adapter components. Connector MAG The connector fitting with G " connecting thread for the expansion vessel is connected in series with the circulation pump. This arrangement prevents negative working pressure conditions in even critical systems and avoids reductions in the working pressure, one of the main causes of early evaporation of the medium. Thermometer The thermometer with a range from 0 to 160 C constantly indicates the medium temperature of the ow circuit. The temperature is recorded directly in the medium to minimize the reaction time. The sensor is inserted in a protective pipe so that it can be exchanged without having to empty the system.
OSTACO AG
Solar station
Accessories for FV 70 TACOSOL 4.0 VF 10 soldered fittings Fitting consisting of soldered connector fitting, union nut and flat seal suitable for use in solar applications, 2 pieces per set. Order no. G x mm Version for 210.5331.019 210.5332.019 1" x 18 mm 1" x 22 mm copper tube 18 mm copper tube 22 mm
FX 96 KFE 3-way connector For connection to the MAG connector. Consisting of T-piece with KFE (fill and drain cock), union nut, G female thread with flat seal suitable for solar applications, G male threaded connection. Order no. DN G 296.7001.354 20 "
FX 96 MAG mounting bracket with quick coupling For mounting the expansion vessel on the wall. Quick coupling with cut-off, 1 x female thread, 1 x male thread G . Order no. DN G 296.7002.000 20 "
FX 96 stainless steel tube For connecting the expansion vessel. Includes union nut and flat seals suitable for solar applications. Order no. DN G Length 296.7003.000 20 " 0,5 m
FX 96 Solar controller RESOL (see separate data sheet) Order no. 296.7010.000 296.7011.000 Type BS BS Pro Application basic solar systems complex solar systems
FX 96 Solar controller SOREL Order no.

SOREL TDC Temperatur-Differenz-Controller
Type TDC 1 TDC 3
Application basic solar systems complex solar systems
296.7012.000 296.7013.000
(energieControl controller also integrable, not included in our range) FX 96 carrier for controller Order no. 296.7020.000 FX 96 cover plate Order no. 296.7021.000 Application TACOSOL 4.0 ZR Application TACOSOL 4.0 ZR
OSTACO AG
Solar station
270.1506.000 = 1 mm2/s 1.5...6 l/min DN 20 1" 270.1516.000 = 1 mm2/s 4...16 l/min DN 20 1"
Return circuit characteristic: A-D=Valve position SETTER Inline UN Flow circuit characteristic: V (Venting phase)
1000
Return circuit characteristic: A-D=Valve position SETTER Inline UN Flow circuit characteristic: V (Venting phase)
1000
100 A kvs=1.5
A 100 B kvs=6.0 10 C D
kvs=3.3
10
B C D
kvs=6.0
V 0.1 1 1.5 6 10 1 1
V 4 10 16 100
Flow in l/min 270.1528.000 = 1 mm2/s 8...28 l/min DN 20 1"
Flow in l/min
Return circuit characteristic: B-D=Valve position SETTER Inline UN Flow circuit characteristic: V (Venting phase)
1000
B 100
kvs=3.5 kvs=6.0
C D 10 V
1 1 8 10 28 100
Flow in l/min
Subject to modification. S-FV 06/07-1500e
ES 42 HY-VENT
Float Air Vents
Advantages Automatic air venting of systems during lling or normal operation Permanent and automatic venting and aerating. Description The valve automatically vents and provides air from and to hydraulic systems such as heating, cooling, air conditioning and sanitary equipment on a continual basis. The combination of an air separator with the aerating and venting greatly increases the efciency of the venting operation. The automatic self-sealing check valve prevents water from escaping from the mains should the vent valve need to be replaced. Automatic aerating at draining Design allows dirt-sensitive operation Trouble-free replacement of the oat vent valve under full system pressure thanks to a check valve Time saving installation of the oat vent valve with the automatic check valve through self-sealing internal thread SVGW drinking water approval
Functional operation The ventilation valve is closed by means of a oat. If air collects in the cup, the oat sinks and releases the ventilation valve. The accumulated air escapes until the (inowing) water pushes the oater down again and the valve closes. The water once more presses the oat against the ventilation valve, and closes the latter. In combination with an upstream AIRSCOOP, this guarantees efcient separation of the air-water mixture, and the system is rapidly and automatically vented.
ES-ES
ES 42 HY-VENT
Specication text Float venting system for the automatic venting of heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems, during commissioning and continuous operation. Twin-shell construction of air cup with integrated exchange channel and 38" and " threaded connection. Technical data Max. operating temp.: TB 115 C Max. operating pressure: PB 10 bar Material: Internal parts: Plastic, stainless steel Housing: Brass Seals: EPDM, NBR, silicone Exterior threads: G 38" and G " as per ISO 228 Typenbersicht Type program Schwimmerentlfter Float vent valve Code Bestell-Nr. no. 242.5072.001 242.5072.002 242.5072.021 DN 10 10 10 G
38" 38" 38"
Version Ausfhrung
with automatic check valve 3/8" with automatic check valve "
Automatic check valve Typenbersicht Absperrautomaten Code no. Bestell-Nr. 220.5235.000 220.5236.000 DN 10 10
38"
GG 38" 38" "
to be used passend zuwith 242.5072.001, 242.5072.002 242.5072.001, 242.5072.021
Dimensions Float vent valve Automatic check valve
G 3/8 G " 3/8"

80 80 14 21 14
SW SW
SW SW 30 30
12 12
21
G G
G G
35 35
Dimensions automatic check valve Code no. 220.5235.000 220.5236.000 G

38"
"
SW 19 21
Operation principle check valve
Venting capacity (dry venting) l/min.

25 20 15
Subject to modication. E-ES 07/2010 pdf e
10 5 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
bar
ER 40 VENT
Heating Radiator Vent Valves
Advantages Reliable, long-life operation Permanent and automatic venting. Description The ER 40 VENT valves can be used in all systems of water. The valve automatically vents hydraulic systems such as heating radiators, pipe manifolds, pipes, boilers, reservoirs and underoor heating manifolds on a continuous basis. This automatic function improves operational safety (corrosion reduction) and enhances the users comfort (no airborne noises). The manual quick-venting allows the fast lling in of the system due to the venting capacity. Versatile application in waterducting systems Additional manual quick-venting Built-in automatic check valve requires no draining of the system in case of replacement of the valve insert Small and compact design Saving of energy by optimal vented system
Operation The automatic operation of the vent valve relies on the special swelling discs built in the valve insert. In dry conditions, the swell discs allow air and gas to escape. The immediate swelling prevents water leakage. Manual air venting is achieved by undoing the knurled screw and allowing air and gas to escape. Replacement of the valve insert (including seal and swelling discs) is possible due to the automatic check valve integrated in the vent valve. At the rst start of operation, its possible that a few drops come out as long as the swelling discs are dry. This doesnt occure in operation.
ES-ER
ER 40 VENT
Specication text Automatic heating radiator vent valve for venting heating water. Automatic venting by swelling discs. Built in automatic check valve. Valve can be replaced during operation while under pressure. Technical data Nominal width:: 18" to 38" " self-sealing (O-ring) Operating temperature: TB 115 C Operating pressure: PB 8.5 bar Material: Valve body: brass nickel-plated Valve insert: brass nickel-plated Automatic check valve: stainless steel Seals: silicone, EPDM Fluid Water without chemical additives Abmessungen Dimensions Code no. Bestell-Nr. 240.5417.000 240.5418.000 240.5419.000 240.5420.000 G
18"
Typenbersicht Type program Code no. Bestell-Nr. 240.5417.000 240.5418.000 240.5419.000 240.5420.000 DN 6 8 10 15 G
18"
"
38"
Self-sealing selbstdichtend
"
Dimensions
B DN 15 " 25 A 26 26 26 26 B 16 16 16 17 C 10 10 10 9 SW 14 14 17 19
5
SW
C
"
38"
"
1 Air outlet of automatic venting 2 Seal 3 Air outlet of manual venting 4 Automatic check valve 5 Head of valve insert for manual venting 6 Swelling discs 7 Valve insert 8 Valve body
1 2 3 6 7 8 4
Subject to modication. ES-ER 05/2010 pdf e
Spare part
Complete valve insert Code no. 298.4001.000 Version Including seal and swelling discs
EL 43 AIRSCOOP
Air Separator
Advantages High air separation capacity Permanent air separation for automatic venting Description The air separator is tted in the inlet pipe immediately behind the heating source. This is the point with the highest concentration of air and gas driven out of the water. The expansion occurring inside the AIRSCOOP and the built-in deectors speed up the process of separating air and water. When combined with the oat air vent (ES 42 HY-VENT), this system ensures air separation as well as elimination. Strong robust design Service and maintenance-free structure Two models for horizontal or vertical installation Additional connection for safety valve available from dimension 3"
Operation The air expelled from the water into the heating circuit enters the air separator device as air bubbles. The ow-deector in the housing drives the air bubbles to the top. The collected air is either automatically vented via the ES 42 Hy-Vent (horizontal model) or manually via the vent valve (vertical model). The air-separation capacity can be increased by installing a straight piece of piping of approx. 0.5 m in length upstream the separator.
ES-EL
EL 43 AIRSCOOP
Specication text for air separator (horizontal installation) Air separator with high air separation capacity, for the installation into horizontal water conduits, with accumulation chamber for the air and deexion plates. With connection for TACONOVA vent (HY-VENT) or other valves. Technical data Max. operating temperature: TB 135 C (with oat vent valve: TB 115 C) Max. operating pressure: PB 10 bar Housing in cast iron GG 25, lacquered Typenbersicht Type program Luftabscheider Air Separator (threaded Gewindeanschluss connection, horizontal model) Code no. Bestell-Nr. 243.5001.000 243.5002.000 243.5003.000 243.5004.000 243.5005.000 243.5006.000 243.5007.000 Bestell-Nr. Code no. 243.5008.000 DN 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 DN 100 Rp " 1" 1 " 1 " 2" 2 " 3" Flansch Flange PN 16 Zeta 1,1 1,0 1,0 1,1 0,84 0,67 0,88 Zeta 0,83 k v (m/h) 17,1 28,8 50,4 64,4 114,0 237,0 287,0 kv (m/h) 439,0 Weight Gewicht (kg) (kg) 0,6 0,8 1,6 3,2 3,2 6,8 8,3 Gewicht (kg) Weight (kg) 21,0
Typenbersicht Luftabscheider Flanschanschluss Air Separator (ange connection, horizontal model)
Operation principle Air Separator
Deaeration bottle (threaded connection, vertical model) Typenbersicht Luftabscheider Gewindeanschluss Code no. DN Rp Zeta k Bestell-Nr. ) v (m/h) Weight (kg) 296.7043.000 25 1" 11,1 Schwimmerentlfter (ES 42 Hy-Vent) Float Vent Valve (ES 42 Hy-Vent) Bestell-Nr. Code no. 242.5072.001 242.5072.002 DN 10 10 G 38" 38" Ausfhrung Version
38" valve 38" ohne Absperrautomat without automatic check 3 mit Absperrautomat " 38" with automatic check8 valve
Specication text for deaeration bottle (vertical installation) Deaeration bottle with high air separation performance, for installation in vertical water pipes. The air separated from the medium and collected in the bottle can be vented sporadically via the vent valve. Technical data Max. operating temperature: TB 160 C Max. operating pressure: PB 8 bar Material: Black steel, stove enamelled
Dimensions
DN 100
D D F E C D
DN 20 80
220 180
R A
R A
R
G
Abmessungen Dimensions Air Luftabscheider Separator (horizontal model) Code Bestell-Nr. no. 243.5001.000 243.5002.000 243.5003.000 243.5004.000 243.5005.000 243.5006.000 243.5007.000 243.5008.000 Code no. Bestell-Nr. 243.7043.000 R Rp " Rp 1" Rp 1 " Rp 1 " Rp 2" Rp 2 " Rp 3" DN 100 G G 1 1 A 110 120 140 160 228 235 267 350 B 69 79 93 96 120 144 184 274 G G 60,3 mm C 48 55 64 64 80 95 127 164 D Rp 38" Rp 38" Rp 38" Rp 38" Rp 38" Rp 38" Rp 38" Rp 38" L 301 E Rp 38" F Rp "
Subject to modication. E-EL 07/2010 pdf e
Operation principle Air Separator
Dimensionsbottle Deaeration Air Separator (vertical model) Entlfterasche
Data sheet
Pressure independent balancing and control valve AB-QM DN 10-250
The AB-QM valve equipped with an actuator is a control valve with full authority and an automatic balancing function / ow limitation. Typical applications are: Temperature control with permanent automatic balancing on terminal units (chillers, air-handling units, fan coils, induction units, radiation panels and heat exchangers).
Description
The precise flow control performance of the AB-QM with a Danfoss actuator provides increased comfort and superior Total Cost of Ownership because of savings made on: Efficient energy transfer and minimal pumping costs since there are no overflows at partial loads because of the exact pressure independent flow limitation. Smaller pump investments and lower energy consumption as the pump head needed is lower than in the traditional setup. With the built in test plugs it is easy to troubleshoot and find the optimal setpoint for the pump. Reduced movements of the actuator since the built-in differential pressure controller ensure the pressure fluctuations do not influence the room temperature. Achieving a stable temperature in a room leading to a lower average temperature at the same comfort level. Minimal flow complains, as the valve performs as designed. Minimal blockage complains, as the membrane design makes AB-QM less susceptible to blockage than a cartridge type constriction.
Trouble-free segmentation of the building project. When sections of a project are finished they can normally not be handed over to the customer with a fully functional HVAC installation. However the AB-QM with a Danfoss actuator will automatically control the flow, even when other parts of the installation are still unfinished. Its not needed to adjust the AB-QM after finalisation of the project. Commissioning costs, the costs are close to zero because of a convenient setting procedure without the need for flow charts, calculations or measuring equipment. The ABQM valves can be set to a precise design value even when the system is up and running. Halved mounting costs as the AB-QM valve covers two functions, Balancing & Control
SMT/SI
VD.C6.Q5.02 Danfoss 11/2011
Data sheet
Control performance
Pressure independent balancing and control valve AB-QM, DN 10-250

The AB-QM has a linear control characteristic. The AB-QM is pressure independent which means that the control characteristic is independent from the available pressure and is not influenced by a low authority. The flow limitation on the AB-QM is achieved by limiting the stroke and the Danfoss actuators calibrate to the stroke of the valves. This means that the AB-QM keeps its linear characteristic independent of the setting or differential pressure. Because of the predictable characteristic the actuators on the AB-QM can be used to change the response from linear to logarithmic (equal percentage). That makes the AB-QM suitable for all applications, including AHUs, where the equal percentage characteristic is needed to get a stable control loop. The actuators can be switched from linear to logarithmic by changing a dipswitch setting on the actuator.
100 %
bl e e pr ss ur
For any given 100 % setting
LI N
ti et
ng
0 0
e t ti LOG s
ng
sta
ys
n co
sta
at
ys ta
nt
an
co
ya va
a st
nt
ila
at
ble
va ya n a
ila
Applications - variable flow systems
Air handling unit (AHU) / fan coil unit (FCU)
An AB-QM with a Danfoss actuator is used as a control valve for terminal units, like an AHU (Air Handling Unit), FCU (Fan Coil Unit) or radiation panel. The AB-QM ensures and control the required flow on every terminal unit and maintains Hydronic balance in the system. Because of the integrated differential pressure controller the control valve always has 100 % authority and therefore offers always stable control. At partial load there is no overflow, contrary to conventional solutions, because the AB-QM will always limit the flow to exactly what is needed. By installing the AB-QM the whole system is divided in completely independent control loops. There is a full range of Danfoss actuators available for the AB-QM, suitable for every control strategy. Actuators are available for On/Off, 0-10 Volt, 4-20 mA or floating point.
Radiation panel
p re
s su r
10 V
SMT/SI
Data sheet
Applications - constant flow systems
In constant flow system with FCUs or in a one pipe heating system the AB-QM can be installed as an automatic balancing valve in every riser. The AB-QM limits the flow to the set value, thus automatically achieving hydronic balance in the system. There are numerous applications in which AB-QM can be used. Every time you need an automatic ow limiter or a control valve you can take advantage of the cost-saving properties of the AB-QM. That includes systems with (oor) heating/cooling, concrete core activation or radiation panels. Note: For more application examples please contact your local Danfoss organization.
SMT/SI
Data sheet
Easy implementation

No Kv or authority calculations needed. Flow is the only parameter to be considered when designing. The AB-QM always fits the application because the maximum setting of the AB-QM corresponds with international standards for flow velocity in pipes. The AB-QM can be used for all HVAC applications since it can have a linear or logarithmic characteristic when combined with thermal electric or gear actuators. Compact design, essential when only limited space is available. For example in fan-coil units.
Easy commissioning. No specialized staff or measuring equipment needed. Easy trouble shooting. Fast start-up because AB-QM valves dont need to be flushed or de-aired before use. Trouble-free segmentation of the building project. The AB-QM will automatically control the flow, even when parts of the installation are still unfinished. Its not needed to adjust the AB-QM after finalisation of the building project.
Ordering
AB-QM threaded version (with test plugs and without test plugs)
Picture DN 10 LF 10 15 LF 15 20 25 32 40 50 Qmax. (l/h) 150 275 275 450 900 1.700 3.200 7.500 12.500 Ext. thread (ISO 228/1) G A G A G 1A G 1 A G 1 A G 2A G 2 A Code No. 003Z1261 003Z1211 003Z1262 003Z1212 003Z1213 003Z1214 003Z1215 003Z0760 003Z0761 AB-QM Ext. thread (ISO 228/1) G A G A G 1A G 1 A G 1 A Code No. 003Z1251 003Z1201 003Z1252 003Z1202 003Z1203 003Z1204 003Z1205
AB-QM (DN 10-32) can not be upgraded to AB-QM with test plugs!
AB-QM flanged version

Picture DN 50 65 80 100 Qmax. (l/h) 12.500 20.000 28.000 38.000 Flange connection Code No. 003Z0762 003Z0763 003Z0764 003Z0765
125 125 HF 150 150 HF 200 200 HF 250 250 HF
90.000 120.000 145.000 229.000 190.000 300.000 280.000 442.000

PN 16
003Z0705 003Z0715 003Z0706 003Z0716 003Z0707 003Z0717 003Z0708 003Z0718
Set-pack (one MSV-S and one AB-QM without test plugs)

Picture DN 15 LF 15 20 25 32 Qmax. (l/h) 275 450 900 1.700 3.200 Ext. thread (ISO 228/1) GA G1A G1A G1A Code No. 003Z1238 003Z1242 003Z1243 003Z1244 003Z1245
SMT/SI
Data sheet
Ordering (continuous)

Accessories & spare parts
Type Union connection (1 pcs.) Comments To pipe R 3/8 R 1/2 R 3/4 R1 R 1 1/4 R 11/2 R2 To valve DN 10 DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50 DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50 DN 10 DN 15 DN 10-32 Code No. 003Z0231 003Z0232 003Z0233 003Z0234 003Z0235 003Z0279 003Z0278 003Z0226 003Z0227 003Z0228 003Z0229 003Z0270 003Z0276 065Z7016 065Z7017 003Z1230 003Z0240 003Z0695 003Z0696 003Z3954 003Z3955 003Z3956 003Z3957 003Z0694 065Z0313 003Z1237 003Z3959 003Z3960 065B2171 003Z0693 065Z7022 065Z7021
Tailpiece welding (1 pcs.) Weld.
Tailpieces for soldering 12x1 mm (2 nuts, 2 gaskets, 2 soldering 15x1 mm nipples Shut-off & protection piece (max. closing pressure 16 bar) Shut-off - plastic (max. closing pressure 1 bar) Handle AB-QM (necessary accessory if installing valve without actuator)
DN 40-100 DN 125-250 Adapter for AB-QM DN 10, G internal thread for AB-QM, G 3/8 internal thread (1 pcs.) Adapter for AB-QM DN 15, G internal thread for AB-QM, G A external thread (1 pcs.) Adapter for AB-QM DN 20, G 1 internal thread for AB-QM, G 1A external thread (1 pcs.) Adapter for AB-QM DN 25, G 5/4 internal thread for AB-QM, G 5/4A external thread (1 pcs.) Adapter AMV(E) 15/16/25/35 (AB-QM DN 40-100, 2nd. generation) Adapter AME 435 for AB-QM DN 40-100 (1st. generation) Stroke limiter - TWA (5 pcs. in a bag) Adapter AME 13 SU for AB-QM (1st. generation) Adapter AME 13 SU for AB-QM (2nd. generation) Stem heater for AB-QM DN 40-100 / AME 15 QM Stem heater for AB-QM DN 40-100 / AME 435 QM Stem heater for AB-QM DN 125, 150 / AME 55 QM Stem heater for AB-QM DN 200, 250 / AME 85 QM
Combinations AB-QM with electrical actuators (AB-QM DN 10-100) 1)

10.40.3
Valve type
Stroke (mm)
TWA-Z 3) 082F1266 NC, 230 V
AMI 140 082H8048 AMI 140 24 V, 12 s/mm, 2-point control
ABNM
AMV 110/120 NL AME 110/120 NL
AME 435 QM 082H0171 AME 435 QM 24 V
Recommended ordering code numbers (for details refer to data sheets for these actuators) 082F1191 082H8056 Thermal act. LOG AMV 110 NL 24 V, 24 V (0-10 V) 24 s/mm, 3-point control 082F1193 Thermal act. LIN 082H8057 24 V (0-10 V) AME 110 NL 24 V, 24 s/mm, 0-10 V 4) -
Closing point (measure) for DN 10-32 DN 10-20 DN 25, 32 DN 40, 50 DN 65-100

1) 2)
2.25 4.50 10 15
2) -
Minimum recommended AB-QM setting is 20 % up to 60 % of Qmax 3) Please be aware that only this type of TWA actuator is to be used with AB-QM 4) up to 90% od Qmax Additional actuators functionality available, for more info please contact your local Danfoss organization.
SMT/SI
Data sheet

Combinations AB-QM with electrical actuators (AB-QM, DN 125-250)
Valve type Stroke (mm) AME 55 QM 082H3078 24 V, 8 s/mm, 0-10 V AME 85 QM 082G1453 24 V, 8 s/mm, 0-10 V Recommended ordering code numbers (for details refer to data sheets for these actuators)
DN 125 DN 150 DN 200 DN 250
25 25 27 27
Operational pressure for all AB-QM valves is 4 bar. Closing pressure for all actuators is 6 bar. Additional actuators functionality available, for more info please contact your local Danfoss organization.
Technical data
AB-QM (thread version) Nominal diameter Qmin (20 %) Flow range Diff. pressure
1) 3)
DN
10 Low Flow 30 150
10 55 275
15 Low Flow 55 275 16-400
15 90 450
20 180 900 16
25 340 1.700 20-400
32 640 3.200
40 1.500 7.500
50 5.000 12.500 30-400
Qmin (40 %) 3) Qmax (100 %)
l/h kPa PN
Pressure stage Control range Control valves characteristic Leakage acc. to standard IEC 534 For shut off function Flow medium Medium temperature Stroke Connection actuator
Acc. to standard IEC 534 control range is high as Cv characteristic is linear (1:3000) Linear (could be converted by actuator to equal percentage) No visible leakage (at 100N) Acc. to ISO 5208 class A - no visible leakage Water and water mixture for closed heating and cooling systems according to plant type I for DIN EN 14868. When used in plant Type II for DIN EN 14868 appropriate protective measures are taken. The requirements of VDI 2035, part 1 + 2 are observed. 10 ... +120 2.25 GA GA GA GA M30 1.5 Brass (CuZn40Pb2 - CW 617N) EPDM W.Nr. 1.4568, W.Nr. 1.4310 W.Nr. 1.4305 EPDM CuZn40Pb3 - CW 614N CuZn40Pb2 - CW 617N Stainless Steel (A2) NBR Dimethacrylate Ester PA CuZn39Pb3 - CW 614N; W.Nr. 1.4310; W.Nr. 1.4401 POM W.Nr. 1.4305 CuZn40Pb3 CW 614N, W.Nr. 1.4305 W.Nr. 1.4305 G1A G 1 A 4.5 G 1 A G2A 10 G 2 A Danfoss standard Grey iron EN-GJL-250 (GG 25) max. 0.05 % of Qmax at 500N
C mm
ext. thread (ISO 228/1)
Materials in the water Valve bodies Membranes and O-rings Springs Cone (Pc) Seat (Pc) Cone (Cv) Seat (Cv) Screw Flat gasket Sealing agent (only for valves with test plugs) Materials out of the water Plastic parts Insert parts and outer screws
1)
p = (P1P3) min~max 2) according suitability and usage especially in not oxygen tight systems please mind the instructions given by the coolant producer 3) Flow limitations below Qmin is possible. Regardless of the ow limitations valve can modulate till 0 % of the settings. Pc - pressure controller part Cv - Control valve part
SMT/SI
Data sheet
Technical data (continuous)

AB-QM (flange version)
Nominal diameter Qmin (40 %) 2) Flow range Qmax (100 %) Diff. pressure 1) Pressure stage Control range Control valves characteristic Leakage acc. to standard IEC 534 For shut off function Flow medium Medium temperature Stroke flange Connection actuator Materials in the water Valve bodies Membranes/ Bellow O-rings Springs Cone (Pc) Seat (Pc) Cone (Cv) Seat (Cv) Screw Flat gasket Nominal diameter DN Qmin (40 %) 2) Flow range l/h Qmax (100 %) Diff. pressure 1) kPa Pressure stage PN Control range Control valves characteristic Leakage acc. to standard IEC 534 Flow medium Medium temperature Stroke flange Connection actuator Materials in the water Valve bodies Membranes/ Bellow O-rings Springs Cone (Pc) Seat (Pc) Cone (Cv) Seat (Cv) Screw Flat gasket W.Nr.1.4571 W.Nr.1.4401 W.Nr.1.4404NC W.Nr.1.4404NC Grey iron EN-GJL-250 (GG 25) EPDM EPDM W.Nr.1.4310 W.Nr.1.4021 W.Nr.1.4027 W.Nr.1.4021 W.Nr.1.4027 W.Nr.1.1181 Non asbestos C mm Grey iron EN-GJL-250(GG25) EPDM EPDM W.Nr. 1.4568, W.Nr. 1.4310 CuZn40Pb3 - CW 614N, W.Nr. 1.4305 W.Nr. 1.4305 CuZn40Pb3 - CW 614N W.Nr. 1.4305 Stainless Steel (A2) NBR 125 125 HF 150 150 HF 200 200 HF 250 250 HF 36.000 48.000 58.000 91.600 76.000 120.000 112.000 176.800 90.000 120.000 145.000 229.000 190.000 300.000 280.000 442.000 30-400 (60-400 for HF version) 16 Acc. to standard IEC 534 control range is high as Cv characteristic is linear. Linear (could be converted by actuator to equal percentage) max.0.01 % of max. 0.01 % of Qmax at 1000N Qmax at 650N Water and water mixture for closed heating and cooling systems according to plant type I for DIN EN 14868. When used in plant Type II for DIN EN 14868 appropriate protective measures are taken. The requirements of VDI 2035, part 1 + 2 are observed. 10 ... +120 25 25 27 27 PN 16 Danfoss standard C mm DN l/h kPa PN 50 5.000 12.500 65 8.000 20.000 80 11.200 28.000 100 15.200 38.000
30-400 16 Acc. to standard IEC 534 control range is high as Cv characteristic is linear. (1:3000) Linear (could be converted by actuator to equal percentage) max. 0.05 % of Qmax at 500 N Acc. to ISO 5208 class A - no visible leakage Water and water mixture for closed heating and cooling systems according to plant type I for DIN EN 14868. When used in plant Type II for DIN EN 14868 appropriate protective measures are taken. The requirements of VDI 2035, part 1 + 2 are observed. 10 ... +120 10 15 PN 16 Danfoss standard
p = (P1P3) min~max Flow limitations below Qmin is possible. Regardless of the ow limitations valve can modulate till 0% of the settings. 3) according suitability and usage especially in not oxygen tight systems please mind the instructions given by the coolant producer
1) 2)
Pc - pressure controller part Cv - Control valve part
Graphite gasket
SMT/SI
Data sheet
Design
Spindle Stuffing box Pointer Control valves cone Membrane Main spring Hollow cone (pressure controller) 8 Vulcanized seat (pressure controller) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 1 2 3 5 5 4 6 2 3 4
77 8 8
P1
P2
P3
P2 - P3 P1 - P3
AB-QM DN 10-32
p = (P1-P3) pCv = (P2-P3)
Function: The AB-QM valve consists of two parts: 1. Differential pressure controller 2. Control valve
1. Dierential pressure controller DPC The differential pressure controller maintains a constant differential pressure across the control valve. The pressure difference pCv(P2-P3) on the membrane is balanced with the force of the spring. Whenever the differential pressure across the control valve changes (due to a change in available pressure, or movement of the control valve) the hollow cone is displaced to a new position which brings a new equilibrium and therefore keeps the differential pressure at a constant level.
2. Control valve Cv The control valve has a linear characteristic. It features a stroke limitation function that allows adjustment of the Kv value. The percentage marked on the scale equals the percentage of 100 % flow marked on the pointer. Changing the stroke limitation is done by lifting the blocking mechanism and turning the top of the valve to the desired position, showed on the scale as a percentage. A blocking mechanism automatically prevents unwanted changing of the setting.
SMT/SI
Data sheet
Design (continuous)
1. Shut off screw 2. Main spring 3. Membrane 4. DP cone 5. Seat 6. Valve body 7. Control valves cone 8. Locking screw 9. Scale 10. Stuffing box 11. Spindle
P1
P3
AB-QM DN 50-100
AB-QM DN 40, 50
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Valve body Valve seat DPC cone CV cone Controller casting Rolling diaphragm Adjusting screw Bellow for pressure relief on DPC cone
P1 P1 P3
P3
AB-QM DN 150 AB-QM DN 125
SMT/SI
Data sheet
Design (continuous)
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Valve body Valve seat DPC cone CV cone Controller casting Rolling diaphragm Adjusting screw Bellow for pressure relief on DPC cone
P1
P3
AB-QM DN 200, 250
10
SMT/SI
Data sheet
Sizing
Thread version
Flange version
SMT/SI
11
Data sheet
Sizing (continuous)

Example 1: Variable ow system Given: Cool requirement per unit : 1000 W Flow temperature in the system: 6 C Return temperature in the system: 12 C Required - control and balancing valves: AB-QM and actuators type for BMS system. Solution: Flow in the system: Q (l/h) Q = 0.861000/(126 ) = 143 l/h Selected: AB-QM DN 10 mm with Qmax = 275 l/h presetting on 143/275 = 0.52 = 52 % of maximum opening. Actuators: AMV 110NL - 24 V Remarks: required minimum differential pressure across the AB-QM DN 10: 16 kPa.
Example 2: Constant ow system Given: Cool requirement per unit : 4000 W Flow temperature in the system : 6 C Return temperature in the system : 12 C Required - automatic ow limiter: AB-QM and presetting. Solution: Flow in the system : Q (l/h) Q = 0.86 4000 / ( 12 6 ) = 573 l/h Selected: AB-QM DN 20 mm with Qmax = 900 l/h presetting on 573/900 = 0.64 = 64 % of maximum opening. Remarks: required minimum differential pressure across the AB-QM DN 20: 16 kPa.
Example 3: Sizing AB-QM according pipe dimension Given: Flow in system 1.4 m3/h (1400 l/h = 0.38l/s), pipe dimension DN 25 mm Required - automatic ow limiter: AB-QM and presetting. Solution: In this case we can selected AB-QM DN 25 mm with Qmax = 1700 l/h In this case it will be recommended to check the maximum velocity in the pipe. For this we calculate velocity in the pipe for condition: DN 25 mm Di 27.2 mm Dimension and condition acceptable, veloscity below 1.0 m/s. Preseting on the valve AB-QM DN 25 mm 1400/1700 = 0.82 = 82 % of maximum opening. Remarks: required minimum differential pressure across the AB-QM DN 25: 20 kPa.
12
SMT/SI
Data sheet
Pump optimising / Trouble shooting
Blue Red P2-P3
DN 40-100 Q
Q nom = const
Pump optimization Q=const. Q=const.
DN 10-32
Q
P2-P3
P1 P1
P2
P2
P3
P3
P2-P3 P1-P3
P2 - P3
16kP a (20kPa)
400kPa
P1-P3
P1 - P3
* pmin = (P1-P3)min ** pcv.min = (P2-P3)min
The AB-QM (DN 10-32) features test plugs that allow measuring of the pressure difference pcv(P2-P3) across the control valve while ABQM (DN 40-250) measuring is done between P1 to P3. If the pressure difference exceeds the minimal required pressure is operational and the flow limitation is achieved. The measuring function can be used to verify if enough pressure difference is available and thus verify the flow. It can also be used to optimize the pump head. The pump head can be decreased until no more than the minimal required pressure is available on the most critical valve (in terms of hydronic). This optimal point is to be found when proportionality between pump head and measured differential pressure cease to exist. Verifying the pressure can be done by using for example Danfoss PFM device (for more details please refer to AB-QM Tech Note).
DN 125-250
Q nom = const
* pmin = (P1P3)min
SMT/SI
13
Data sheet
Presetting DN 10-32

The calculated flow can be adjusted easily without using special tools. To change the presetting (factory setting is 100%) follow the four steps below: Remove the blue protective cap or the mounted actuator Raise the grey pointer Turn (clock wise to decrease) to the new presetting Press grey pointer back into lock position. After click presetting is locked. The presetting scale indicates values from 100 % flow to 0 %. Clock wise turning would decrease the flow value while counter clock wise would increase it. If the valve is a DN 15 then the max flow = 450 l/h =100 % presetting. To set a flow of 270 l/h you have to set: 270/450 = 60 %. Danfoss recomends a presetting/flow from 20 % to 100 %. Factory presetting is 100 %.
100%
h
10%
h+ 2 mm, DN 10-20 h+ 4 mm, DN 25-32
14
SMT/SI
Data sheet
Presetting (continuous)
DN 40-100
Max 25Nm
Note: 1 turn = 10%
DN 125-250
+ +
Note: DN 125 & 150: 1 turn = 6.0 % DN 200 & 250: 1 turn = 5.5 %
Setting 60%
Service
DN 10-32 For the service shut off function, it is recommended to install the valve in the supply water pipe. Valves are equipped with plastic shut-off mechanism that is to be used for isolating function up to 1 bar differential pressure. When closing against higher differential pressure please use accessory - shut-off & protection piece (003Z1230) or set the value to 0%.
DN 40-100 (125- 250) For the service shut off function, the valve can be installed in either supply or return pipe. Valves are equipped with manual shut-off for isolating function up to 16 bar.
Installing
AB-QM valve is mono-directional meaning that the valve operates when arrow on the valve body is aligned with flow direction. When this rule is disobeyed the valve acts like variable orifice that cause water hammer at sudden closing when available pressure has increased or valve have been set to lower value. In case when system condition allows backflows it is strongly recommended to use backflow preventer in order to avoid possible water hammer that can damage the valve as well as other elements in the system.
SMT/SI
15
Data sheet
Tender text

1. The pressure independent balancing and control valve should be comprised of a linear control valve and an integrated membrane based pressure controller. 2. The pressure independent balancing and control valve should be available in the range from DN 10- 250. 3. The valve could be used as an automatic flow limiter. 4. The valve should have a mechanism to adjust the flow stepless from 100 to 0 % of the maximum flow. 5. Minimum possible flow in combination with a modulating actuator should be 30 l/h. 6. At the minimum setting of 30 l/h modulation to 0 % of the flow should be possible. 7. Shut off service function should be possible with setting mechanism. 8. The adjustment should be performed without a tool for dimensions up to DN 32 or a standard tool for valves bigger than DN 32. 9. The setting, which can be locked, should be visible from the top for valves DN 32 and from the side for DN 40-250. 10. The control valve stuffing box should be serviceable under pressure for valves up to DN 32. 11. The valves should have a shut-off function (positive), separated from the setting mechanism, for valves DN 40-250. 12. The leakage rate should be: No visible leakage at force of the thermal actuator (90 N) for valves up to DN 32 and for valves up to DN 100 0.05 % of the kv at 500 N. All actuators should be able to close against 600 kPa differential pressure. 13. The authority of the pressure independent control valve should be 1 at all settings (control valve characteristic is not changed). 14. Control valve should have flow control signal as a linear characteristic at all settings. Control ratio of the pressure independent balancing and control valve should be higher than 1:300 (Supplier of the valve should provide lab test results 1)). 15. Control valve should have the possibility to change linear characteristic to equal percentage characteristic at all sizes and settings by adjusting actuator settings. 16. Minimum starting differential pressure for flow limitation should be 16 kPa for valves up to DN 20, 20 kPa valves up to DN 32. (Supplier of the valve should provide lab test results 1)). Nominal pressure rating 16 bar (PN 20 on request), maximal test pressure 25 bar. 17. Test plug for pump optimization and flow verification should be available for DN 10-250. Nominal diameter: Connection: Adjustment range from - to Produced by: Type: Ordering no.:
1)
_ ________ _ ________ _ ________ m3/h Danfoss AB-QM 003Z_____
Since there is no standard for testing procedure, Danfoss recommends verication by independent lab to compare control and ow limitation function of dierent PIBCVs at the same basis.
16
SMT/SI
Data sheet
Dimensions
H1
H2
L1 AB-QM DN 10-32
L2
L2 L3
H3
H4
L4 TWA-Z + AB-QM
L5 ABNM + AB-QM
L6 AMV (E) 110 NL + AB-QM AMI 140 + AB-QM
Type DN 10 DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32
L1 53 65 82 104 130
L2 36 45 56 71 90
L3 79 79 79 79 79
L4 92 98 107 124 142
L5 104 110 120 142 154
L6 mm 109 116 125 142 160
H1 73 75 77 88 102
H2 20 25 33 42 50
H3 100 102 105 117 128
H4 104 108 112 124 136
H5 138 141 143 155 166
b Valve weight ISO 228/1 (kg) G 0.38 G G1 G1 G1 0.48 0.65 1.45 2.21
L2
H1
H2
AB-QM DN 40, 50
AME 435 QM + AB-QM
Type DN 40 DN 50
L1 110 130
H1 mm 170 170
H2 174 174
H3 280 280
b ISO 228/1 G2 G2
Weight kg 6.9 7.8
H3
H5
SMT/SI
17
Data sheet
Dimensions (continuous)
H1
H2
L1 AB-QM DN 50-100
AME 435 QM + AB-QM
Type DN 50 DN 65 DN 80 DN 100
L1 230 290 310 350
H2 mm 170 174 220 225 240 172 177 187
H1
H3 280 330 335 350
a (EN 1092-2) 165 185 200 220
Weight (kg) 14.2 38.0 45.0 57.0
18
H3
SMT/SI
Data sheet
H1
H1
H2
L1 AB-QM DN 125
H2
L1 AB-QM DN 150
H3
AME 55 QM + AB-QM DN 125
AME 55 QM + AB-QM DN 150
Type DN 125 DN 150
L1 400 480
H2 mm 272 518 308 465
H1
H3 507 518
a (EN 1092-2) 250 285
Weight (kg) 85.3 138
H3
SMT/SI
19
Data sheet
H1
H2
L1 AB-QM DN 200, 250 AME 85 QM + AB-QM DN 200, 250
Type DN 200 DN 250
L1 600 730
H2 mm 434 483 430 533
H1
H3 618 708
a (EN 1092-2) 340 405
Weight (kg) 219 342
20
VD.C6.Q5.02
Produced by Danfoss A/S 11/2011
H3
Data sheet
Flow controller with integrated control valve (PN 16) AHQM return and ow mounting
Description
DN 15-32
DN 40, 50
DN 50-100
DN 125
DN 150
DN 200, 250
AHQM is a self-acting ow controller with integrated control valve primarily for use in district heating systems or in secondary district heating systems as well. The controller closes when set max. ow is exceeded. In combination with Danfoss electrical actuators AMV(E) can be controlled by ECL electronic controllers. The controllers have a control valve with adjustable ow restrictor, connection neck for electrical actuator, and an actuator with one control diaphragm. Controllers are used together with Danfoss electrical actuators: DN 15-32 with - AMV(E) 10 - AMV(E) 13 with spring return function - AMV(E) 130, AMV(E) 140 - AMV(E) 130H, AMV(E) 140H with manual operation DN 40-100 with - AMV(E) 435 - AMV(E) 438 SD spring return function (spring down) DN 125-150 with - AMV(E) 55/56 DN 200-250 with - AMV(E) 85/86 AHQM, DN 15-32 combined with AMV(E) 13 has been approved according to DIN EN 14597.
Main data: DN 15-250 k vs 1.0-400 m3/h Flow range 0.035-310 m3/h PN 16 Flow restrictor pb: - 0.12 bar for DN 15-20 - 0.14 bar for DN 25-32 - 0.2 bar for DN 40, 50 - 0.3 bar for DN 65-100 - 0.2 bar for DN 125-250 Temperature: - Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30%: 2 120 C Connections: - Ext. thread (weld-on, thread and ange tailpieces) - Flange
DEN-SMT/SI
VD.LR.J2.02 Danfoss 06/2011
Data sheet
Ordering
Example AHQM controller: Flow controller with integrated control valve, DN 15, k vs 1.6, PN 16, ow restrictor p 0.12 bar, tmax120 C, ext. thread - 1 AHQM DN 15 controller Code No.: 003L3594 Option: - 1 Weld-on tailpieces Code No.: 003H6908 Electrical actuator AMV(E) must be ordered separately.
Flow controller with integrated control valve AHQM (PN 16)

AHQM Controller
Picture DN (mm) 15 20 25 32 40 50 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 kvs (m3/h) 1.0 1.25 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 12.5 20 20 50 63 90 160 280 320 400 Flange EN 1092-2 Cylindr. ext. thread acc. to ISO 228/1 G1A G 1 A G 1 A G2A G 212 A GA Connection Code No. 003L3592 003L3593 003L3594 003L3595 003L3596 003L3597 003L3601 003L3602 003L3603 003L3604 003L3605 003L3606 003L3611 003L3612 003L3613 003L3614
Accessories
Picture Type designation DN 15 20 Weld-on tailpieces 25 32 40 50 15 20 External thread tailpieces 25 32 40 50 15 Flange tailpieces 20 25 Flanges PN 25, acc. to EN 1092-2 Conical ext. thread acc. to EN 10226-1 R R R1 R 1 R 112 R2 Connection Code No. 003H6908 003H6909 003H6910 003H6911 003H6912 003H6913 003H6902 003H6903 003H6904 003H6905 065F6061 065F6062 003H6915 003H6916 003H6917
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Technical data

Valve (thread version)
Nominal diameter kVS value Flow range Stroke Control ratio Control characteristic Leakage acc. to standard IEC 534 Nominal pressure Min. dierential pressure Max. dierential pressure Medium Medium pH Medium temperature Connections Materials Valve body Valve seat DP, CV DZR CW602N (CuZn36Pb2As) Valve cone DP Valve cone CV Sealing DP Sealing CV 1) At dierential pressure across the controller pAHQM 0.5 bar
2) 3)
DN 1.0 m3/h mm > 1:30 0.035 0.43
15 1.25 0.11 0.7 5.5 > 1:50 1.6 0.2 1.0
20 2.5 0.25 1.2
25 4.0 0.43 2.2 5 > 1:100 Linear
32 6.3 0.65 3.4
40 12.5 1.5 7.5 10 > 1:200
50 20 2.5 12.5
Qmin Qnom1)
0.05 % of kVS PN bar 16 see remark 2) 4 Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30% Min. 7, max. 10 C 2 120 External thread Grey cast iron EN-GJL-250 (GG25) St. steel, mat. No.1.4404 St. steel, mat. No.1.4404 DZR CW602N (CuZn36Pb2As) EPDM EPDM Metal
Depends on the ow rate and valve kVS ; pmin Depends on DN
Qnom 3) k pb vs
Note: DP - di. pressure controller, CV - control valve
Actuator
For valve Actuator size Nominal pressure Flow restrictor diff. pressure pb Materials Housing* Diaphragm Impulse tube * Actuator housing is part of valve body. DZR CW602N (CuZn36Pb2As) EPDM Grey cast iron EN-GJL-250 (GG25) DN cm2 PN bar 0.12 15 8.5 20 13 16 0.14 0.2 25 20 32 32 40 64 50
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
AHQM (ange version)
Nominal diameter k vs value Flow range Stroke Control ratio Control characteristic Leakage acc. to standard IEC 534 Nominal pressure Min. dierential pressure Max. dierential pressure Medium Medium pH Medium temperature Connections Materials Valve body Valve seat DP, CV Valve cone DP Valve cone CV Sealing DP C PN bar Qmin Qnom 1) mm m3/h DN
50 20 2.5 12.5 10 > 1:200
65 50 4.0 20
80 63 5.6 28 15 > 1:30
100 90 7.6 38
125 160 16 82 30
150 280 32 160 > 1:300
200 320 41 208 27
250 400 62 310
Linear 0.05 % of kVS 16 see remark 2) 4 Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30 % Min. 7, max. 10 2 ... 120 Flange Grey cast iron EN-GJL-250 (GG25) St. steel, mat. No.1.4404 St. steel, mat.No.1.4305 DZR CW602N (CuZn36Pb2As) EPDM Metal St. steel, mat. No.1.4027 St. steel, mat. No.1.4404NC St. steel, mat.No.1.4021 0.01 % of kVS
Sealing CV 1) At dierential pressure across the controller pAHQM 0.5 bar

2) 3)
EPDM
Depends on the ow rate and valve kVS ; pmin Depends on DN
Qnom 3) k pb vs
Note: DP - di. pressure controller, CV - control valve
Actuator
For valve Actuator size Nominal pressure Flow restrictor diff. pressure pb Materials Housing Diaphragm Impulse tube Grey cast iron EN-GJL-250 (GG25) EPDM Stainless steel tube 10 0.8 mm St. steel, mat.No.1.0335 DN cm2 PN bar 0.2 0.3 50 64 65 143 80 169 100 227 16 0.2 125 150 250 200 250
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Application principles - Return mounting
Direct-connected heating system
Indirectly connected heating system
- Flow mounting
Installation positions
DN 15-32 The controllers can be installed in horizontal or vertical pipes with (connection neck for) electrical actuator oriented upwards. DN 40-80 The controllers can be installed with (connection neck for) electrical actuator oriented horizontal or upwards. DN 100-250 The controllers can be installed with (connection neck for) electrical actuator oriented upwards. Electrical actuator Note! Installation positions for electrical actuators AMV(E) have to be observed as well. Please see relevant Data Sheet.
DN 15-32
DN 40-80
DN 100-250
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Pressure temperature diagram
PN 16
DN 15-32 CuZn36Pb2As (DZR)
working area
PN 16
DN 40-250 EN-GJL-250 (GG-25)
working area
Maximum allowed operating pressure as a function of medium temperature (according to EN 1092-2 and EN 1092-3).
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Flow diagram

Sizing and setting diagram Relation between actual ow and number of revolutions on ow restictor. Values given are approximate.
DN 32 kVS 6.3 DN 25 kVS 4.0 DN 20 kVS 2.5 DN 15 kVS 1.6 DN 15 kVS 1.25 DN 15 kVS 1.0
1 = 360
DN 100 kVS 90 DN 80 kVS 63 DN 65 kVS 50 DN 50 kVS 20 (ange) DN 50 kVS 20 (thread) DN 40 kVS 12.5
1 = 360
DN 250 kVS 400 DN 200 kVS 320
DN 150 kVS 280 DN 125 kVS 160
1 = 360
Flow can be adjusted by turning ow restrictor screw counter-clockwise as shown in this diagram Water ow shown at dierential pressure across the controller from 0.5 bar (50 kPa) to 4 bar (400 kPa).
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Sizing - Directly connected heating system

Example 1 Motorised control valve (MCV) for mixing circuit in direct-connected heating systems requires differential pressure of 0.12 bar (12 kPa) and flow less than 600 l/h. Given data: Qmax = 0.6 m3/h (600 l/h) pmin = 0.8 bar (80 kPa) *pcircuit = 0.1 bar (10 kPa) pMCV = 0.12 bar (12 kPa) selected * Remark: pcircuit corresponds to the required pump pressure in the heating circuit and is not to be considered when sizing the AHQM. The total (available) pressure loss across the controller is: pAHQM,A = pmin pAHQM,A = 0.8 bar (80 kPa) Possible pipe pressure losses in tubes, shut-off ttings, heatmeters, etc. are not included. Select controller from flow diagram, page 5, with the smallest possible k vs value considering available ow ranges. k vs = 1.6 m3/h The min. required dierential pressure across the selected controller is calculated from the formula:
2 Qmax . 0.6 + pMCV = pAHQM , MIN = + 0.12 k 1.6 vs 2
pAHQM,MIN = 0.26 bar (26 kPa) pAHQM,A > pAHQM,MIN 0.8 bar > 0.26 bar Solution: The example selects AHQM DN 15, k vs value 1.6, flow setting range 0.06-0.79 m3/h.
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Sizing (continuous) - Indirectly connected heating system

Example 2 Motorised control valve (MCV) for indirectly connected heating system control requires differential pressure of 0.14 (14 kPa) bar and flow less than 1500 l/h. Given data: Qmax = 1.5 m3/h (1500 l/h) pmin = 0.8 bar (80 kPa) pexchanger = 0.1 bar (10 kPa) pMCV = 0.14 bar (14 kPa) selected The total (available) pressure loss across the controller is: pAHQM,A = pmin-pexchanger = 0.8-0.1 pAHQM,A = 0.7 bar (70 kPa) Possible pipe pressure losses in tubes, shut-off ttings, heatmeters, etc. are not included. Select controller from flow diagram, page 5, with the smallest possible k vs value considering available ow ranges. k vs = 4.0 m3/h
The min. required dierential pressure across the selected controller is calculated from the formula:
2 Qmax . 1.5 + pMCV = pAHQM , MIN = + 0.14 k 4.0 vs 2
pAHQM,MIN = 0.28 bar (28 kPa) pAHQM,A > pAHQM,MIN 0.7 bar > 0.28 bar Solution: The example selects AHQM DN 25, k vs value 4.0, flow setting range 0.13-2.13 m3/h.
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Design
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Valve body Control valve insert Adjustable ow restrictor Control valve stem Valve seat Dierential pressure actuator Control diaphragm Built-in spring for ow rate control 9. Pressure relieved valve cone 10. Valve stem 11. Control drain 12. Control diaphragm cover 13. Spring cover
DN 15-32 DN 40, 50
DN 50-100
10
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Design (continuous)
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Valve body Control valve insert Adjustable ow restrictor Control valve stem Valve seat Dierential pressure actuator Control diaphragm Built-in spring for ow rate control 9. Pressure relieved valve cone 10. Valve stem 13. Impulse tube 14. Bellows for pressure relief of valve cone 15. Diaphragm for pressure relief of valve cone 16. Safety valve
DN 125
DN 150
DN 200, 250
16
DEN-SMT/SI
11
Data sheet
Function

Flow controller with integrated control valve Flow volume causes the pressure drop across the adjustable ow restrictor. Resulting pressures are being transferred through external impulse tubes or control drains within valve body to the actuator chambers and act on control diaphragm. The ow restrictor di. pressure is controlled and limited by means of built-in spring for ow rate control. Additionally the electrical actuator will operate from zero to set max. ow according to the load.
Settings
Flow setting Flow setting is being done by the adjustment of the ow restrictor position. The adjustment can be performed on the basis of ow adjustment diagram (see relevant instructions) and/or by the means of heat meter.
Dimensions DN 15-32
DN L H H1 D (ISO 228/1) Valve weight kg mm
15 65 24 57 G A 0.51
20 82 31 59 G 1A 0.67
25 104 39 72 G 1A 1.47
32 130 49 84 G 1A 2.23
DN SW d R 1) L1 2) L2 L3 k d2 n
1) 2)
15 32 (G A) 21 130 mm 131 139 65 14 4
20 41 (G 1A) 26 150 144 154 75 14 4
25 50 (G 1A) 33 1 160 160 159 85 14 4
32 63 (G 1A) 42 1 177 184 -
Conical ext. thread acc. to EN 10226-1 Flanges PN 25, acc. to EN 1092-2
12
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
DN 15-32
AMV(E) 10 + AHQM
AMV(E) 13 + AHQM
DN L* L** H* H** AMV(E) 10 AMV(E) 13 AMV(E) 10 AMV(E) 13 AMV(E) 10 AMV(E) 13 AMV(E) 10 AMV(E) 13 mm
15 137 147 178 188 195 210 174 180
20 137 147 186 196 201 216 184 190
25 153 164 204 214 223 238 202 208
32 172 183 224 234 245 260 222 228
DN L* L** H* H** mm
15 118 148 168 152
20 125 156 178 162
25 141 174 196 180
32 160 194 216 200
AMV(E) 130(H)/140(H) + AHQM
DEN-SMT/SI
13
Data sheet
Dimensions (continuous) DN 40, 50
L1
H1
H2
AMV(E) 435 + AHQM

DN 40 50 L1 110 130 H1 141.5 141.5 H2 mm 141 141 247.5 272.5 247.5 272.5 H3 H4 b ISO 228/1 G2 G 2 Valve weight (kg) 5.4 6.2
AMV(E) 438 SD + AHQM
H1
H1
SW1
SW2
DN R SW1 SW2 d L1 L2 H1 mm
40 112 64 70 48.3 200 204 141.5 141.5
50 2 80 82 60.3 244 234 141 141
H2
H2
L1
L2
H2
DN 50-100
H4
H3
H1
H2
L1
AMV(E) 435 + AHQM

L1 230 290 310 350 H1 141.5 187 190 202 H2 mm 141 132 139.5 152 247.5 293 296 308 272.5 318 321 333 H3 H4 a (EN 1092-2) 165 185 200 220
AMV(E) 438 SD + AHQM

Valve weight (kg) 12.7 31.0 37.5 51.0
DN 50 65 80 100
14
H4
DEN-SMT/SI
H3
Data sheet
DN 125, 150
H1
H1
H2
L1
H2
L1
AHQM DN 125
AHQM DN 150
H3
AMV(E) 55/56 + AHQM DN 125

L1 400 480 H1 mm 267 303 540 472 576 612 H2 H3 a
AMV(E) 55/56 + AHQM DN 150

Valve weight (kg) 126 151
DN 125 150
(EN 1092-2) 250 285
H3
DEN-SMT/SI
15
Data sheet
DN 200, 250
L1
AHQM DN 200, 250

L1 600 730 H1 mm 344 340 483 533 656 652 H2 H3
H2
H1
AMV(E) 85/86 + AHQM DN 200, 250

a (EN 1092-2) 340 405 Valve weight (kg) 219 342
DN 200 250
16
VD.LR.J2.02
H3
Data sheet
Dierential pressure controller with ow limitation and with integrated control valve (PN 16) AHPBM-F ow mounting, xed setting
Description The controller has a control valve with adjustable ow restrictor, connection neck for electrical actuator, and an actuator with one control diaphragm. Controllers are used together with Danfoss electrical actuators: - AMV(E) 10 - AMV(E) 13 with spring return function - AMV(E) 130, AMV(E) 140 - AMV(E) 130H, AMV(E) 140H with manual override knob AHPBM-F combined with AMV(E) 13 has been approved according to DIN EN 14597. Main data: DN 15-32 k vs 1.0-6.3 m3/h PN 16 Fixed p setting: - 0.12 bar for DN 15-20 - 0.14 bar for DN 25-32 Temperature: - Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30%: 2 120 C Connections: - Ext. thread (weld-on, thread and ange tailpieces)
AHPBM-F is a self-acting dierential pressure controller with ow limitation primarily for use in direct-connected district heating systems with mixing loop only. The controller closes on rising dierential pressure or when set max. ow is exceeded. It can be combined with Danfoss electrical actuators AMV(E) and controlled by ECL electronic controllers.
Ordering
Example: Dierential pressure controller with ow limitation (xed setting) and integrated control valve, DN15, kVS1.6, PN 16, ow restrictor p0.12bar, tmax 120 C, ext. thread - 1 AHPBM-F DN 15 controller Code No.: 003L3582 Option: - 1 Impulse tube set AH, 1.5 m Code No: 003L8152 - 1 Fitting for imp. tube Code No: 003L5042 - 1 Weld-on tailpieces Code No.: 003H6908 External impulse tube (AH), nipple for impulse tube and electrical actuators AMV(E) must be ordered separately.
DH-SMT/SI
AHPBM-F Controller
Picture DN (mm) 15 20 25 32 kVS (m3/h) 1.0 1.25 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 Connection GA Cylin. ext. thread acc. to ISO 228/1 G1A G 1 A G 1 A p setting range (bar) Code No. 003L3580 003L3581 003L3582 003L3583 003L3584 003L3585
0.12
0.14
VD.LR.K1.02 Danfoss 03/2011
Data sheet
Di. press. controller with ow limitation and with integrated control valve AHPBM-F (PN 16)
Accessories
Picture DN Connection 15 20 Weld-on tailpieces 25 32 15 R 20 R Conical ext. thread acc. to External thread tailpieces EN 10226-1 25 R1 32 R 1 15 Flange tailpieces 20 Flanges PN 25, acc. to EN 1092-2 25 Description: 1.5 m - 1 copper tube 3 1 mm Impulse tube set AH 2.5 m - 2 tting for imp. tube connection 5m to actuator and pipe G 1/16 Impulse tube set AH for pressure reduction Description: - 1 stainless steel tube 0.8 0.2 mm - 2 tting for imp. tube connection to actuator and pipe G 1/16 0.8 m G 1/16-R 3/8 G 1/16-R Type designation Code No. 003H6908 003H6909 003H6910 003H6911 003H6902 003H6903 003H6904 003H6905 003H6915 003H6916 003H6917 003L3561 003L5043 003L3562 003L3560 003L5042 003L8151 003L8175
Fitting for impulse tube connection to pipe 10 EPDM o-rings for impulse tube
Technical data
Valve
Nominal diameter kVS value Qmin Qnom* Stroke Control ratio Control characteristic Cavitation factor z ** Leakage acc. to standard IEC 60534 Nominal pressure Min. dierential pressure Max. dierential pressure Medium Medium pH Medium temperature Connections Materials Valve body /valve seat / valve cone Sealing DN m3/h mm 1.0 0.035 0.43 15 1.25 0.11 0.7 5.5 > 1:30 1.6 0.2 1.0 20 2.5 0.25 1.2 25 32 4.0 6.3 0.43 0.65 2.2 3.4 5 > 1:100
PN bar
> 1:50 Linear 0.6 0.05 16 See remark *** 4 Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30% Min. 7, max. 10 2 120 External thread Dezincing free brass CuZn36Pb2As EPDM
* At dierential pressure across the controller pAHPBM-F 0.5 bar ** k v / kVS 0.5 at DN 25 and higher 2 Qnom 1) *** Depends on the ow rate and valve kVS ; p min = k + 0.12(0.14) vs 1) Depends on DN
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Actuator
Type Actuator size Nominal pressure Flow restrictor dierential pressure (AHQM) Fixed dierential pressure setting (AHPBM-F) Materials Housing* Diaphragm Impulse tube
* Actuator housing is part of valve body
DN cm2 PN bar
15 8.5 16 0.12
20 13
25 20 0.14
32 32
Dezincing free brass CuZn36Pb2As EPDM Copper tube 3 1 mm Stainless steel tube 0.8 0.2 800 mm
Application principles AHPBM-F controller must be installed in the ow pipeline only.
Direct-connected district heating system with mixing loop only
The controllers can be installed in horizontal or vertical pipes with (connection neck for) electrical actuator oriented upwards. Electrical actuator Note! Installation positions for electrical actuator AMV(E) have to be observed as well. Please see relevant Data Sheet.
working area
CuZn36Pb2As (DZR) PN 16
Maximum allowed operating pressure as a function of medium temperature (according to EN 1092-3).
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Flow diagram
Sizing and setting diagram Relation between actual ow and number of revolutions on ow restrictor. Values given are approximate.
DN 32 kVS 6.3 DN 25 kVS 4.0 DN 20 kVS 2.5 DN 15 kVS 1.6 DN 15 kVS 1.25 DN 15 kVS 1.0
1 = 360
Flow can be adjusted by turning ow restrictor screw counter-clockwise as shown in this diagram Water ow shown at dierential pressure across the controller from 0.5 bar (50 kPa) to 4 bar (400 kPa).
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Example AHPBM-F (ow mounting only) Motorised control valve (MCV) for mixing circuit in direct-connected heating systems requires dierential pressure of 0.12 bar (12 kPa) and ow less than 600 l/h. Given data: Qmax = 0.6 m3/h (600 l/h) pmin = 0.8 bar (80 kPa) *pcircuit = 0.1 bar (10 kPa) pMCV = 0.12 bar (12 kPa) selected * Remark: pcircuit corresponds to the required pump pressure in the heating circuit and is not to be considered when sizing the AHPBM-F. The total (available) pressure loss across the controller is: pAHPBM-F,A = pmin pAHPBM-F,A = 0.8 bar (80 kPa) Possible pipe pressure losses in tubes, shut-o ttings, heatmeters, etc. are not included.
Select controller from ow diagram, page 5, with the smallest possible kVS value considering available ow ranges. kVS = 1.6 m3/h The min. required dierential pressure across the selected controller is calculated from the formula:
Qmax p AHPBM-F,MIN k VS pMCV
2 2
0.6 p AHPBM-F,MIN 0.12 1.6
pAHPBM-F,MIN = 0.26 bar (26 kPa) pAHPBM-F,A > pAHPBM-F,MIN 0.8 bar > 0.26 bar Solution: The example selects AHPBM-F DN 15, kVS value 1.6, ow setting range 0.06-0.79 m3/h.
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Design
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Valve body Control valve insert Adjustable ow restrictor Control valve stem Dierential pressure actuator Control diaphragm Built-in spring for ow rate control 8. Pressure relieved valve cone 9. Impulse tube
Function
Pressure changes from the ow and return pipeline are being transferred through the impulse tube and control drain to the actuator chambers and act on control diaphragm. Control valve closes on rising dierential pressure and opens on falling dierential pressure to maintain constant dierential pressure. Flow volume is controlled and limited by means of the ow restrictor. Additionally the electrical actuator will operate from zero to set max. ow according to the load.
Settings
Flow setting Flow setting is being done by the adjustment of the ow restrictor position. The adjustment can be performed on the basis of ow adjustment diagram (see relevant instructions) and/or by the means of heat meter.
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Dimensions
DN L H H1 D (ISO 228/1) Valve weight
mm
15 65 24 57 G A 0.51
20 82 31 59 G 1A 0.67
25 104 39 72 G 1A 1.47
32 130 49 84 G 1A 2.23
kg
DN SW d R 1) L1 2) L2 L3 k d2 n
1) 2)
mm
15 32 (G A) 21 130 131 139 65 14 4
20 41 (G 1A) 26 150 144 154 75 14 4
25 32 50 (G 1A) 63 (G 1A) 33 42 1 1 160 160 177 159 184 85 14 4 -
Fittings
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
AMV(E) 10 + AHPBM-F DN L* L** H* H** AMV(E) 10 AMV(E) 13 AMV(E) 10 AMV(E) 13 AMV(E) 10 AMV(E) 13 AMV(E) 10 AMV(E) 13 15 137 147 178 188 195 210 174 180 20 137 147 186 196 201 216 184 190
AMV(E) 13 + AHPBM-F 25 153 164 204 214 223 238 202 208 32 172 183 224 234 245 260 222 228
mm
AMV(E) 130(H)/140(H) + AHPBM-F DN L* L** H* H** 15 118 148 168 152 20 125 156 178 162 25 141 174 196 180 32 160 194 216 200
mm
VD.LR.K1.02
Data sheet
Automatic balancing valves ASV
ASV-P DN 15-40
ASV-PV DN 15-40
ASV-PV DN 50
ASV-PV DN 65-100
ASV-BD DN 15-50
ASV-I DN 15-50
ASV-M DN 15-50
Description / Application
ASV balancing valves are used for dynamic hydronic balance in heating and cooling systems. Dynamic balancing means: permanent balancing from 0 to 100 % load by controlling the pressure in systems with variable flow. At partial loads, when the flow is decreased by the control valve, pressure limitation is still performed and consequently performing dynamic balancing. By using ASV you avoid using complex and time consuming commissioning methods. Dynamic balancing of the system in all loads helps you to save energy and improves climate comfort and control. Flow limitation By using combination of pressure controller ASV and settable terminals unit valve, flow limitation is established. Flow limitation for each terminal unit prevents underflows on distant units and overflows on others thus allows efficient pumping. Lower noise emission Differential pressure limitation provides the pressure over the control valve not to increase at partial loads thus noise emission will be lower. (This is the reason why DIN 18380 requires control of differential pressure by partial load.) No balancing method needed Flow limitation is achieved by adjusting each hydronic loop separately without influencing others, which consequently results in one time adjusting process. No special balancing method is needed so commisioning cost can be saved.
Control valve authority Controlling differential pressure over the control valve means that authority is high which allows an accurate and stable control as well as energy saving. Zone balancing By installing the ASV sets you can divide the piping system in pressure independent zones. This allows a gradual connection of zones to the main in new constructions or at renovation without using an additional balancing method. There is no need to perform a new commissioning every time the system is changed because the hydronic balance is done automatically. ASV-P valves have fixed setting (10 kPa). ASV-PV valves are settable in different ranges: 5-25 kPa setting is mostly used for radiator application, 20-40 kPa setting is used for radiator, fan coil, chilled beam and flat station applications, 35-75 kPa setting is used for flat station and fan coil, chilled beam application, 60-100 kPa setting is used for large terminal unit application (air handling units, fan coils, etc.). Using ASV valves it is possible to optimize pump head while independent pressure zones allow to keep authority of terminal units valve high.
DEN-SMT/SI
VD.A6.E1.02 Danfoss 06/2012
Data sheet
Description / Application (continuous)

ASV balancing valves are designed to guarantee high quality of the automatic balancing by: - a pressure released cone, - an adapted membrane for every valve dimension which provide constant quality performance for all sizes, - spring with linear characteristic that makes setting required p easy. A 90 angle between all service features (shutoff, draining, setting, measuring) allows an easy access under any installing condition. All the above-mentioned features and functions are realized in small build-in dimensions so it is easy to install ASV even in very limited space. ASV valves are performing pressure control not only at design conditions (100 % load) but also at all partial loads (thus fulfilling the requirements of DIN 18380 norms). By controlling pressure at a partial load one can prevent noise problems on thermostatic radiator valves which often occur in unbalanced systems. ASV valves (DN 15-40) are packaged in styropore (EPS) which can be used for insulation at temperatures up to 80 C. An insulation cap is available as an accessory for insulation at higher temperatures (up to 120 C). ASV valves in dimensions DN 15-40 are supplied with an internal or external thread while DN 50 is supplied with external thread only. If an external thread is chosen, a threaded or weld nipple can be supplied as an accessory. Dimensions DN 65-100 are supplied as flanged valves. ASV balancing valves have integrated service functions such as shut-off and draining. ASV-PV can be equipped with nipple for flow measuring. In that case measuring nipples need to be ordered separately and mounted on the valve as follows: on top of drain cock (DN 15-50), on the flange connection before the valve is filled with water (DN 65-100). ASV-PV valves are to be mounted in return pipe, in combination with partner valves mounted in flow pipe. As a partner valve ASV-M/I/BD are recommended for dimensions DN 15 to DN 50 and MSV-F2 for dimensions DN 65 to DN 100.
There are two basic configurations when using ASV partner valves (ASV-BD, ASV-I, ASV-M, MSV-F2): - partner valve outside the control loop (Fig. 1). Recommended configuration: it results in best performance since whole controlled pressure range is available to the riser. Flow limitation is done on each terminal unit in the riser (for example, RA-N with presetting on radiator, etc). DN 15 to DN 50: ASV-M or ASV-BD DN 65 to DN 100: MSV-F2, by connecting impulse tube to down-flow measuring nipple. - partner valve inside control loop (Fig. 2). Offers flow limitation on the riser however part of the controlled pressure range is used by pressure drop on partner valve (pi). It is recommended when flow limitation on each terminal units is not possible. DN 15 to DN 50: ASV-I or ASV-BD. DN 65 to DN 100: MSV-F2, by connecting impulse tube to up-flow measuring nipple.
Fig. 1
Setting of ASV-PV = priser
Fig. 2
Setting of ASV-PV = priser + pi
ASV-BD can be used outside or inside control loop by choice of which measuring nipple is open. To be used outside control loop, blue measuring nipple needs to be open. In this position, flow verification can be done (default position). To be used inside control loop, red measuring nipple needs to be open. In this position, flow verification & flow verification can be done.
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Fig. 3
ASV in riser / typical heating application (general example)
ASV valves are to be used in radiator heating systems to control the differential pressure in risers. To limit the flow for every radiator, the thermostatic radiator valve with pre-setting facilities (feature) is used together with a constant pressure provided by the ASV, thus providing balanced heat distribution.
Alternatively the flow in the riser can be limited by using setting function of the ASV-I. Controlling differential pressure over the riser means also that the valve authority over the thermostatic radiator valves is high which allows an accurate and stable temperature control and saves energy.
Fig. 4
ASV in manifold for floor heating system
ASV valves are to be used in floor heating systems. To limit the flow for every loop valves with an integrated flow limiting or presetting function should be used together with a constant pressure provided by an ASV-PV valve. Alternatively the flow for the whole manifold can be limited by using the setting function of the ASV-I or ASV-BD.
ASV-PV valves can control the differential pressure in several ranges if different pressure is needed. Due to its small dimensions the ASV automatic balancing valves are easy to install in a wall mounted box for floor heating manifolds.
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Fig. 5
ASV with fan coil
The ASV valves are to be used in systems with fan coils, induction devices and air-heaters to secure an automatic hydronic balance by the means of differential pressure control in branches or at every coil. Constant differential pressure in combination with pre-set control valves i.e. ASV-I or ASV-BD limits the flow.
Fig. 6
Flat station
ASV automatic balancing valves can be used also in other applications. For example ASV can be used to prevent noise problems at the thermostatic radiator valves in small systems by controlling the differential pressure. ASV can be used in every application you need a small differential pressure controller, for example like small floor manifolds or flat stations. In buildings equipped with flat stations ASV valves can be used to provide secure automatic balance by the means of differential pressure control in risers/ zones.
In flat stations, pressure conditions change when sanitary water heating is taking place in comaparison to the situation when only heating is needed. By using ASV-PV valves the differential pressure is controlled also in those conditions. Constant differential pressure in combination with pre-set control valves i.e. ASV-I or ASV-BD limits the flow.
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Sizing
Thread
Flange
Q min Q Q 10 kPa
Fig. 7 Column diagram for sizing ASV valves at pv = 10 kPa. For different pv values use diagram A and B in Appendix.
We recommend to size the diameter of ASV-P/PV valves by using Fig 7. Maximum flow rates are based on 10 kPa differential pressure over the valve which allows effcient pumping and saves energy. After ASV-P/PV valves have been sized the same dimension of partner valve ASV-BD / ASV-I / ASV-M / MSV-F2 valve should be selected. Example: Given: Pipe flow 200 l/h, pipes DN 15 Solution: Horizontal line intersects the column for the valve DN 15 which can therefore be selected as required size. For detailed sizing see examples on pages 12 and 13. For different pv (differential pressure over the valve) see diagrams in Appendix A.
Connection between valves size and pipe size Kv values per particular dimension were designed to cover flow range according to VDI 2073 with water velocity of up 0.8 m/s, at differential pressure of 10 kPa over the valve. As long as the water velocity in the pipe is between 0.3 and 0.8 m/s dimension of the valve should be equal to pipe dimension. This rule is derived out of the fact that Kv values per particular dimension were designed to cover flow range according to VDI 2073 at differential pressure of 10 kPa over the valve.
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Ordering

ASV-P balancing valve, inclusive in the box: 1.5 m impulse tube (G 116 A) and drain cock (G 34 A) Constant differential pressure 10 kPa
Type DN 15 20 25 32 40 kVS (m3/h) 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10 Internal thread (ISO 7/1) Rp Rp Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 1 Code No. 003L7621 003L7622 003L7623 003L7624 003L7625 Type External thread (ISO 228/1) GA G1A G 1 A G 1 A G 1 A Code No. 003L7626 003L7627 003L7628 003L7629 003L7630
ASV-PV balancing valve, inclusive in the box: 1.5 m impulse tube (G 116 A) and drain cock (G 34 A)
Type DN 15 20 25 32 40 15 20 25 32 40 32 40 15 20 25 32 40 kVS (m3/h) 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 6.3 10.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 External thread ISO 228/1 Internal thread ISO 7/1 Connection Rp 12 Rp 34 Rp 1 Rp 114 Rp 112 Rp 12 Rp 34 Rp 1 Rp 114 Rp 112 Rp 114 Rp 112 G 34 A G1A G 114 A G 112 A G 134 A 5-25 35-75 20-40 5-25 p setting range (kPa) Code No. 003L7601 003L7602 003L7603 003L7604 003L7605 003L7611 003L7612 003L7613 003L7614 003L7615 003L7616 003L7617 003L7606 003L7607 003L7608 003L7609 003L7610
ASV-PV balancing valve, inclusive in the box: 2.5 m impulse tube (G 116 A) drain cock (G 34 A) and adapter 003L8151
Type DN kVS (m3/h) Connection p setting range (kPa) 5-25 G 2 12 20-40 35-75 60-100 Code No. 003Z0611 003Z0621 003Z0631 003Z0641
50
20
External thread ISO 228/1
ASV-PV balancing valve, inclusive in the box: 2.5 m impulse tube (G 116 A), adapter ASV large 003Z0691 and 003L8151
Type DN 65 80 100 65 80 100 65 80 100 kVS (m3/h) 30 48 76.0 30 48 76.0 30 48 76.0 60-100 Flange EN 1092-2 35-75 Connection p setting range (kPa) 20-40 Code No. 003Z0623 003Z0624 003Z0625 003Z0633 003Z0634 003Z0635 003Z0643 003Z0644 003Z0645
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet

ASV-BD shut-off valve, multifunctional partner valve (shut-off, rotating measuring station)
Type DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 kVS (m3/h) 3.0 6.0 9.5 18 26 40 Internal thread (ISO 7/1) Rp Rp Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 2 Code No. 003Z4041 003Z4042 003Z4043 003Z4044 003Z4045 003Z4046
ASV-M shut-off valve, without measuring nipples

Type DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 kVS (m3/h) 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10 16 Internal thread (ISO 7/1) Rp Rp Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 1 Code No. 003L7691 003L7692 003L7693 003L7694 003L7695 Type External thread (ISO 228/1) GA G1A G 1 A G 1 A G 1 A G 2 A Code No. 003L7696 003L7697 003L7698 003L7699 003L7700 003L7702
ASV-I adjustment valve, inclusive two measuring nipples

Type DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 kVS (m3/h) 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10 16 Internal thread (ISO 7/1) Rp Rp Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 1 Code No. 003L7641 003L7642 003L7643 003L7644 003L7645 Type External thread (ISO 228/1) GA G1A G 1 A G 1 A G 1 A G 2 A Code No. 003L7646 003L7647 003L7648 003L7649 003L7650 003L7652
Accessories and spare parts

Description Comments/connection DN 15 Shut-off knob for ASV-I (black) DN 20 DN 25 DN 32/DN 40/DN 50 DN 15 Shut-off knob for ASV-M (black) DN 20 DN 25 DN 32/DN 40/DN 50 Differential pressure measuring connector For drain cock Code No. 003L8155 003L8156 003L8157 003L8158 003L8146 003L8147 003L8148 003L8149 003L8143
Drain cock Two measuring nipples and one locking plate 3 mm measuring nipples, 2 pcs Operating handle Impulse tube, with O-rings Adapter large ASV
1)
For ASV-PV (DN 15-50) For ASV-I and ASV-M, rectus type For ASV-BD 4) For ASV-BD 4) 1.5 m 2.5 m 5m G -R ; G 116 G 116-R G 116-416-20 UNF-2B 2.90 1.78
003L8141 003L8145 003Z4662 003Z4652 003L8152 003Z0690 003L8153 003Z0691 003L8151 003L8176 003L8175
Nipple for connecting impulse tube 2) Nipple for connecting impulse tube on other valves (US standard) O-ring for impulse tube 3)
Plug for impulse tube connection ASV-I/M 3) G 116 A 003L8174 1) Recommended for use with MSV-F2, connected to measuring hole, it allows connection of impulse tube from ASV while retaining measurement functionality. 2) Recommended for use with MSV-F2, connected to measuring hole. Can also be used for connecting impulse tube directly on the pipe. 3) Set of 10 pieces. 4) for whole range of ASV-BD accessories please refer to Leno MSV-BD datasheet.
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Technical data

Type Nominal diameter Max. pressure Test pressure Differential pressure over the valve Temperature Material of parts in contact with water Valve body Cone (ASV-P/PV) Ball Membrane / O-rings
1)
ASV-I/M/P/PV DN bar kPa C 10-150 1) 20 120 Brass DZR brass EPDM 15-40 16 (PN 16) 25 10-250 2) 10 120 Grey cast iron EN-GJL-250 (GG 25) Stainless steel 50-100
ASV-BD 15-50 20 30 10-250 20 120 DZR brass Brass / chromium plated
Spring Stainless steel Please note that the maximum admissible differential pressure across the valve 150 kPa should also not be exceeded at partial load. 2) Please note that the maximum admissible differential pressure across the valve 250 kPa should also not be exceeded at partial load.
Design
1. Shut-off knob 2. Shut-off spindle 3. O-ring 4. Reference spring 5. Impulse tube connection 6. Diaphragm element 7. Control diaphragm 8. Pressure-relieved valve cone 9. Valve body 10. Seat
The ASV-P is designed to maintain constant differential pressure across a riser. Via an internal connection and together with the reference spring, pressure in the return pipe acts on the underside of the control diaphragm (7) while via an impulse tube (5), pressure in the flow pipe acts on the top of the diaphragm. In this way the balancing valve maintains a fixed differential pressure of 10 kPa.
Fig. 8
ASV-P
1. Shut-off knob 2. Differential pressure setting spindle 3. O-ring 4. Reference spring 5. Impulse tube connection 6. Diaphragm element 7. Control diaphragm 8. Pressure-relieved valve cone 9. Valve body 10. Seat
n (turns) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
5-25 (kPa) 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5
20-40 (kPa) 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20
35-75 (kPa) 1) 75 73 71 69 67 65 63 61 59 57 55 53 51 49 47 45 43 41 39 37 35 DN 15 20 25 32 40 2.5 3 4 5 5
Factory presetting p setting range (kPa) 5-25 20-40 35-75 kPa 10 30 60
1)
DN 32/40 only
Fig. 9
ASV-PV (DN 15-40)
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Design (continuous)
1. Shut-off knob 2. Differential pressure setting spindle 3. O-ring 4. Reference spring 5. Impulse tube connection 6. Diaphragm element 7. Control diaphragm 8. Pressure-relieved valve cone 9. Valve body 10. Seat
n (turns) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
5-25 (kPa) 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5
20-40 (kPa) 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20
35-75 (kPa) 75 73 71 69 67 65 63 61 59 57 55 53 51 49 47 45 43 41 39 37 35
60-100 (kPa) 100 98 96 94 92 90 88 86 84 82 80 78 76 74 72 70 68 66 64 62 60
Factory presetting
p setting range (kPa) 5-25 20-40 35-75 60-100 kPa 10 30 60 80 DN 50 5
Fig. 10
ASV-PV (DN 50)
ASV-PV is designed to maintain a constant set differential pressure. Via an internal connection and together with the reference spring (4), pressure in the return pipe acts on the underside of the control diaphragm (7) while via an impulse tube (5), pressure in the flow pipe acts on the top of the diaphragm. In this way the balancing valve maintains adjusted differential pressure. The ASV-PV valves are sold in four different p setting ranges. The valves are factoryset to a defined value as described on Factory presseting table on Fig. 9, 10 and 11.
Use the following procedure to set the desired differential presure: the setting on ASV-PV can be changed by turning the setting spindle (2). Turning the spindle clockwise increases the setting; turning it counter clockwise reduces the setting. If the setting is not known, turn the spindle fully clockwise. With this the setting on ASV-PV is at maximum value within setting range. Now turn the spindle a number of times (n) as described in Fig. 9, 10 or 11 until the required differential pressure setting is obtained.
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Design (continuous)
1. Shut-off knob 2. Differential pressure setting spindle 3. O-ring 4. Flat gasket 5. Reference spring 6. Impulse tube connection 7. Diaphragm element 8. Control diaphragm 9. Pressure-relieved valve cone 10. Valve body 11. Seat 12. Measuring holes-plugged 13. Air-vent
65 DN 80 100
13 13 13
Factory presetting p setting range (kPa) 20-40 35-75 60-100 20-40 (kPa) 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 35-75 (kPa) 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 kPa 30 60 80 60-100 (kPa) 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 20-40 (kPa) 35-75 (kPa) 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 60-100 (kPa) 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60
n (turns) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
n (turns) 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Fig. 11 10
ASV-PV (DN 65-100)

DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Design (continuous)
1. Valve body 2. Ball 3. Ball seat 4. Supporting screw 5. Throttle bush 6. Closing bush 7. Valve top 8. Spindle head 9. Spindle 10. Rotation lock 11. Drain cock 12. Handle 13. Rotating measuring station 14. Measuring nipple 15. Impulse tube connection
Fig. 11a ASV-BD DN 15-50
Partner valves ASV-BD/I/M are to be used together with the automatic balancing valves ASV-PV/P to control differential pressure in the risers. ASV-BD is a combined presetting and shut off valve with a range of unique features: high kv values for small pressure losses partner valve position inside or outside control loop (see page 2 for details), chooseable even after the valve is already installed and under pressure. Numeric presetting scale, visible from multiple angles Easy locking of presetting Rotating measuring station with built-in measuring nipples for 3 mm needles Built-in drain cock with separate flow/return draining Removable hand wheel for easy mounting. Open-closed colour indicator. Impulse tube connection The impulse line must be connected to impulse tube connection piece (15). In working position, one of measuring nipples needs to be open while other closed. There are two possible configurations, with partner valve inside or outside control loop. It can be chosen by impulse tube connection side: - Partner valve outside controlled loop: opened outlet measuring nipple (blue marking). ASV-BD needs to be set to max setting (fully open. Flow verification is possible. - Partner valve inside controlled loop: opened inlet measuring nipple (red marking). Flow limitation with flow verification is possible.
Note: Default position is opened inlet measuring nipple (blue marking).
Flow limitation Use the following procedure: 1. When valve is open the lock is released. Allen key can also be used. 2. The handle pops up and the required flow setting may be set. 4. Lock the setting by pressing the handle until click. 5. If needed, flow can be measured using PFM 4000 or other brand of measuring instrument. Flow verification (in case ASV-BD is used outside controlled loop) Use the following procedure: 1. ASV-BD setting is at maximum value. 2. Flow can be measured using PFM 4000 or other brand of measuring instrument. 3. If pressure drop across the valve is too low for reliable flow measurement, ASV-BD needs to be set to lower setting to achieve high enough pressure drop across the valve. 4. After flow measurement, return the setting to maximum value and lock it by pressing the handle until click. Draining Use the following procedure to drain: 1. Close opened measuring nipple. 2. Remove the impulse tube. 3. Remove the adapter. Make sure that drain cock is fixed with spanner when adapter is removed. 4. Blue nipple opens the outlet while red measuring nipple opens the inlet. Make sure not to use more than max. 3 turns. Drain tap and nipples can rotate to any position.
Note: when draining, always keep same or higher static pressure on upper part of ASV-P/PV membrane. Therefore, always drain from return pipe first and remove impulse tube only after return pipe is empty. If draining is done from flow pipe first, membrane can be damaged. 11
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Design (continuous)
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Shut-off knob Shut-off spindle Setting spindle Scale disc O-rings Valve cone Seat Valve body
15 DN 20 25 32/40/50
2.5 3 4 5

Fig. 12
Port A
ASV-I
Port B
ASV-I incorporates a double cone able to give maximum stroke limitation, thus achieving flow limitation. It also incorporates shut off function. ASV-I is equipped with the nipples for the flow measurement and a connection for the ASV-P/ ASV-PV impulse tube. Use the following procedure to limit the flow: turn the valve knob fully counter clockwise to open the valve. The mark on the knob will now be opposite 0 on the scale. Turn the valve knob clockwise to the required setting (e.g. for setting 2.2 the knob must be rotated two full turns and then forward to 2 on the scale. Hold the knob to keep the setting (e.g. 2.2) and using a hexagon
socket key turn the spindle fully counter clockwise (until a stop can be felt). Turn the valve knob fully counter clockwise so that the mark on the knob is opposite 0 on the scale. The valve is now open as many turns from the closed position (2.2) as indicated by the conversion from required flow. To annul the setting, turn the hexagon socket key fully clockwise (until a stop can be felt). Remember, at the same time the knob must be held on its 0 setting. To read presetting valve has to be closed.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Shut-off knob Shut-off spindle O-rings Valve cone Seat Valve body
ASV-M is designed to shut-off the pipe flow. ASV-M has a connection for an impulse tube to ASV-P/ASV-PV. It can be equipped with nipples for flow measuring (which are sold separately as accessories).
Port A
Fig. 13 ASV-M
Port B
12
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Sizing-design examples
pa = pm + pr + pv pv pm pr pa Fig. 14 Pressure drop across ASV-P/PV Pressure drop across ASV-M valve Necessary pressure for the riser Available pressure for the riser
1. Example Given: Radiator system with thermostatic radiator valves with pre-setting function. Desired flow for the riser (Q):........................1,500 l/h Minimal available pressure for that riser (pa).................................................. 70 kPa Estimated pressure drop over the riser at the desired flow (pr)..................................... 20 kPa Wanted: - Valve type - Valve size Since radiator valves has pre-setting function ASV-M is selected. Since desired pressure drop over the riser is 20 kPa ASV-PV is selected. ASV-PV should control 20 kPa pressure over the riser that means that 50 kPa out of 70 will be disposed over two valves. pv + pm = papr = 7020 = 50 kPa We presume that dimension DN 25 is the right dimension for this example (please mind that both valves should be of the same dimension). As ASV-M DN 25 is to be fully open pressure drop is calculated by following equation: Q 1.5 p m = = = 0.14bar = 14 kPa Kv 4.0 or by reading from diagram in Appendix A, fig. E as follows: Draw horizontal line from 1.5 m3/h (~1,500 l/h) trough the line that depicts dimension DN 25. From the intersection draw vertical line to read that pressure drop is 14 kPa. Pressure drop over ASV-PV valve is therefore: pv= (pa-pr)pm = 50 kPa14 kPa = 36 kPa as can be read from diagram in Appendix A, Fig.A.
2 2
2. Example Correcting the flow with the differential pressure setting. Given: Measured flow for the riser Q1.....................1,500 l/h ASV-PV valves setting pr................................. 20 kPa Wanted: New valves setting to increase the flow for 10%, Q2 = 1650 l/h. Setting on the ASV-PV valve: When needed setting of the control pressure can be adjusted to particular value (ASV-PV from 5 to 25 kPa or 20 to 40 kPa). With increasing/decreasing the setting it is possible to adjust flow trough the riser, terminal or similar. (100 % increase of control pressure will increase the flow for 41 %) Q2 p 2 = p1 Q 1
2 1650 = 0.20 = 24kPa 1500 2
If we increase the setting to 24 kPa flow will be increased to 10 % to 1,650 l/h.
DEN-SMT/SI
13
Data sheet
Sizing-design examples (continuous)
pa = pi + pr + pv pv pi po pa pr Pressure drop across ASV-PV valve Pressure drop across ASV-I valve Pressure drop in the riser including ASV-I Available pressure for the riser Pressure drop in the riser excluding ASV-I pv pi po pa pr
pa = pi + pr + pv Pressure drop across ASV-PV valve Pressure drop across MSV-F2 Pressure drop across the riser including MSV-F2 Pressure drop across the riser Pressure drop in the riser excluding MSV-F2
Fig. 15
Fig. 16
3. Example Limiting the flow with ASV-I valve Given: Desired flow for the branch (Q):.................... 880 l/h ASV-PV and ASV-I (DN 25) Setting on the ASV-PV valve (po).................. 10 kPa Estimated pressure drop over the riser at desired flow (pr)............................................... 4 kPa Required: Setting of the ASV-I valve to achieve desired flow Solution: When needed setting of the ASV-I can be adjusted to perform flow limitation function. ASV-I namely is inside the control loop of the pressure controller therefore adjusting ASVI would result in adjusting flow limitation. (General rule is that 100 % increase of kv value will increase the flow for 100%)
kv = Q p v = 0.880 0.06 = 3.6 m 3 h
4. Example Flat station application Given: No. of flat stations connected to one riser...................................................5 Heating power of each station......................... 15 kW Sanitary water heating on each station....................................................... 35 kW Simultaneous factor (source TU Dresden)................................................0.407 Desired flow for branch (Q): . .......................6,400 l/h Minimal available pressure for that riser (pa).................................................. 80 kPa Estimated pressure drop over the riser at the desired flow (po)................... 50 kPa Wanted: - Valve type - Valve size. For maximum flow calculation in the riser, simultaneous factor is used since sanitary water consumption is temporary occurrence and is not used simultaneous in all apartments-flats. Since water flow through heat exchanger while heating sanitary water is not controlled, maximum flow needs to be limited as well. Since desired pressure drop over the riser is 50kPa ASV-PV with range between 0.35 and 0.75bar (35 and 75 kPa) is selected. Since 80 kPa is available for the riser, pv shall be 30 kPa. pv = pa po = 80 50 = 30 kPa
kv = Q p v = 6.4 0.3 = 11.7m3 /h
The result can be read as well from diagram in Appendix A, Fig. D. At desired flow pressure drop over the entire branch is 4 kPa. Without using ASV-I flow trough the branch at fully open control valve will be 58% higher thus causing overflow (4 kPa allow 880l/h, while 10 kPa allow 1390 l/h). With adjusting the ASV-I DN 25 on value 90 % k v value (3.6 m3/h) we will limit the flow to 880 l/h as desired. This value is obtained by following calculation: pi = po pr = 10 4 = 6 kPa.
For 6.400 l/h DN 50 size valve is selected as calculated above or by reading from diagram in Appendix A, fig. B. If needed, to limit the flow through the riser the valve ASV-I or MSV-F2 to be used.
14
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Measurement of flow and differential pressure

ASV-BD (needle type) and ASV-I (rectus type) are equipped with two measuring nipples so that the differential pressure across the valve can be measured using Danfoss measuring equipment or any other measuring device. Using the pressure drop graph for ASV-BD (Appendix A, fig C) or ASV-I (Appendix A, fig D), the actual differential pressure across a valve can be converted to actual flow. For rectus type measuring nipples: when the measuring equipment quick couplings are connected, the measuring nipples can be opened by giving them a half-turn counter clockwise with an 8 mm open-ended spanner. After measurement, the nipples must be closed again by turning them back clockwise and disconnecting the quick-couplings. Note: When measuring sized flow, all radiator valves must be fully open (nominal flow). Measurement of differential pressure (pr) across riser. Fit a measuring connector (Danfoss code no. 003L8143) on the ASV-P/PV balancing valve drain cock (DN 15-50) or threaded connection closer to the terminal unit (TU). Measurements must be taken between the measuring nipple at ASV-BD/ASV-I/ASV-M/MSV-F2 valve port B and the measuring connector on the ASV-P/PV.
Installation
ASV-P, ASV-PV must be installed in the return pipe with flow in the direction of the arrow on thevalve body. Partner valves (ASV-M/I/BD, MSV--F2 must be installed in the flow pipe, with flow in the direction of the arrow on the valve body. The impulse tube must be installed between partner valve and ASV-P/PV. The impulse tube must be flushed through before installation. ASV-PV and ASV-I/BD must in addition be installed as determined by installation conditions.
Pressure testing
Max. test pressure . .............................................. 25 bar When pressure testing the system you must secure that both sides of the membrane have the same static pressure to prevent damage of the pressure controller. That means the impulse tube must be connected and any needle valves must be open.
If ASV-P/PV DN 15-50 is installed in combination with ASV-M both valves must be open or closed (both valves must be in the same position!). If ASVP/PV DN 15-50 is installed in combination with ASV-I /ASV-BD both valves must be open. During this operation (closing or opening the valves) please make sure that there is never lower pressure on upper side of the membrane to prevent damaging it .
Starting
During system start opening the shut-off on ASV-PV and partner valve-please secure that there is the same static pressure on both sides or higher pressure on upper side of the membrane. If filling is done by opening ASV-PV and partner valve, please make sure there is a pressure on the upper side of the membrane by opening partner valve first before ASV-PV is opened.
DEN-SMT/SI
15
Data sheet
Dimensions
ASV-P
DN 15 20 25 32 40 L1 65 75 85 95 100 L2 120 136 155 172 206 L3 139 159 169 179 184 H1 mm 82 103 132 165 170 15 18 23 29 31 28 35 45 55 55 61 76 98 122 122 27 32 41 50 55 H2 D1 D2 S a ISO 7/1 Rp Rp Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 1 b ISO 228/1 GA G1A G 1 A G 1 A G 1 A GA c
ASV-PV
DN 15 20 25 32 40
1)
L1 65 75 85 95 100
L2 120 136 155 172 206
L3 139 159 169 179 184
H1 mm 102 128 163 204 245 1) 209 250 1)
H2 15 18 23 29 31
D1 28 35 45 55 55
D2 61 76 98 122 122
S 27 32 41 50 55
a ISO 7/1 Rp Rp Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 1
b ISO 228/1 GA G1A G 1 A G 1 A G 1 A
GA
35-75 kPa setting range
Fig. 17
16
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
ASV-PV
DN p setting range kPa 5-25 50 20-40 35-75 60-10 130 244 234 273 L1 L2 L3 H1 mm 232 61 55 133 G 212 G 34 A H2 D1 D2 b c ISO 228/1
ASV-PV
DN 65 80 100 L1 290 310 347 H1 385 390 446 H2 mm 93 100 112 68 68 68 205 218 248 145 160 180 D1 D2 D3
Fig. 18
DEN-SMT/SI
17
Data sheet
G14 S a a L
ASV-BD
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 L 65 75 85 95 100 130 H mm 92 95 98 121 125 129 27 32 41 50 55 67 S a ISO 228/1 G G G1 G 1 G 1 G2
ASV-M
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 L1 65 75 85 95 100 130 L2 120 136 155 172 206 246 L3 139 159 169 179 184 214 H1 mm 48 60 75 95 100 106 15 18 23 29 31 38 28 35 45 55 55 55 27 32 41 50 55 67 H2 D1 S a ISO 7/1 Rp Rp Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 1 b ISO 228/1 GA G1A G 1 A G 1 A G 1 A G 2 A
ASV-I
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 L1 65 75 85 95 100 130 L2 120 136 155 172 206 246 L3 139 159 169 179 184 214 H1 mm 48 60 75 95 100 106 15 18 23 29 31 38 28 35 45 55 55 55 27 32 41 50 55 67 H2 D1 S a ISO 7/1 Rp Rp Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 1 b ISO 228/1 GA G1A G 1 A G 1 A G 1 A G 2 A
Fig. 19 18
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Appendix A-Sizing diagram
Fig. A - Sizing diagram ASV-P/PV DN 15-40
DEN-SMT/SI
19
Data sheet
Fig. B - Sizing diagram ASV-PV DN 50-100
20
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
10 20 30 50 100 200 300 400 600 1000 2000 4000 3000 6000 8000 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000
Fig.C - Sizing diagram ASV-BD DN 15-50
DEN-SMT/SI
21
Data sheet
Appendix A
Fig. D-Sizing diagram ASV-I, DN 15-50
Fig. E -Pressure drop over ASV-M valves, DN 15-50
22
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Insulation, fittings
Description
Insulation The EPS styropor packaging in which the valve is supplied can be used as insulation in systems where the temperature does not exceed 80 C under continuous operation. ASV-BD valve is supplied together with EPP insulation cap. ASV-BD insulation cap offers click on feature for fact and easy mounting on the valve. Insulation cap in EPP is offered for use at higher temperatures, up to 120 C. Both materials (EPS and EPP) are approved in accordance with fire class standard B2, DIN 4102.
Fittings For valves with external thread Danfoss offers threaded or welded tailpieces as accessory. Materials Nut.................................................................................brass Tailpiece welding......................................................steel Tailpiece threaded...................................................brass
Ordering
EPP insulation cap for ASV

Connection DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 Code No. 003L8170 003L8171 003L8172 003L8173 003L8139
EPP insulation cap for ASV-BD

Connection DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50 Code No. 003Z4781 003Z4782 003Z4783 003Z4784 003Z4785 003Z4786
Fittings
Type Comments to pipe R 1/2 R 3/4 R1 Tailpiece threaded (1 pcs.) R 1 1/4 R 11/2 R2 DN 15 DN 20 Note: ASV-PV DN 50 (2 1/2) and ASVI/M DN 50 (2 1/4) have different size connection. 1) To use with ASV-PV DN 50 valves 2) To use with ASV-I and ASV-M DN 50 valves.
DEN-SMT/SI
to valve DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50 (2 1/4) DN 50 (2 1/2) DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50 (2 1/4) DN 50 (2 1/2)
Code No. 003Z0232 003Z0233 003Z0234 003Z0235 003Z0273 003Z0274 2) 003Z0278 1) 003Z0226 003Z0227 003Z0228 003Z0229 003Z0271 003Z0272 2) 003Z0276 1)
DN 25 Tailpiece welding (1 pcs.) DN 32 DN 40 DN 50
23
Data sheet
Dimensions - insulation
ASV-I/M/P/PV DN D 15 20 25 C B 32 40 A A C B A 61 76 100 118 118 B mm 110 120 135 148 148 111 136 155 160 180 37 45 55 70 70 C D
ASV-BD DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 A 79 84 99 132 138 138 B mm 85 85 85 85 130 126 122 122 122 185 185 185 C
ASV-PV tender text
1. The pressure differential controller valve should be available in the range from DN 10-100. 2. The pressure differential control based on integrated membrane element. 3. The range of settable differential pressure should be 5-25kPa or 20-40 kPa in dimension DN 15-40 and 20-40 kPa, 35-75 kPa or 60-100 kPa in dimension DN 50-100. 4. The setting of pressure difference should be with hexagon key (DN 15-40) or socket need to be hidden. 5. The pressure difference setting should be linear (1 turn 1 kPa or 1 turn 2 kPa depending on dimension). 6. The pressure difference range should be interchangeable with spring change in dimension DN 15-40 without drain the system. 7. Shut off service function should be possible with hand knob. 8. Drain function is needed in range DN 15-50. 9. Temperature range should be 20 +120 C at DN 15-40 and 10 +120 C at DN 50-100. 10. Nominal pressure should be 16 bar with test pressure 25 bar. 11. The pressure differential control valve package in DN 15-40 range needs to contain impulse tube (min. 1,5 m) and EPS valve insulation up to min. 80 C. Nominal diameter: _ ________ Connection: ________ Adjustment range from - to ________ kPa Produced by: Danfoss Type: ASV-PV Ordering no.: 003L_ ____
24
VD.A6.E1.02
Data Sheet
Manual Presetting Valves LENO MSV-BD

Description
LENO MSV-BD is a new generation of manual valves for balancing flow in heating, cooling and domestic hot water systems. LENO MSV-BD is a combined presetting and shut off valve with a range of unique features: Removable hand wheel for easy mounting. 360 rotating measuring station for convenient measuring and draining. Numeric presetting scale, visible from more angles. Easy locking of presetting. Built-in measuring nipples for 3mm needles. Built-in drain cock with separate flow/return draining. Open-close with Allen key in emergency. Open-closed colour indicator. It is recommended to use LENO MSV-BD in constant flow systems. The valve may be mounted in flow or return. DN 15 and 20 valves are available with internal or external thread. Other dimensions with internal thread. Danfoss PFM 3000/4000 measuring instruments contain valve data for LENO MSV-BD in memory.
Application
Boiler, flat station or heat pump in 1-family houses. For balancing. Shut-off function for service/repair.
Air handling unit For constant flow. For balancing. Shut-off function for service/repair.
Danfoss Heating Solutions
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet
Fan coils For flow verification. Shut-off function for service/repair.
1-pipe system For balancing. Shut-off function for service/repair.
Ordering
LENO MSV-BD valve with internal thread Type Material Size DN 15 LF DN 15 DN 20 DZR* Brass DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50 LENO MSV-BD valve with external thread Type Material Size DZR* Brass DN 15 LF DN 15 DN20
kvs (m/h) 2.5 3.0 6.0 9.5 18 26 40
Connection Rp " Rp " Rp " Rp 1" Rp 1" Rp 1" Rp 2"
Code no. 003Z4000 003Z4001 003Z4002 003Z4003 003Z4004 003Z4005 003Z4006
kvs(m/h) 2.5 3.0 6.0
Connection G A** G A** G1A
Code no. 003Z4101 003Z4100 003Z4102
*Corrosion resistant brass **Eurocone DIN V 3838
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet

LENO MSV-BD/S set solution Type Material Size DN 15 DN 20 DZR** Brass DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50
kvs (m/h) 3.0 6.0 9.5 18 26 40
Drain flow* (I/h) 281 277 316 305 208 308
Connection Rp " Rp " Rp 1" Rp 1" Rp 1" Rp 2"
Code no. 003Z4051 003Z4052 003Z4053 003Z4054 003Z4055 003Z4056
Accessories Type Standard measuring nipples, 2 pcs. Extended measuring nipples, 60 mm, 2 pcs. Operating handle Drain cock, " Drain cock, " Flow measuring instrument PFM 4000 Flow measuring instrument PFM 4000 Multi Source Identification tag & strips, 10 pcs. Insulation cap, DN 15 Insulation cap, DN 20 Insulation cap, DN 25 Insulation cap, DN 32 Insulation cap, DN 40 Insulation cap, DN 50 Compression fittings for valves with external thread Valve thread PEX fittings, code no. Pipe (mm) 12 x 1.1 12 x 2 13 x 2 14 x 2 15 x 1.7 15 x 2.5 16 x 1.5 16 x 2 16 x 2.25 17 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2.5 20 x 2 20 x 2.5 G G G G G G G G G G G G G G 013G4150 013G4152 013G4153 013G4154 013G4165 013G4155 013G4157 013G4156 013G4162 013G4158 013G4159 013G4160 013G4161
Code no. 003Z4662 003Z4657 003Z4652 003Z4096 003Z4097 003L8200 003L8202 003Z4660 003Z4781 003Z4782 003Z4783 003Z4784 003Z4785 003Z4786
Alupex fittings, code no. 013G4182 013G4184 013G4185 013G4186 013G4187 013G4188 013G4190 013G4191
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet

Compression fittings for valves with external thread Steel/copper pipes
Dimension G x 15 G x 16 G x 18 G 1 x 18 G 1 x 22
Code no. 013G4125 013G4126 013G4128 013U0134 013U0135
Design
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Valve house Ball Ball seat Supperting screw Throttle
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Closing bush Valve top Spindle head Spindle Rotation lock
11. 12. 13. 14.
Drain cock Handle Rotation measuring station Measuring nipple
Technical Data
Materials and parts in contact with water Valve body O-rings Ball Ball sealing Max. static working pressure Static test pressure Max. differential pressure across valve Max. flow temperature Min. temperature Cooling liquids
DZR brass EPDM Brass/chromium plated Teflon 20 bar 30 bar 2.5 bar (250 kPa) 120 C -20C Ethylene glycol / propylene glycol and HYCOOL (max. 30 %)
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet Fitting

Before fitting the valve the installer must ensure that the pipe system is clean and: 1. the valve can be turned 360 degrees (if threaded pipe is used). 2. the valve is fitted according to the flow direction arrow. Removal of the handle 1. Set the handle at 0/0. 2. Release the setting lock (green). 3. Unscrew the union nut. Calibration of the handle Before refitting, ensure that the handle setting is 0/0. For DN 15-20 valves with external thread Danfoss offers a complete range of compression fittings for steel, cobber and PEX pipes. DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 R1/R2 (mm) 86/67 89/69 91/71 118/84 118/84 124/90
Shut-Off
In order to shut-off the valve the handle must be pressed down. The shut-off function features a ball valve, which only requires a 90 degree turn to shut the valve completely. An indicator window shows the actual setting: red = closed white = open
Draining
The drain cock can rotate 360 degrees for convenient operation. Draining the system pipes can be done selectively: When the red measuring nipple is opened, the valve inlet pipe is drained. Opening the blue nipple will drain the pipe on the valve outlet side.
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet Setting and Locking
The valve has a built-in presetting feature for accurate flow ratings. Setting the required flow is made in 5 steps: 1. In open position, release the lock using the green lever or a 3 mm Allen key. 2. The handle pops up automatically.
3. The calculated value can now be set. 4. The setting is locked when the handled is pressed to click. 5. Seal - the setting can be protected by using a strip as shown.
Measuring
The flow through the LENO MSV-BD valve can be measured using Danfoss PFM 3000/4000 or other brands of measuring instruments. The LENO MSV-BD valve is supplied with two measuring nipples for 3 mm needles. A twin bracket enables the user to connect both needles simultanously. Procedure for flow measuring: 1. Select flow measuring 2. Select valve brand 3. Select valve type and dimension 4. Enter presetting 5. Connect valve and instrument 6. Calibrate static pressure 7. Measure the flow
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet Measuring Accuracy

Error in % of measured kv
16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% % of max setting 70% 80% 90% 100%
The red line indicates 25% of max. flow. According to BS7350:1990 flow rates must be within following values: 18 % at 25 % open position 10 % at fully open position
LENO MSV-BD is very accurate, due to the separate functions for presetting and shut-off.
Kv-Signal
Kv-signal values are used for non-Danfoss measuring instruments. Danfoss PFM 3000*/4000 have all data in memory, and the instruments are using this formula:
p across the measuring nipples (kv-sig) and p across the valve (kv-val) is not the same due to turbulence influence for pressure measuring. * with software 9.4 or higher
Kv-Signal Values
Setting 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
DN 15LF 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.19 0.20
DN 15 0.10 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.14 0.16 0.19 0.21 0.24 0.26 0.29
DN20 0.12 0.16 0.20 0.26 0.32 0.38 0.45 0.53 0.60 0.67 0.74
DN25 0.34 0.44 0.53 0.61 0.67 0.73 0.79 0.84 0.90 0.95 1.01
DN32 0.51 0.73 0.92 1.10 1.26 1.43 1.60 1.78 1.97 2.18 2.39
DN40 1.05 1.20 1.36 1.55 1.74 1.95 2.17 2.40 2.64 2.88 3.13
DN50 1.75 2.01 2.25 2.47 2.69 2.91 3.12 3.35 3.58 3.82 4.07
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 5.0 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 6.0 0.21 0.23 0.25 0.27 0.30 0.32 0.35 0.37 0.40 0.43 0.46 0.49 0.52 0.56 0.59 0.62 0.66 0.69 0.73 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.94 0.97 1.01 1.06 1.10 1.14 1.18 1.23 1.27 1.31 1.35 1.39 1.43 1.47 1.51 1.54 1.60 1.66 1.72 1.79 1.87 1.93 1.99 2.04 2.09 2.14 0.32 0.34 0.37 0.40 0.44 0.47 0.51 0.54 0.58 0.61 0.65 0.69 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.01 1.04 1.08 1.12 1.16 1.20 1.25 1.30 1.35 1.41 1.47 1.53 1.59 1.66 1.73 1.81 1.91 2.00 2.08 2.16 2.23 2.30 2.36 2.41 2.46 2.50 2.54 2.57 0.82 0.89 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.16 1.23 1.30 1.38 1.45 1.53 1.61 1.69 1.78 1.87 1.97 2.07 2.17 2.29 2.40 2.52 2.65 2.78 2.91 3.05 3.19 3.33 3.47 3.61 3.75 3.89 4.02 4.15 4.28 4.40 4.52 4.62 4.72 4.82 4.90 4.97 5.04 1.08 1.14 1.22 1.29 1.37 1.46 1.55 1.65 1.75 1.85 1.96 2.07 2.18 2.29 2.41 2.53 2.65 2.77 2.89 3.01 3.13 3.25 3.37 3.49 3.62 3.74 3.87 4.00 4.13 4.26 4.39 4.53 4.68 4.82 4.98 5.13 5.29 5.46 5.64 5.81 6.00 6.19 6.38 6.57 6.77 6.96 7.15 7.34 7.52 7.69 2.62 2.87 3.12 3.38 3.64 3.92 4.18 4.48 4.76 5.05 5.35 5.65 5.96 6.27 6.60 6.94 7.29 7.67 8.06 8.48 8.92 9.38 9.87 10.38 10.91 11.46 12.02 12.58 13.12 13.64 14.12 14.52 14.84 3.39 3.64 3.90 4.16 4.43 4.69 4.96 5.24 5.51 5.80 6.08 6.38 6.68 6.99 7.30 7.63 7.98 8.33 8.70 9.08 9.48 9.90 10.33 10.79 11.26 11.74 12.25 12.77 13.30 13.85 14.41 14.98 15.55 16.13 16.69 17.25 17.80 18.32 18.80 19.25 19.65 19.98 20.24 20.41 20.48 4.33 4.60 4.89 5.18 5.49 5.80 6.13 6.46 6.80 7.14 7.49 7.84 8.19 8.55 8.91 9.27 9.64 10.00 10.37 10.74 11.11 11.49 11.88 12.27 12.67 13.09 13.51 13.95 14.41 14.88 15.38 15.89 16.44 17.00 17.59 18.21 18.86 19.54 20.24 20.97 21.73 22.51 23.30 24.12 24.94 25.76 26.58 27.38 28.16 28.90
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet

6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 2.18 2.22 2.26 7.85 7.98 8.09 8.17 8.22 29.59 30.21 30.74 31.17 31.47 31.61
Sizing
Correction Factors
Temp. C -40.0 -17.8 4.4 26.6 48.9 71.1 93.3 115.6

1)
25
1) 1)
Correction factors, ethylene glycol / propylene glycol percentage (max. 30 %) 30 40 50 60 65 1) 1) 1) 0.89 0.88
1)
100
1)
0.93 0.93 0.94 0.95 0.96 0.97

2)
0.91 0.92 0.93 0.94 0.95 0.96

2)
0.90 0.91 0.92 0.93 0.94 0.95

2)
0.89 0.90 0.91 0.92 0.94 0.95

2)
0.86 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.95 0.92 0.94
0.95 0.96 0.97 0.98 1.00

2)
0.95 0.95 0.96 0.98 0.99

2)
Below freezing point
2)
Above boiling point Flow needed = 30 m/h Flow after correction: 30 x 0.95 = 28 m/h
VDB4C602
Danfoss
Example:
03/2011
Data Sheet
Valve Size and Presetting
Example: Given Max. pipe flow Q = 2.0 m/h pr = 15 kPa
MSV-BD
p r
p m
p i
pa pi pi
= 45 kPa = pa pv pm = 45 kPa 15 kPa 10KPa = 20 kPa
pm = 10 kPa
p a
Correct valve size and presetting is found in flow diagramme, page 7. Q= 2.0 m/h and pi = 20 kPa On page 11 intersect guides and presetting is found to be 4.2 (DN 20 valve) Setting can be also calculated from the formula: pi pr Pressure drop across LENO MSV-BD valve Necessary pressure for the riser
pm Pressure drop across valve pa Available pressure for the riser
which corresponds to presetting 4.2 as shown on pages 7 and 11.
10
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet Flow Diagrammes, DN 15 LF

LENO MSV-BD DN 15 LF Flow [m/h] Setting
Setting 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.10 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8
kv-value 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.19 0.20 0.22 0.23 0.25 0.28 0.30 0.32 0.35 0.38
1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1 Setting 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6
0.41 0.44 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.56 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.74 0.78 0.82 kv-value 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.01
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
11
Data Sheet

3.7 3.8 3.9 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 5.0 Flow characteristics Kv-value
2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0 0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0
1.05 1.10 1.15 1.19 1.24 1.29 1.33 1.38 1.43 1.48 1.52 1.56 1.61 1.65
5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.3
1.72 1.78 1.86 1.94 2.03 2.10 2.17 2.23 2.30 2.36 2.42 2.47 2.53
Setting
12
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet Flow Diagrammes, DN 15

LENO MSV-BD DN 15 Flow [m/h] Setting
Setting 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.10 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8
kv-value 0.10 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.14 0.16 0.19 0.21 0.24 0.27 0.29 0.32 0.35 0.38 0.41 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55
1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 Setting 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6
0.59 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.93 0.97 kv-value 1.02 1.06 1.10 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.28 1.34
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
13
Data Sheet

3.7 3.8 3.9 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 Flow characteristics Kv-value
3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0 0 1.0 2.0 3.0 Setting 4.0 5.0 6.0
1.40 1.46 1.52 1.59 1.66 1.74 1.82 1.91 2.00 2.12 2.23
4.8 4.9 5.0 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7
2.33 2.43 2.53 2.61 2.70 2.77 2.84 2.90 2.95 3.00
14
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011

Setting 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.10 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7
kv-value 0.13 0.15 0.19 0.24 0.30 0.37 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.68 0.76 0.84 0.92 0.99 1.06 1.13 1.21 1.28
1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 Setting 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4
1.35 1.43 1.50 1.59 1.67 1.76 1.86 1.96 kv-value 2.07 2.19 2.31 2.44 2.58 2.72 2.87 3.03 3.19
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
15
Data Sheet

3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 Flow characteristics Kv-value 3.36 3.53 3.70 3.87 4.05 4.23 4.40 4.58 4.75 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 5.0 5.1 5.2 4.91 5.07 5.22 5.37 5.51 5.64 5.77 5.88 6.00
Setting
16
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011

Setting 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.10 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8
kv-value 0.33 0.44 0.53 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.85 0.91 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.16 1.24 1.32 1.41 1.50 1.60 1.70
1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 Setting 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6
1.80 1.91 2.03 2.15 2.26 2.39 2.51 2.64 2.76 2.89 3.02 3.15 kv-value 3.28 3.41 3.54 3.68 3.81 3.95
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
17
Data Sheet

3.7 3.8 3.9 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 Flow characteristics Kv-value 4.09 4.24 4.39 4.55 4.71 4.88 5.05 5.23 5.42 5.62 5.83 6.05 6.27 5.0 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.51 6.75 7.00 7.26 7.53 7.80 8.06 8.33 8.59 8.84 9.08 9.30 9.50
10 8 6 4 2 0 0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 Setting 5.0 6.0
18
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011

Setting 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.10 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8
kv-value 0.50 0.75 0.95 1.13 1.29 1.45 1.62 1.80 1.99 2.20 2.42 2.66 2.92 3.19 3.47 3.75 4.05 4.36 4.67
1.9 2.0 2.1 Setting 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6
4.98 5.30 5.63 kv-value 5.97 6.32 6.68 7.06 7.46 7.89 8.34 8.83 9.35 9.92 10.52 11.16 11.85 12.51 13.23
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
19
Data Sheet

3.7 3.8 3.9 4.0 Flow characteristics Kv-value
16
13.98 14.74 15.49 16.23
4.1 4.2 4.3
16.91 17.51 18.00
12
0 0 1.0 2.0 Setting 3.0 4.0
Flow Diagrammes, DN 40
20
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet

Setting 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 Flow characteristics Kv-value kv-value 1.06 1.21 1.38 1.56 1.76 1.97 2.20 2.43 2.68 2.93 3.19 3.46 3.73 4.01 4.29 4.58 4.87 5.17 5.47 5.78 6.09 6.41 6.74 7.09 7.44 7.80 8.18 8.58 Setting 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 5.0 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 kv-value 9.00 9.44 9.90 10.38 10.89 11.43 12.00 12.60 13.22 13.88 14.56 15.28 16.02 16.79 17.57 18.38 19.19 20.02 20.82 21.61 22.38 23.12 23.81 24.44 25.00 25.46 25.80 26.00
30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 1.0 2.0 3.0 Setting 4.0 5.0 6.0
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
21

Setting 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8
kv-value 1.74 2.03 2.28 2.51 2.73 2.95 3.16 3.38 3.61 3.85 4.10 4.37 4.65 4.95 5.26 5.59 5.93 6.28 6.64
1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2 Setting 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6
7.01 7.39 7.78 8.17 8.56 8.96 9.36 9.76 10.17 10.58 10.99 11.41 11.84 12.27 kv-value 12.71 13.16 13.62 14.10
22
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet

3.7 3.8 3.9 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 5.0 5.1 Flow characteristics Kv-value 14.60 15.12 15.66 16.23 16.84 17.47 18.14 18.84 19.59 20.38 21.21 22.08 23.00 23.96 24.96 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 26.00 27.07 28.17 29.30 30.44 31.64 32.83 34.01 35.14 36.23 37.24 38.14 38.93 39.56 40.00
40 30 20 10 0 0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 Setting 5.0 6.0 7.0
Dimensions
94,99
G1/4
H
a L
75
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
23
Data Sheet

Size (DN) 15 20 25 32 40 50 ISO 228-1 a (mm) G G G1 G 1 G 1 G2 L (mm) 65 75 85 95 100 130 H (mm) 92 95 98 121 125 129 S (mm) 27 32 41 50 55 67 Size (DN) 15 20 ISO 228-1 a (mm) GA G1A L (mm) 70 75 H (mm) 92 95
Tender Specifications
LENO MSV-BD can be used in heating, cooling and domestic hot water systems. Features Balancing / Commissioning Presetting Fixed orifice Self sealing measuring nipples Digital visible scale from more sides Shut-off function (ball valve) Draining / filling Draining / filling on both sides of the valve Removable handle Closing indicator Allen key for ball valve Parallel measuring nipples 360 rotating measuring station (drain cock and measuring nipples) LENO MSV-BD
Presetting values are visible on top of the valve and from all sides. Presetting is locked by pressing down the handle. When locked, the shut-off function can be used without changing the presetting. The handle is released with the green key or with a 3 mm Allen key. To prevent unintended changes of the presetting, the handle can be sealed by using a strip. The system can be drained and filled on both sides of the ball valve. External thread versions comes in sizes DN 15 and DN 20 and are prepared for Danfoss standard fittings. DN 15 is designed with Euro cone, according to DIN V 3838. LENO MSV-BD has a leakage rate A according to BS 7350 : 1990, the ball valve is 100% tight. The LENO MSV-BD measuring accuracy is 8% up to 25% of max. setting. Accuracy is according to BS 7350 : 1990. Measuring instruments must be equipped with 3 mm measuring needles. Danfoss measuring instruments PFM 3000/4000 contain all relevant valve data. Valve sizes Pressure class Static test pressure Max differential pressure DN 15 (LF) DN 50 PN20 30 bar 2.5 bar (250 kpa)
24
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet

Working temperature Working area The valve body is made of DZR brass. The ball is made of chromium plated brass. O-rings are made of EPDM rubber. -20C to 120C 10-100% of the kvs-value
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
25
Data Sheet
26
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
27
Data Sheet
Danfoss A/S Heating Solutions Haarupvaenget 11 8600 Silkeborg Denmark Phone:+45 7488 8000 Fax: +45 7488 8100 Email: heating.solutions@danfoss.com www.heating.danfoss.com
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues, brochures and other printed material. Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice. This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specifications already agreed. All trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies. Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss A/S. All rights reserved.
28
VDB4C602
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet
Manual Presetting Valves LENO MSV-O

Description
LENO MSV-O is a new generation of manual valves for balancing flow in heating, cooling and domestic hot water systems. LENO MSV-O is a combined presetting and shut off valve with a range of unique features: Fixed venturi orifice. Removable hand wheel for easy mounting. Numeric presetting scale, visible from more angles. Easy locking of presetting. Built-in measuring nipples for 3mm needles. Open-close with Allen key in emergency. Open-closed colour indicator. It is recommended to use LENO MSV-O in constant flow systems in front of boilers, flat stations or heat pumps in one-family houses for balancing, shut-off function for service and repair, flow verification, one pipe systems. The valve may be mounted in flow or return.
All dimensions are available with internal thread. Danfoss PFM 3000/4000 measuring instruments contain valve data for LENO MSV-O in memory.
Application
Boiler, flat station or heat pump in 1-family houses. For balancing. Shut-off function for service/repair.
Air handling unit For constant flow. For balancing. Shut-off function for service/ repair.
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet
Fan coils For flow verification. Shut-off function for service/ repair.
1-pipe system For balancing. Shut-off function for service/repair.
Ordering
LENO MSV-O valve with internal thread Type Material Size DN 15 LF DN 15 DN 20 DZR* Brass DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50 Accessories Type Standard measuring nipples, 2 pcs. Extended measuring nipples, 60 mm, 2 pcs. Operating handle Flow measuring instrument PFM 4000 Flow measuring instrument PFM 4000 Multi Source Identification tag & strips, 10 pcs.
kvs (m/h) 0.63 2.8 5.7 9.7 16.6 25.4 37.9
Connection Rp " Rp " Rp " Rp 1" Rp 1" Rp 1" Rp 2"
Code no. 003Z4020 003Z4021 003Z4022 003Z4023 003Z4024 003Z4025 003Z4026
Code no. 003Z4662 003Z4657 003Z4652 003L8200 003L8202 003Z4660
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet Design
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Valve house Ball Ball seat Suppert screw Throttle
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Closing bush Valve top Spindle head Spindle Handle
11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
Release lever Rotation lock Measuring nipple Venturi Suppert screw with venturi
Technical Data
Materials and parts in contact with water Valve body DZR brass O-rings EPDM Ball Brass/chromium plated Ball sealing Teflon Max. static working pressure Static test pressure Max. differential pressure across valve Max. flow temperature Min. temperature Cooling liquids 20 bar 30 bar 2.5 bar (250 kPa) 120 C -20C Ethylene glycol / propylene glycol and HYCOOL (max. 30 %)
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet Fitting

Before fitting the valve the installer must ensure that the pipe system is clean and: 1. the valve can be turned 360 degrees (if threaded pipe is used). 2. the valve is fitted according to the flow direction arrow. Removal of the handle 1. Set the handle at 0/0. 2. Release the setting lock (green). 3. Unscrew the union nut. Calibration of the handle Before refitting, ensure that the handle setting is 0/0. DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 R1/R2 (mm) 96/58 99/60 101/63 124/87 127/90 131/94
Shut-Off
In order to shut-off the valve the handle must be pressed down. The shut-off function features a ball valve, which only requires a 90 degree turn to shut the valve completely. An indicator window shows the actual setting: red = closed white = open
Fixed Orifice
LENO MSV-O has a fixed venturi orifice in the valve body with constant kvs-value. This feature makes it possible to read flow on the measuring device, without typing in presetting. This feature saves time for commissioning for each valve installed.
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet Setting and Locking
The valve has a built-in presetting feature for accurate flow ratings. Setting the required flow is made in 5 steps: 1. Release the lock using the green lever or a 3 mm Allen key. 2. The handle pops up automatically.
3. The calculated value can now be set. 4. The setting is locked when the handled is pressed to click. 5. Seal - the setting can be protected by using a strip as shown.
Measuring
The flow through the LENO MSV-O valve can be measured using Danfoss PFM 3000/4000 or other brands of measuring instruments. The LENO MSV-O valve is supplied with two measuring nipples for 3 mm needles. A twin bracket enables the user to connect both needles simultanously. Procedure for flow measuring: 1. Select flow measuring 2. Select valve brand 3. Select valve type and dimension 4. Connect valve and instrument 5. Calibrate static pressure 6. Measure the flow
Measuring Accuracy
Maximum error in measured flow [%] The red line indicates 25% of max. flow. According to BS7350:1990 flow rates must be within following values: 18 % at 25 % open position 10 % at fully open position LENO MSV-O is very accurate, due to the separate functions for presetting and shut-off.
Flow % of Kvs
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet Kv-Signal

Kv-signal values are used for non-Danfoss measuring instruments. Danfoss PFM 3000*/4000 have all data in memory, and the instruments are using this formula: p across the measuring nipples (kv-sig) and p across the valve (kv-val) is not the same due to turbulence influence for pressure measuring. * with software 9.4 or higher
Kv-Signal Values
DN 15LF 0.356
DN 15 1.1434
DN20 3.453
DN25 5.80
DN32 10.33
DN40 14.72
DN50 22.94
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
3Z47.10
Sizing
Danfoss
Data Sheet Correction Factors

Correction factors, ethylene glycol / propylene glycol percentage (max. 30 %) 30 40 50 60 65 1) 1) 1) 0.89 0.88
1)
Temp. C -40.0 -17.8 4.4 26.6 48.9 71.1 93.3 115.6

1) 2)
25
1) 1)
100
1)
0.93 0.93 0.94 0.95 0.96 0.97

2)
0.91 0.92 0.93 0.94 0.95 0.96

2)
0.90 0.91 0.92 0.93 0.94 0.95

2)
0.89 0.90 0.91 0.92 0.94 0.95

2)
0.86 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.95 0.92 0.94
0.95 0.96 0.97 0.98 1.00

2)
0.95 0.95 0.96 0.98 0.99

2)
Below freezing point Above boiling point
Example:
Flow needed = 30 m/h Flow after correction: 30 x 0.95 = 28 m/h
Valve Size and Presetting
Example: Given Max. pipe flow Q = 2.0 m/h pr = 15 kPa pa pi pi = 45 kPa = pa pv pm = 45 kPa 15 kPa 10KPa = 20 kPa pm = 10 kPa
MSV-O
Correct valve size and presetting is found in flow diagramme, page 7. Q= 2.0 m/h and pi = 20 kPa On page 11 intersect guides and presetting is found to be 4.2 (DN 20 valve) Setting can be also calculated from the formula: pi pr Pressure drop across LENO MSV-O valve Necessary pressure for the riser
pm Pressure drop across valve pa Available pressure for the riser
which corresponds to presetting 4.2 as shown on pages 7 and 11.
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet Flow Diagrammes, DN 15 LF

LENO MSV-O DN 15 LF Flow [m/h] Setting
Setting 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.10 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2
DN15LF 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.15 0.16 0.18 0.19 0.21 0.23 0.25 0.27 0.28 0.30 0.32 0.34 0.36 0.38 0.40
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet

Setting 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 4.0 4.1 DN15LF 0.42 0.44 0.45 0.47 0.49 0.50 0.52 0.53 0.54 0.55 0.57 0.58 0.59 0.59 0.60 0.61 0.62 0.62 0.63
Flow characteristics Kv-value
Setting
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011

LENO MSV-O DN 15 Flow [m/h] Setting
Setting 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.10 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1
DN15 0.14 0.17 0.20 0.23 0.26 0.29 0.32 0.35 0.39 0.42 0.46 0.49 0.53 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.97 1.01 1.06 1.11
10
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet

3.2 3.3 1.16 1.21
Setting 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 5.0 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 6.0 6.1 6.2
DN15 1.27 1.32 1.38 1.44 1.50 1.56 1.62 1.68 1.75 1.81 1.88 1.94 2.01 2.08 2.15 2.21 2.28 2.34 2.40 2.46 2.51 2.57 2.61 2.65 2.69 2.72 2.74 2.75 2.80
Setting
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
11

4.2
Setting 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.10 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8
DN20 0.44 0.49 0.55 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.82 0.90 0.98 1.06 1.14 1.22 1.31 1.40 1.49 1.58 1.68 1.77 1.88 1.98 2.09 2.20 2.31 2.43
12
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet

Setting 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 5.0 5.1 5.2 5.3 DN20 2.56 2.68 2.81 2.95 3.09 3.23 3.38 3.53 3.68 3.83 3.99 4.15 4.31 4.47 4.62 4.78 4.93 5.07 5.21 5.34 5.46 5.57 5.61 5.66 5.70
Setting
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
13

Setting 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.10 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2
DN25 0.74 0.76 0.80 0.86 0.92 1.00 1.08 1.18 1.27 1.38 1.48 1.59 1.70 1.81 1.93 2.04 2.16 2.27 2.39 2.50 2.61 2.73 2.84 2.96 3.07 3.19 3.31 3.43
14
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet

3.3 3.4 3.55 3.67
Setting 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 5.0 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5
DN25 3.80 3.93 4.06 4.20 4.34 4.49 4.64 4.80 4.96 5.13 5.30 5.49 5.67 5.87 6.07 6.27 6.49 6.70 6.93 7.16 7.39 7.62 7.86 8.10 8.34 8.57 8.81 9.04 9.26 9.48 9.70
Setting
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
15

Setting 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.10 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3
DN32 1.33 1.44 1.61 1.82 2.07 2.34 2.62 2.91 3.21 3.51 3.81 4.11 4.40 4.70 5.00 5.30 5.61 5.93 6.26
16
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet

Setting 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 DN32 6.61 6.98 7.37 7.79 8.23 8.71 9.21 9.75 10.31 10.90 11.51 12.14 12.78 13.42 14.05 14.67 15.25 15.78 16.24 16.60
Setting
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
17

Setting 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.10 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9
DN40 2.02 2.13 2.29 2.50 2.74 3.00 3.29 3.59 3.90 4.22 5.54 5.85 5.17 5.49 5.80 6.12 6.43 6.75 7.06 7.39 7.72 8.06 8.41 8.78 9.17
18
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet

Setting 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 5.0 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 DN40 9.57 10.00 10.46 10.94 11.46 12.00 12.57 13.18 13.82 14.49 15.19 15.92 16.67 17.45 18.24 19.04 19.84 20.64 21.43 22.19 22.92 23.60 24.22 24.76 25.20 25.40
Setting
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
19

Setting 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.10 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2
DN50 2.49 2.52 2.61 2.76 2.96 3.20 3.48 3.79 4.12 4.47 4.83 5.21 5.59 5.97 6.36 6.75 7.14 7.53 7.92 8.31 8.70 9.09 9.49 9.88 10.28 10.69 11.11 11.54
20
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet

3.3 3.4 11.97 12.43
Setting 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 5.0 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5
DN50 12.90 13.39 13.90 14.43 14.99 15.57 16.18 16.83 17.50 18.2 18.94 19.71 20.52 21.35 22.22 23.12 24.05 25.01 25.99 27.00 28.02 29.05 30.09 31.14 32.18 33.21 34.22 35.20 36.15 37.04 37.90
Setting
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
21
Data Sheet Dimensions

Size (DN) 15 20 25 32 40 50 ISO 228-1 a (mm) G G G1 G 1 G 1 G2 L (mm) 82 89 104 122 122 151 H (mm) 92 95 98 121 125 129 S (mm) 27 32 41 50 55 67
22
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
Data Sheet
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
23
Data Sheet
Danfoss A/S Heating Solutions Haarupvaenget 11 8600 Silkeborg Denmark Phone:+45 7488 8000 Fax: +45 7488 8100 Email: heating.solutions@danfoss.com www.heating.danfoss.com
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues, brochures and other printed material. Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice. This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specifications already agreed. All trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies. Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss A/S. All rights reserved.
24
VDB4H202
Danfoss
03/2011
Data sheet
Dierential pressure controller (PN 16) AVP - return and ow mounting, adjustable setting AVP-F - return mounting, xed setting
Description
The controller has a control valve, an actuator with one control diaphragm and handle for dierential pressure setting (xed setting version is without handle). Main data: DN 15-32 k vs 0.4 - 10 m3/h PN 16 Setting range (AVP): 0.05 - 0.5 bar / 0.2 - 1.0 bar / 0.8 - 1.6 bar Fixed setting (AVP-F): 0.2 bar / 0.3 bar / 0.5 bar Temperature: - Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30%: 2 150 C Connections: - Ext. thread (weld-on, thread and ange tailpieces)
AVP
AVP-F
AVP(-F) is a self-acting dierential pressure controller primarily for use in district heating systems. The controller closes on rising dierential pressure.
Ordering AVP Controller (return mounting)

Picture DN (mm) 15 20 25 32 k vs (m3/h) 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 8.0 10 Connection Cylindr. ext. thread acc. to ISO 228/1 p setting range (bar) Code No. 003H6200 GA G1A G 1 A G 1 A 0.05 - 0.5 003H6201 003H6202 003H6203 003H6204 003H6205 0.2 - 1.0 p setting range (bar) Code No. 003H6206 003H6207 003H6208 003H6209 003H6210 0.8 - 1.6 p setting range (bar) Code No. 003H6212 003H6213 003H6214 003H6215 003H6216 003H6217
Note: other controllers available on request.
Example: Dierential pressure controller; return mounting; DN 15; k vs 1.6; PN 16; setting range 0.2 - 1.0 bar; tmax150 C; ext. thread; - 1x AVP DN 15 controller Code No: 003H6206 Option: - 1x Impulse tube set AV, R 18 Code No: 003H6852 - 1x Weld-on tailpieces Code No: 003H6908 The controller will be delivered completely assembled, inclusive impulse tube between valve and actuator. External impulse tube (AV) must be ordered separately.
DEN-SMT/SI
AVP Controller (ow mounting)

Picture DN (mm) k vs (m3/h) 0.4 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 8.0 10 Connection p setting range (bar) Code No. 003H6238 003H6239 003H6240 003H6241 003H6242 003H6243 p setting range (bar) Code No. 003H6947 1) 003H6948 1) 003H6244 003H6245 003H6246 003H6247 003H6248 -
15
20 25 32
1)
Cylindr. ext. thread acc. to ISO 228/1
GA 0.05 - 0.5 G1A G 1 A G 1 A
0.2 - 1.0
Note: other controllers available on request. This version of controller can be mounted in return or in ow pipe. When ordering 2 impulse tube sets AV (instead of 1) should be ordered.
VD.DB.G4.02 Danfoss 04/2012
Data sheet
Dierential pressure controller (PN 16)
AVP-F Controller (return mounting)

Picture DN (mm) 15 20 25 32 k vs (m3/h) 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 8.0 10 Connection Cylindr. ext. thread acc. to ISO 228/1 GA G1A G 1 A G 1 A 0.2 p sett. range (bar) Code No. 003H6218 003H6219 003H6220 003H6221 003H6222 p sett. range (bar) Code No. 003H6224 003H6225 003H6226 003H6227 003H6228 003H6229 p sett. range (bar) Code No. 003H6230 003H6231 003H6232 003H6233 003H6234 -
0.3
0.5
Accessories
Picture DN Connection 15 20 Weld-on tailpieces 25 32 15 R 20 R Conical ext. thread acc. to External thread tailpieces EN 10226-1 25 R1 32 R 1 15 Flange tailpieces 20 Flanges PN 25, acc. to EN 1092-2 25 Description: R 18 - 1 copper tube 6 1 1500 mm Impulse tube set AV R 38 *) - 1 compression tting for imp. tube R connection to pipe 6 1 mm * 10 compression ttings for imp. tube connection to pipe, 6 1 mm R 18 * 10 compression ttings for imp. tube connection to pipe, 6 1 mm R 38 * 10 compression ttings for imp. tube connection to pipe, 6 1 mm R * 10 compression ttings for imp. tube connection to actuator, 6 1 mm G 18 Shut o valve 6 mm Type designation Code No. 003H6908 003H6909 003H6910 003H6911 003H6902 003H6903 003H6904 003H6905 003H6915 003H6916 003H6917 003H6852 003H6853 003H6854 003H6857 003H6858 003H6859 003H6931 003H0276
*)
Compression tting consists of a nipple, compression ring and nut.
Service kits
Picture Type designation DN k vs (m3/h) 0.4 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 8.0 10 Code No. AVP(-F) return 003H6863 003H6864 003H6865 003H6866 AVP(-F) ow 003H6869 003H6870 003H6871 003H6872 003H6873 003H6874
15 Valve insert 20 25 32
003H6867 003H6875
Type designation
p AVP(-F) AVP(-F) setting range return ow (bar) 0.05 - 0.5 003H6821 003H6823 0.2 - 1.0 0.8 - 1.6 0.2 003H6822 003H6824
Actuator with adjustable handle (AVP)
Actuator without adjustable handle (AVP-F)
0.3 0.5
003H6825
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Technical data

Valve
Nominal diameter k vs value Cavitation factor z 1) Nominal pressure Max. dierential pressure Medium Medium pH Medium temperature valve Connections Materials Valve body Valve seat Valve cone Sealing
1)
DN m3/h PN bar
0.4
1.0
15 1.6
2.5
4.0
20 6.3
25 8.0
32 10
tailpieces
0,6 25 12 Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30% Min. 7, Max. 10 2150 Ext. thread Weld-on and external thread Flange Red bronze CuSn5ZnPb (Rg5) Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571 Dezincing free brass CuZn36Pb2As EPDM
k v/k vs 0.5 at DN 25 and higher
Actuator
Type Actuator size Nominal pressure Di. pressure setting ranges and spring colours Materials Actuator housing Diaphragm Impulse tube AVP cm2 PN bar 39 16 0.05 - 0.5 grey 0.2 - 1.0 0.8 - 1.6 black 0.2 0.3 (xed setting) 0.5 AVP-F
Zinc chromatic steel, DIN 1624, No. 1.0338 EPDM Copper tube 6 x 1 mm
- Flow mounting
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet

Up to medium temperature of 100 C the controllers can be installed in any position. For higher temperatures the controllers have to be installed in horizontal pipes only, with a pressure actuator oriented downwards.
working area
CuSn5ZnPb (Rg5) PN 16
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet

Example 1 Motorised control valve (MCV) for mixing circuit in direct-connected heating system requires dierential pressure of 0.2 bar (20 kPa). Given data: Qmax = pmin = *pcircuit = pMCV = 1.3 m /h (1300 l/h) 0.7 bar (70 kPa) 0.1 bar (10 kPa) 0.2 bar (20 kPa) selected
3
k v value is calculated according to formula:

kv = Q max p AVP = 1.3 0.5
*Remark pcircuit corresponds to the required pump pressure in the heating circuit and is not to be considered when sizing the AVP
The dierential pressure set value is: pset value = pMCV pset value = 0.2 bar (20 kPa) The total pressure loss across the controller is: pAVP = pmin - pMCV = 0.7 - 0.2 pAVP = 0.5 bar (50 kPa) Possible pipe pressure losses in tubes, shut-o ttings, heatmeters, etc. are not included.
k v = 1.8 m3/h or read from the sizing diagram, page 7, by taking a line from Q-scale (1.3 m3/h) through pvscale (0.5 bar) to intersect k v-scale at 1.8m3/h. Solution: The example selects AVP DN 15, k vs value 2.5, with dierential pressure setting range 0.05 - 0.5bar. The P-band (Xp) can also be read from the sizing diagram. Take a horizontal line from the k v-scale (1.8 m3/h) to the right to intersect the Xp-scale (0.04 bar). At a set value of 0.2 bar and a Xp of 0.04 bar the AVP controller controls between 0.2 bar with open motorised control valve and 0.2 + 0.04 = 0.24 bar at almost closed motorised control valve (i.e. total pressure loss across the motorised control valve).
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet

Example 2 Motorised control valve (MCV) for indirectly connected heating system requires dierential pressure of 0.3 (30 kPa) bar. Given data: Qmax = 0.8 m3/h (800 l/h) pmin = 0.8 bar (80 kPa) pexchanger = 0.05 bar (5 kPa) pMCV = 0.3 bar (30 kPa) selected The dierential pressure set value is: pset value = pexchanger + pMCV = 0.05 + 0.3 pset value = 0.35 bar (35 kPa) The total pressure loss across the controller is: pAVP = pmin - pexchanger - pMCV = 0.8 - 0.05 - 0.3 pAVP = 0.45 bar (45 kPa) Possible pipe pressure losses in tubes, shut-o ttings, heatmeters, etc. are not included. k v value is calculated according to formula:
kv =
Q max
p AVP
0.8 0.45
k v = 1.2 m3/h or read from the sizing diagram, page 7, by taking a line from Q-scale (0.8 m3/h) through pvscale (0.45 bar) to intersect k v-scale at 1.2m3/h. Solution: The example selects AVP DN 15, k vs value 1.6, with dierential pressure setting range 0.05 - 0.5 bar. The P-band (XP) can also be read from the sizing diagram. Take a horizontal line from the k v-scale (1.2 m3/h) to the right to intersect the XP-scale (0.04 bar). At a set value of 0.35 bar and a XP of 0.04 bar the AVP controller controls between 0.35 bar with open motorised control valve and 0.35 + 0.04 = 0.39 bar at almost closed motorised control valve (i.e. total pressure loss across the motorised control valve).
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Sizing (continuous)
Select suitable controller size. Xp should not exceed 50% of the controller dierential pressure setting.
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Design
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Valve body Valve insert Pressure relieved valve cone Valve stem Control drain Actuator Control diaphragm Setting spring for di. pressure control 9. Handle for di. pressure setting, prepared for sealing 10. Union nut 11. Compression tting for impulse tube
AVP-F
AVP
Function
Pressure changes from the ow and return pipeline are being transferred through the impulse tubes and/or control drain in the actuator stem to the actuator chambers and act on control diaphragm. Control valve closes on rising dierential pressure and opens on falling dierential pressure to maintain constant dierential pressure.
Controller is equipped with excess pressure safety valve, which protects actuator from too high dierential pressure.
Settings
Dierential pressure setting Dierential pressure setting is being done by the adjustment of the setting spring for di. pressure control. The adjustment can be performed on the basis of di. pressure adjustment diagram (see relevant instructions) and/or pressure indicators.
Adjustment
Relation between scale gures and dierential pressure. Values given are approximate.
l 0,05 5 l 0,2 20 l 0,8 80 0,9 90 0,3 30 0,1 10 ll 0,4 40 ll 1,0 100 1,1 110 0,5 50 ll 0,2 20 lll 0,6 60 lll 1,2 120 1,3 130 0,7 70 lll 0,3 30 llll 0,8 80 llll 1,4 140 1,5 150 0,9 90 llll 0,4 40 lllll 0,5 bar 50 kPa lllll 1,0 bar 100 kPa lllll 1,6 bar 160 kPa
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Dimensions
AVP
DN L H H2 Weight kg mm 15 65 232 34 1.7 20 70 232 34 1.8 25 75 232 38 1.9 32 100 232 38 2.2 ow return ow return ow return ow return
AVP-F (return)
DN L H H2 Weight kg mm 15 65 97 34 1.3 20 70 97 34 1.4 25 75 97 38 1.5 32 100 97 38 1.8
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
DN SW d R 1) L1 2) L2 L3 k d2 n
1) 2)
mm
15 32 (G A) 21 130 131 139 65 14 4
20 41 (G 1A) 26 150 144 154 75 14 4
25 32 50 (G 1A) 63 (G 1A) 33 42 1 1 160 160 177 159 184 85 14 4 -
Compression ttings
31 mm (R 18) 37 mm (R 38) 43 mm (R 12)
R 18 / R 38 / R 12
10
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
DEN-SMT/SI
11
Data sheet
12
VD.DB.G4.02
Data sheet
Dierential pressure controller (PN 25) AVP - return and ow mounting, adjustable setting AVP-F - return and ow mounting, xed setting
Description
AVP(-F) is a self-acting dierential pressure controller primarily for use in district heating systems. The controller closes on rising dierential pressure. The controller has a control valve, an actuator with one control diaphragm and handle for dierential pressure setting (xed setting version is without handle). Main data: DN 15-50 k vs 0.4 - 25 m3/h PN 25 Setting range (AVP): 0.2 - 1.0 bar / 0.3 - 2.0 bar Fixed setting (AVP-F): 0.2 bar / 0.5 bar Temperature: - Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30%: 2 150 C Connections: - Ext. thread (weld-on, thread and ange tailpieces) - Flange
AVP AVP-F
Ordering
Example 1 - AVP controller with predened impulse tube: Dierential pressure controller; return mounting; DN 15; k vs 1.6; PN25; setting range 0.2 - 1.0 bar; tmax 150 C; ext. thread - 1x AVP DN 15 controller Code No: 003H6283 Option: - 1x Impulse tube set AV, R 18 Code No: 003H6852 - 1x Weld-on tailpieces Code No: 003H6908 The controller will be delivered completely assembled, inclusive impulse tube between valve and actuator. External impulse tube (AV) must be ordered separately.
AVP Controller (return mounting)

Picture DN k vs (mm) (m3/h) 0.4 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 8.0 4.0 6.3 8.0 12.5 20 25 Connection p setting range (bar) Code No. 003H6281 003H6282 003H6283 003H6284 003H6285 003H6286 003H6287 003H6345 003H6346 003H6347 003H6348 003H6349 003H6350 p setting range (bar) Code No. 003H6291 003H6292 003H6293 003H6294 003H6295 003H6296 003H6297 003H6351 003H6352 003H6353 003H6354 003H6355 003H6356
15
20 25 15 20 25 32 40 50
GA
G1A G 1 A
0.2 - 1.0
0.3 - 2.0
Flanges PN 25, acc. to EN10922
DEN-SMT/SI
VD.CC.W4.02 Danfoss 12/2011
Data sheet
Example 2 - AVP controller without predened impulse tube: Dierential pressure controller; ow mounting; DN 15; k vs 4.0; PN 25; setting range 0.2 - 1.0 bar; tmax 150C; ange - 1x AVP DN 15 controller Code No: 003H6369 Option: - 2x Impulse tube set AV, R 18 Code No: 003H6852 - 1x Weld-on tailpieces Code No: 003H6908 The controller will be delivered completely assembled, without impulse tube between valve and actuator. External impulse tubes (AV) must be ordered separately.
Dierential pressure controller AVP, AVP-F (PN 25)

AVP Controller (ow mounting)
Picture DN k vs (mm) (m3/h) 0.4 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 8.0 4.0 6.3 8.0 12.5 20 25 Connection p setting range (bar) Code No. 003H6313 003H6314 003H6315 003H6316 003H6317 003H6318 003H6319 003H6369 1) 003H6370 1) 003H6371 1) 003H6372 003H6373 003H6374 p setting range (bar) Code No. 003H6323 003H6324 003H6325 003H6326 003H6327 003H6328 003H6329 003H6375 1) 003H6376 1) 003H6377 1) 003H6378 003H6379 003H6380
15
20 25 15 20 25 32 40 50
GA
G1A G 1 A
0.2 - 1.0
0.3 - 2.0
Note: other controllers available on request. 1) Controller is without predened impulse tube (see ordering example 2)
AVP-F Controller (return mounting)

Picture DN (mm) 15 20 25 15 20 25 32 40 50 k vs (m3/h) 4.0 6.3 8.0 4.0 6.3 8.0 12.5 20 25 Connection Cylindr. GA ext. thread G 1 A acc. to ISO 228/1 G 1 A 0.2 Flanges PN 25, acc. to EN10922 p setting range (bar) Code No. 003H6301 003H6302 003H6303 003H6357 003H6358 003H6359 003H6360 003H6361 003H6362 p setting range (bar) Code No. 003H6307 003H6308 003H6309 003H6363 003H6364 003H6365 003H6366 003H6367 003H6368
0.5
AVP-F Controller (ow mounting)

Picture DN (mm) 15 20 25 15 20 25 32 40 50
1)
k vs (m3/h) 4.0 6.3 8.0 4.0 6.3 8.0 12.5 20 25
Connection GA Cylindr. ext. thread G 1 A acc. to G 1 A ISO 228/1
p setting range (bar)
Code No. 003H6333 003H6334 003H6335 003H6381 1) 003H6382 1) 003H6383 1) 003H6384 003H6385 003H6386
p setting range (bar)
Code No. 003H6339 003H6340 003H6341 003H6387 1) 003H6388 1) 003H6389 1) 003H6390 003H6391 003H6392
0.2 Flanges PN 25, acc. to EN10922
0.5
Note: other controllers available on request. Controller is without predened impulse tube (see ordering example 2)
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet

Accessories
Picture DN Connection 15 Weld-on tailpieces 20 25 15 R Conical ext. thread acc. to External thread tailpieces 20 R EN 10226-1 25 R1 15 Flange tailpieces 20 Flanges PN 25, acc. to EN 1092-2 25 Description: R 18 - 1 copper tube 6 1 1500 mm Impulse tube set AV R 38 *) - 1 compression fitting for imp. tube R connection to pipe 6 1 mm * 10 compression fittings for imp. tube connection to pipe, 6 1 mm R 18 * 10 compression fittings for imp. tube connection to pipe, 6 1 mm R 38 * 10 compression fittings for imp. tube connection to pipe, 6 1 mm R * 10 compression fittings for imp. tube connection to actuator, 6 1 mm G 18 Shut off valve 6 mm Type designation Code No. 003H6908 003H6909 003H6910 003H6902 003H6903 003H6904 003H6915 003H6916 003H6917 003H6852 003H6853 003H6854 003H6857 003H6858 003H6859 003H6931 003H0276
*)
Compression tting consists of a nipple, compression ring and nut.
Service kits
Picture Type designation DN (mm) k vs (m3/h) 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 8 12.5 / 20 / 25 Code No. AVP(-F) return 003H6863 003H6864 003H6865 003H6866 003H6867 003H6868 AVP(-F) ow 003H6871 003H6872 003H6873 003H6874 003H6875 003H6876
15 Valve insert 20 25 32 / 40 / 50 Type designation Actuator with adjustable handle (AVP) Actuator without adjustable handle (AVP-F)
p AVP(-F) AVP(-F) setting range return ow (bar) 0.2 - 1.0 003H6829 003H6834 0.3 - 2.0 003H6830 003H6835 0.2 003H6839 003H6841 0.5 003H6840
Technical data
Valve
Nominal diameter DN k vs value m3/h Cavitation factor z 1) Nominal pressure PN Max. differential pressure bar Medium Medium pH Medium temperature C valve Connections tailpieces Materials thread Valve body ange Valve seat Valve cone Sealing
1)
0.4
1.0
15 1.6
2.5
20 4.0 6.3 0.6 25
25 8.0
32 12.5
40 20
50 25
20 16 Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30% Min. 7, max. 10 2 150 Ext. thread and ange Flange Weld-on, external thread and ange Red bronze CuSn5ZnPb (Rg5) Ductile iron EN-GJS-400-18-LT (GGG 40.3) Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571 Dezincing free brass CuZn36Pb2As EPDM -
k v /k vs 0.5 at DN 25 and higher
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet

Actuator
Type Actuator size Nominal pressure Diff. pressure setting ranges and spring colours Materials Actuator housing Diaphragm Impulse tube Upper casing of diaphragm Lower casing of diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. No.1.4301 Dezincing free brass CuZn36Pb2As EPDM Copper tube 6 1 mm AVP cm2 PN bar 0.2 - 1.0 yellow 0.3 - 2.0 red 54 25 0.2 0.5 (xed setting) AVP-F
- Flow mounting
Up to medium temperature of 100 C the controllers can be installed in any position.
For higher temperatures the controllers have to be installed in horizontal pipes only, with a pressure actuator oriented downwards.
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
EN-GJS-400-18-LT (GGG 40.3) PN 25 CuSn5ZnPb (Rg5) PN 25
working area
Example 1 Motorised control valve (MCV) for mixing circuit in direct-connected heating system requires differential pressure of 0.3 bar (30 kPa). Given data: Qmax = 1.2 m3/h (1200 l/h) pmin = 0.7 bar (70 kPa) *pcircuit = 0.1 bar (10 kPa) pMCV = 0.3 bar (30 kPa) selected
*Remark pcircuit corresponds to the required pump pressure in the heating circuit and is not to be considered when sizing the AVP.
The total pressure loss across the controller is: pAVP = pmin - pMCV = 0.7 - 0.3 pAVP = 0.4 bar (40 kPa) Possible pipe pressure losses in tubes, shut-o ttings, heatmeters, etc. are not included. k v value is calculated according to formula:
kv = Q max p AVP
3
1.2 0.4
k v = 1.9 m /h Solution: The example selects AVP DN 15, kvs value 2.5, with differential pressure setting range 0.2 - 1.0 bar.
The differential pressure set value is: pset value = pMCV pset value = 0.3 bar (30 kPa)
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet

Example 2 Motorised control valve (MCV) for indirectly connected heating system requires dierential pressure of 0.5 (50 kPa) bar. Given data: Qmax = 1.25 m3/h (1250 l/h) pmin = 1.0 bar (100 kPa) pexchanger = 0.05 bar (5 kPa) pMCV = 0.4 bar (40 kPa) selected The differential pressure set value is: pset value = pexchanger + pMCV = 0.05 + 0.4 pset value = 0.45 bar (45 kPa) The total pressure loss across the controller is: pAVP = pmin - pexchanger - pMCV = 1.0 - 0.05 - 0.4 pAVP = 0.55 bar (55 kPa) Possible pipe pressure losses in tubes, shut-o ttings, heatmeters, etc. are not included. k v value is calculated according to formula:
kv = Qmax pAVP = 1.25 0.55
k v = 1.7 m3/h Solution: The example selects AVP DN 15, kvs value 2.5, with differential pressure setting range 0.2 - 1.0 bar.
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Design
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Valve body Valve insert Pressure relieved valve cone Valve stem Control drain Control diaphragm Setting spring for diff. pressure control 8. Handle for diff. pressure setting, prepared for sealing 9. Union nut 10. Upper casing of diaphragm 11. Lower casing of diaphragm 12. Compression tting for impulse tube 13. Excess pressure safety valve
AVP-F
AVP
Function
Pressure changes from the ow and return pipeline are being transferred through the impulse tubes and/or control drain in the actuator stem to the actuator chambers and act on control diaphragm. Control valve closes on rising dierential pressure and opens on falling dierential pressure to maintain constant dierential pressure.
Controller with adjustable setting is equipped with excess pressure safety valve, which protects actuator from too high dierential pressure.
Settings
Dierential pressure setting Differential pressure setting is being done by the adjustment of the setting spring for di. pressure control. The adjustment can be performed on the basis of di. pressure adjustment diagram (see relevant instructions) and/or pressure indicators.
Adjustment
Relation between scale gures and dierential pressure. Values given are approximate.
l 0,2 20 l 0,3 30 ll 0,4 40 ll 0,73 73 lll 0,6 60 lll 1,16 116 llll 0,8 80 llll 1,58 158 lllll 1,0 bar 100 kPa lllll 2,0 bar 200 kPa
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Dimensions
DN 15-25
DN 15-25
DN 32-50
AVP
DN L L1 H H1 H2 H3 Weight (thread) Weight (ange) 15 65 130 mm 233 223 34 47 3.5 kg 6.1 6.8 7.4 10.2 11.7 13.9 220 269 233 223 34 52 3.5 20 70 150 220 269 233 223 37 57 3.7 25 75 160 220 269 275 70 32 180 261 275 75 40 200 261 275 82 50 230 261 ow return ow return ow return ow return ow return ow return
Note: Other ange dimensions - see table for tailpieces.
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
DN 15-25
DN 15-25
DN 32-50
AVP-F
DN L L1 H H1 H2 H3 Weight (thread) Weight (ange) 15 65 130 mm 122 172 34 47 2.5 kg 5.1 5.8 6.4 9.2 10.8 12.9 108 158 122 172 34 52 2.5 20 70 150 108 158 122 172 37 57 2.7 25 75 160 108 158 164 70 32 180 150 164 75 40 200 150 164 82 50 230 150 ow return ow return ow return ow return ow return ow return
DN SW d R 1) L12) L2 L3 k d2 n
1) 2)
15 32 (G A) 21 130 mm 131 139 65 14 4
20 41 (G 1A) 26 150 144 154 75 14 4
25 50 (G 1A) 33 1 160 160 159 85 14 4
32
40
50
100 18 4
110 18 4
125 18 4
Compression ttings
31 mm (R 18) 37 mm (R 38) 43 mm (R 12)
R 18 / R 38 / R 12
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
10
DEN-SMT/SI
Data sheet
DEN-SMT/SI
11
Data sheet
12
VD.CC.W4.02
Data sheet
Differential pressure controller AFP / VFG 2 (VFG 21)

Description AFP VFG2 (VFG 21) is a self-acting differential pressure controller primarily for use in district heating systems. The controller closes on rising differential pressure. The controller has a control valve (flange connection), an actuator with control diaphragm and a spring for setting differential pressure. Main data: DN 15 - 250 k vs 4.0 - 400 m3/h PN 16, 25, 40 Max. operating pressure: 16, 25 bar Temperature: 2 200 C Connections: - Flange Flow and return mounting
Ordering
Example: Differential pressure controller AFP / VFG 2, DN 65, PN 25, tmax.150C, differential pressure 0.15 - 1.5 bar 1 VFG 2 DN 65 valve Code no: 065B2407 1 AFP actuator Code no: 003G1016
VFG 2 Valves (metallic sealing cone)

Picture DN (mm) 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 150 200 250 kVS (m3/h) 4.0 6.3 8.0 16 20 32 50 80 125 160 280 320 400 280 320 400 200* 140 150 200* tmax. (C) PN 16 065B2388 065B2389 065B2390 065B2391 065B2392 065B2393 065B2394 065B2395 065B2396 065B2397 065B2398 065B2399 065B2400 065B2424 065B2425 065B2426 Code No. PN 25 065B2401 065B2402 065B2403 065B2404 065B2405 065B2406 065B2407 065B2408 065B2409 065B2410 PN 40 065B2411 065B2412 065B2413 065B2414 065B2415 065B2416 065B2417 065B2418 065B2419 065B2420 065B2421 065B2422 065B2423 065B2427 065B2428 065B2429
Option: - 2 AF impulse tubes Code no: 003G1391 Parts will be delivered separately.
temperatures up to 200 C only with seal pot (see accessories), for impulse tubes connected to flow line
DH-SMT/SI
VD.CA.D3.02 Danfoss 02/2012
Data sheet
Differential pressure controller AFP / VFG

VFG 21 Valves (soft sealing cone)
Picture DN (mm) 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 kVS (m3/h) 4.0 6.3 8.0 16 20 32 50 80 125 160 280 320 400 140 150 tmax. (C) PN 16 065B2502 065B2503 065B2504 065B2505 065B2506 065B2507 065B2508 065B2509 065B2510 065B2511 065B2512 065B2513 065B2514 Code No. PN 25 065B2515 065B2516 065B2517 065B2518 065B2519 065B2520 065B2521 065B2522 065B2523 065B2524
AFP / AFP-9 Actuators

Picture Type AFP-9 Diff. pressure (bar) 1-6 0.5 - 3 0.15 - 1.5 0.1 - 0.7 0.05 - 0.35 (630 cm2) for DN 15 - 125 Code No. 003G1014 003G1015 003G1016 003G1017 003G1018
AFP
15 - 250
Example: Differential pressure controller AFP / VFG 2, DN 65, PN 25, tmax.200C, differential pressure 0.15 - 1.5 bar 1 VFG 2 DN 65 valve Code no: 065B2407 1 AFP actuator Code no: 003G1016 1 V1 seal pot Code no: 003G1392 2 AF impulse tubes Code no: 003G1391
Accessories
Picture Type Seal pot V1 (capacity 1 l) Seal pot V2 (capacity 3 l) Impulse tube AF Description With threaded fittings for tube 10 With threaded fittings for tube 10 (for actuator size 630 cm2) - Copper tube 10 1 1500 mm - 1 threaded fitting G 14 ISO 228 - 2 socket Ordering nr. 1 1 Code No. 003G1392 003G1403
003G1391
Combination piece KF2 1) Combination piece KF3

1) use always in combination with thermostats
003G1398 003G1397
Parts will be delivered separately.
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Technical data VFG 2, VFG 21 valves
Nominal diameter k vs value Cavitation factor z** Nominal pressure Dif. pressure pmax. PN 16 Dif. pressure pmax. PN 25, 40 Medium Medium temperature Flow medium Connections Materials Valve body Valve cone Sealing Pressure balance
* with seal pot and body extension ** noise coefficient as per VDMA 24 422
DN m3/h PN bar
VFG 2 VFG 21
15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 4.0 6.3 8.0 16 20 32 50 80 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.55 0.55 0.5 0.5 0.45 16, 25 or 40, flanges acc. to EN 1092-2 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Water for heating, district heating and cooling systems, min. 5 C Metalic sealing cone: 150 C (with seal pot up to 200 C) Soft sealing cone: 150 C Water for heating, district heating and cooling systems, min. 5 C Flange (acc. to EN 1092-2) Grey cast iron EN-GJL-250 (GG 25) Ductile iron EN-GJS-400-18-LT (GGG 40.3) Cast steel GP240GH (GS-C 25) Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404 EPDM (only version VFG 21) Stainless steel bellows, mat. No.1.4571
100 125 0.4 15 15
125 160 0.35 15 15
150 280 0.3 12 12
200 320 0.2 10 10
250 400 0.2 10 10
140 C (200 C*) 140 C*
PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
Rolling diaphragm
AFP actuators
Type Actuator size Max. operating pressure Setpoint ranges with spring colour Materials Actuator housing Diaphragm Impulse tube Seal pot
1) *
cm2 bar red yellow bar
AFP-9 80 25 1-6 0.5 - 3
AFP 250 1) 25 0.15 - 1.5 0.1 - 0.7 630 1) 16* 0.05 - 0.35
Steel, mat. No. 1.0338, zinc plated and yellow chromate EPDM with inforced with fibre Copper tube 10 1 mm Steel, lacquered, capacity 1l (V1), 3l (V2)mounted in impulse tubes above 150 C, (140 C - DN 200 + 250)
excess pressure safety valve 25 bar on request
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Installation position

Controls DN 15 - 80 with flow medium temperature up to 120 C can be installed in any position. In case of controls DN 100 - 250 and if temperature exceeds 120 C (all nominal diameter), they have to be installed in horizontal pipes only, with a pressure actuator oriented downwards.
Impulse tubes must be fitted between the flowor return line and control actuator. When used in media temperature between 150 to 200 C seal pots must be used on the impulse tubes connected to the flow line.
AF impulse tubes listed under Accessories can be used.
Application principles - Flow mounting
- Return mounting

4 VD.CA.D3.02 Danfoss 02/2012
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Design
1. Valve body 2. Valve seat 3. Trim 4. Bonnet 5. Filling valve 6. Actuator housing 7. Diaphragm 8. Setpoint spring 9. Setpoint adjustment 10. Excess pressure safety valve (for 250 and 630 cm2) 11. Bellow
VFG 2 DN 150 - 250
VFG 2 DN 150 - 250 with body extension up to 200 C
AFP / VFG 2 DN 15 - 125
Function
Pressure arising from the flow and return line are being transferred through the impulse tubes on the actuator. Control valve closes on rising differential pressure and opens when differential pressure is reduced to maintain constant differential pressure.
AFP controls are fitted with pressure limiting valve, which protects actuator and control valve from too high differential pressure.
Setting
Differential control is set by adjusting the setting spring.
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Combinations
Example Differential pressure controller AFP / AFT06 / VFG 2, DN 65, PN 25, tmax.150 C, 0.15 - 1.5 bar, range 20 90 C 1 VFG 2 DN 65 valve Code no: 065B2407 1 AFP actuator Code no: 003G1016 1 AFT06 thermostat Code no: 065-4391 1 KF2 combination piece Code no: 003G1398 2 AF impulse tubes Code no: 003G1391
1 5 2 3
6 4 4
Parts will be delivered separately.
AFT06 / KF2 / AFP / VFG
STFW / KF2 / AFP / VFG 1. Valve VFG 2 2. Thermostat AFT06, 26, 17, 27 * 3. Safety thermostat STFW * 4. Impulse tube AF 5. Combination piece KF2 6. Actuator AFP
* see Data sheet AFT06,...., STFW
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Dimensions
L L
VFG DN 15 - 125
VFG DN 150 - 250
VFG DN 150 - 250 with body extension up to 200 C
VFG 2 valve
DN L B Weight (valve) B1 Weight (valve with body ext.) PN16 PN40 PN16 PN25 PN40 mm kg kg mm 15 130 212 6.2 6.2 6.6 20 150 212 6.8 7.0 7.6 25 160 238 8.9 9.4 10.3 32 180 238 11.5 11.5 12.4 40 200 240 14.5 14.2 16.1 50 230 240 17.2 17.3 18.2 65 290 275 28.6 29.3 32.1 80 310 275 31.9 31.8 34.5 100 350 380 60.4 59.5 69.6 125 400 380 67.0 65.5 79.5 150 480 326 117.5 146 630 152.5 200 600 354 193 263 855 273 250 730 404 337 346.6 1205 515.5
B1
150.5 328.5 475.5
VFG 21 valve
DN Weight (valve) PN16 PN25 kg 15 5.8 6.5 20 6.7 7.6 25 9.4 9.3 32 11.3 11.7 40 14.5 13.7 50 17.4 17.6 65 30.0 29.3 80 32.2 32.6 100 61.6 62.6 125 64.5 72.5 150 200 250 116.5 201.5 315.5
89
240 Seal pot V1 140
298 Seal pot V2
Actuator size L H Weight
cm2 mm mm kg
80 172 430 7.5
250 263 470 13
630 380 520 28
120
AFP actuator
70
Comb. piece KF2, KF3
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
VD.CA.D3.02
Data sheet
Di. pressure relief controller (PN 10) AVDA - internal thread
Description
AVDA is self-acting dierential pressure relief controller used for constant ow control or bypass control. Controller opens on rising dierential pressure. The controller has a control valve, an actuator with one control diaphragm and handle for dierential pressure setting. For apartment block heating, district heating plant and central heating systems. Main data: DN 15, 20, 25 k vs 1.9, 3.4, 5.5 PN 10 Setting range: 0.1 - 1.2 bar Temperature: - Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30%: -25 130 C Connections: Int. thread
Ordering
Example: Dierential pressure relief controller, DN 15, k vs 1.9, PN 10, setting range 0.1 - 1.2, tmax 130C, int. thread - 1x AVDA DN 15 controller Code No: 003N0038
AVDA Controller
Picture DN 15 20 25 k vs (m3/h) 1.9 3.4 5.5 PN Setting range (bar) 0.1 - 1.2 Connectionvalve (Int. thread ISO 7/1) Rp Rp Rp 1 Connection Impulse tube are 7/16-20 UNF Code No.1) 003N0038 003N0039 003N0040
10
1) The code no. includes 2 impulse tubes (0.5 and 1.5 m) with compression tting.
Service kits
Picture Type designation Repair set Two diaphragms, two O-rings, one rubber cone, one tube of grease and eight valve cover screws Valve body (int. thread) Nipple for impulse tube connection to pipe Valve stung box Diaphragm housing DN 15 20 25 15 20 25 Code No. 003N4006 003N4007 003N4008 003N2030 003N2040 003N2050 631X4700 065F0006 003N0065
DH-SMT/SI
VD.55.B2.02 Danfoss 03/2008
Data sheet
Technical data
Dierential pressure relief controller AVDA (PN 10)
Nominal diameter k vs value Cavitation factor z Nominal pressure Max. dierential pressure Medium Medium pH Medium temperature Connections (valve) Materials Valve body Valve seat Valve cone Spindle Diaphragm housing Diaphragm
DN m3/h PN bar
15 1.9
0c
20 25 3.4 5.5 0.4 10 7 Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30% Min. 7, max. 10 -25 +130 oC Internal thread
MS 58, hot-pressed, DIN 17660, W.No. 2.0402, CuZn40Pb2 Cr Ni steel, DIN 17660, W.No. 1.4301 NBR-rubber Dezincing-free brass, BS 2874/CZ132 Zinc-cromated steel, DIN 1624, W.No. 1.0338 EPDM-rubber
Application principles
The valve body can be installed in any position. A Danfoss FV strainer is recommended. Impulse tubes have to be installed vertically or horizontally onto the main pipe, never downwards. Needle valve can be installed between main pipe and impulse tube, if necessary.
(+) impulse tube has to be connected to flow line, (-) impulse tube has to be connected to return line. Setting can be simplied by using pressure indicators (manometers) placed close to impulse tube connections. By turning diaphragm housing downwards the letter RA on valve housing must be oriented upright.
Design
1. Handle for dierential pressure setting 2. Spring housing 3. Setting spring 4. Spring guide 5. Diaphragm 6. Valve cone 7. Spindle 8. O-ring 9. O-ring gland 10. Diaphragm housing 11. Control diaphragm 12. Nipple for impulse tube 13. Lead seal
VD.55.B2.02 Danfoss 03/2008
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Sizing
Constant ow control
Example Given Assuming a pressure drop in the line from the pump to and from the valve connections of nil so that pp = pa = pv, the plant dierential pressure at max. load = 0.25 bar. Condition Maximum plant dierential pressure with closed radiator valves limited to 0.3 bar. Pump water volume (Q) for this condition =0.3 m3/h. Required A pressure relief control able to circulate a water volume of at least 0.3 m3/h at pa = 0.3 bar and which will remain closed under max. plant load, pa = 0.25 bar. Method Locate the necessary water volume, Q = 0.3m3/h, on the horizontal axis in the nomogram. From the 0.3 m3/h point, take a vertical line up to intersect the curve that gives the pressure at which the valve must be completely open (here, 0,3 bar). From the intesection, take a horizontal line to intersect the vertical axes on the right. These axes give the pressure rise XP that is necessary across the valve before it can give the required capacity Q. Since the pressure rise in this example is 0.3 0.25 = 0.05 bar, a valve where XP 0.05 bar could be used, i.e. an AVDA 25. This setting is therefore 0.25 bar, i.e. the valve is closed when the dierential pressure across it is 0.25 bar. A pressure gauge can be used in making the setting, or an approximate setting can be made as shown in the associated installation example.
DH-SMT/SI
VD.55.B2.02 Danfoss 03/2008
Data sheet
Settings
AVDA 0.1 - 1.2 bar Scale setting
Relation between scale numbers and dierential pressure. The values given are indicative only.
Dimensions
Type DN 15 DN 20 DN 25
H1 mm 112 112 117
H2 mm 133 133 138
L mm 72 90 95
a a1 ISO 7/1 are Rp 7/16-20 UNF Rp 7/16-20 UNF Rp1 7/16-20 UNF
Impulse tube
Nipple
VD.55.B2.02 Danfoss 03/2008
Data sheet
Dierential pressure relief controller AVPA (PN 16 and PN 25)
Description
The controller is a self-acting dierential pressure relief controller primarily for use in district heating systems. The controller is normally closed and opens on rising dierential pressure. The controller has a control valve, an actuator with one control diaphragm and handle for dierential pressure setting. Main data: DN 15 - 50 k vs 4.0 - 25 m3/h PN 16, 25 Setting range: 0.05 - 0.5 bar / 0.2 - 1.0 bar / 0.3 - 2.0 bar Temperature: - Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30%: 2 150 C Connections: - Ext. thread (weld-on, thread and ange tailpieces) - Flange
AVPA (PN 16)
AVPA (PN 25)
Ordering
Example: Dierential pressure relief controller, DN 15, k vs 4.0, PN 25, setting range 0.2-1.0 bar, tmax 150 C, ext. thread - 1 AVPA DN 15 controller Code no: 003H6602 Option: - 1 Weld-on tailpieces Code no: 003H6908 The controller will be delivered completely assembled, inclusive impulse tubes between valve and actuator.
AVPA PN 16 Controller
Picture DN (mm) 15 20 25 k vs (m3/h) 4.0 6.3 8.0 Connection Cylindr. ext. thread acc. to ISO 228/1 GA G1A G 1 A 0.05 - 0.5 p setting range (bar) Code No. 003H6593 003H6594 003H6595 0.2 - 1.0 p setting range (bar) Code No. 003H6596 003H6597 003H6598
AVPA PN 25 Controller
Picture DN (mm) 15 20 25 32 40 50 32 40 50 k vs (m3/h) 4.0 6.3 8.0 12.5 16 20 12.5 20 25 Connection GA G1A G 1 A G 1 A G2A G 2 A p setting range (bar) Code No. 003H6602 003H6603 003H6604 003H6599 003H6600 003H6601 003H6608 003H6609 003H6610 p setting range (bar) Code No. 003H6605 003H6606 003H6607 003H6611 003H6612 003H6613
0.2 - 1.0
0.3 - 2.0
DH-SMT/SI
VD.DC.G2.02 Danfoss 02/2011
Data sheet

Accessories
Picture Type designation DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 15 20 25 32 15 20 25 Connection Code No. 003H6908 003H6909 003H6910 003H6911 003H6912 003H6913 003H6902 003H6903 003H6904 003H6905 003H6915 003H6916 003H6917
Weld-on tailpieces
External thread tailpieces
Conical ext. thread acc. to EN 10226-1
R R R 1 R 1
Flange tailpieces
Flanges PN 25, acc. to EN 1092-2
Service kits
Picture Type designation Actuator with adjustable handle PN 16 Actuator with adjustable handle PN 25 p setting range (bar) 0.05 - 0.5 0.2 - 1.0 0.2 - 1.0 0.3 - 2.0 Code No. 003H6823 003H6824 003H6834 003H6835
Technical data
Valve (for AVPA PN 16)

Nominal diameter k vs value Cavitation factor z * Nominal pressure Max. dierential pressure Medium Medium pH Medium temperature Connections Materials Valve body Valve seat Valve cone Sealing
* k v / k vs 0.5 at DN 25 and higher
DN m3/h PN bar
15 4.0
valve tailpieces
20 25 6.3 8.0 0.6 25 12 Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30% Min. 7, max. 10 2 150 C Thread Weld-on, external thread and ange Red bronze CuSn5ZnPb (Rg5) Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571 Dezincing free brass CuZn36Pb2As EPDM
Actuator (for AVPA PN 16)

Actuator size Nominal pressure Di. pressure setting ranges and spring colours Materials Actuator housing Diaphragm Impulse tube cm2 PN bar 0.05 - 0.5 grey 39 16 0.2 - 1.0 black
Zinc chromatic steel, DIN 1624, No. 1.0338 EPDM Copper tube 6 1 mm
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet

Valve (for AVPA PN 25)
Nominal diameter k vs value Cavitation factor z * Nominal pressure Max. dierential pressure Medium Medium pH Medium temperature valve Connections Materials Valve body Valve seat Valve cone Sealing
* k v/k vs 0.5 at DN 25 and higher
1)
DN m3/h PN bar
15 4.0
20 6.3
25 8.0 0.6 25
32 12.5
40 16/201)
50 20/251)
tailpieces
20 16 Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30% Min. 7, max. 10 2 150 C Thread Thread and ange Weld-on and ange Weld-on External thread Red bronze CuSn5ZnPb (Rg5) Ductile iron EN-GJS-400-18-LT (GGG 40.3)
thread ange
Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571 Dezincing free brass CuZn36Pb2As EPDM
Flange valve body
Actuator (for AVPA PN 25)

Actuator size Nominal pressure Di. pressure setting ranges and spring colours Materials Actuator housing Diaphragm Impulse tube Upper casing of diaphragm Lower casing of diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. No.1.4301 Dezincing free brass CuZn36Pb2As EPDM Copper tube 6 1 mm cm2 PN bar 0.2 - 1.0 yellow 54 25 0.3 - 2.0 red
Application principle
Dierential pressure control for a pump in bypass
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
working area
Sizing
Given data: Qmax = 2.0 m3/h p AVPA =1.2 bar Nominal pressure PN 25
kv =
Qmax 2.0 = 1.2 p AVPA
k v = 1.8 m3/h Solution: The example selects AVPA PN 25 DN 15, k vs value 4.0, with dierential pressure setting range 0.32.0 bar.
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Design
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Valve body Valve insert Pressure relieved valve cone Valve stem Control diaphragm Setting spring for di. pressure control 7. Handle for di. pressure setting, prepared for sealing 8. Union nut 9. Upper casing of diaphragm 10. Lower casing of diaphragm
Function
The pressures in front and behind of the control valve are being transferred through the impulse tubes to the actuator chambers and act on control diaphragm. Control valve is normally closed. It opens on rising dierential pressure and closes on falling dierential pressure to maintain constant dierential pressure. Controller is equipped with excess pressure safety valve, which protects actuator from too high dierential pressure.
Settings
Dierential pressure setting Dierential pressure setting is being done by the adjustment of the setting spring for di. pressure control. The adjustment can be performed on the basis of di. pressure adjustment diagram (see relevant instructions) and/or pressure indicators.
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Dimensions
PN 16 DN 15 - 25 15 thread 65 233 34 232 1.8 3.5
PN 25 DN 15 - 25 20 thread 70 233 34 232 1.8 5.5 25 thread 75 233 37 232 2.0 3.7
PN 25 DN 32 - 50
PN 25 DN 32 - 50
DN L L1 H H1 H2 H3 H4 Weight PN 16 PN 25
mm
kg
32 40 50 thread ange thread ange thread ange 100 110 130 180 200 230 275 275 275 275 275 275 62 62 62 70 75 82 5.8 10.4 5.9 11.9 6.6 13.9
Note: other ange dimensions - see table for tailpieces
DN SW d R 1) L12) L2 L3 k d2 n mm
15 32 (G A) 21 130 131 139 65 14 4
20 41 (G 1A) 26 150 144 154 75 14 4
25 50 (G 1A) 33 1 160 160 159 85 14 4
32 63 (G 1A) 42 1 177 184 100 18 4
40 70 (G 2A) 47 204 110 18 4
50 82 (G 2A) 60 234 125 18 4
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
VD.DC.G2.02
Data sheet
Differential pressure relief controller AFPA / VFG 2 (VFG 21)

Description AFPA VFG2 (VFG 21) is a self-acting differential pressure relief controller primarily for use in district heating systems. The controller opens on rising differential pressure. The controller has a control valve (flange connection), an actuator with control diaphragm and a spring for differential pressure setting. Main data: DN 15 - 250 PN 16, 25, 40 Max. temperature 200 C By-pass mounting
Ordering
Example: Differential pressure controller AFPA / VFG 2, DN 65, PN 25, tmax. 150C, differential pressure 0.5- 2.5 bar - 1 VFG 2 DN 65 valve Code no: 065B2407 - 1 AFPA actuator Code no: 003G1020 Option: - 2 AF impulse tubes Code no: 003G1391 Parts will be delivered separatly.
Valves VFG 2 (metallic sealing cone)

Picture DN (mm) 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 150 200 250 kVS (m3 /h) 4.0 6.3 8.0 16 20 32 50 80 125 160 280 320 400 280 320 400 tmax. (C) PN 16 065B2388 065B2389 065B2390 065B2391 065B2392 065B2393 065B2394 065B2395 065B2396 065B2397 065B2398 065B2399 065B2400 Code No. PN 25 065B2401 065B2402 065B2403 065B2404 065B2405 065B2406 065B2407 065B2408 065B2409 065B2410 on request PN 40 065B2411 065B2412 065B2413 065B2414 065B2415 065B2416 065B2417 065B2418 065B2419 065B2420 065B2421 065B2422 065B2423
150
200*
140
200*
* temperatures up to 200 oC only with seal pot (see accessories), mounted in the impulse tube before and behind the controller
DH-SMT/SI
VD.CA.N2.02 Danfoss 02/2012
Data sheet
Differential pressure relief controller AFPA / VFG

Valves VFG 21 (soft sealing cone)
Picture DN (mm) 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 kVS (m3 /h) 4.0 6.3 8.0 16 20 32 50 80 125 160 280 320 400 tmax. (C) Code No. PN 16 PN 25 065B2502 065B2515 065B2503 065B2516 065B2504 065B2517 065B2505 065B2518 065B2506 065B2519 065B2507 065B2520 065B2508 065B2521 065B2509 065B2522 065B2510 065B2523 065B2511 065B2524 065B2512 065B2513 065B2514 -
150
Example: Differential pressure controller AFPA / VFG 2, DN 65, PN 25, tmax. 200 C, differential pressure 0.15 - 1.2 bar - 1 VFG 2 DN 65 valve Code no: 065B2407 - 1 AFPA actuator Code no: 003G1021 - 2 V1 seal pot Code no: 003G1392 - 2 AF impulse tubes Code no: 003G1391 Parts will be delivered separatly.
140
AFPA Actuators
Picture Diff. pressure (bar) 1-5 0.5 - 2.5 0.15 - 1.2 0.1 - 0.6 0.05 - 0.3 (630 cm2) for DN 15 - 125 15 - 250 Code No. 003G1019 003G1020 003G1021 003G1022 003G1023
Accessories for temperature up to 200oC

Picture Type Description Seal pot V1 (capacity 1 l) With threaded fittings for tube 10 With threaded fittings for tube 10 Seal pot V2 (capacity 3 l) (for actuator size 630 cm2) - Copper tube 10 1 1500 mm - 1 threaded fitting G 14 ISO 228 - 2 socket Ordering no. 2 2 Code No. 003G1392 003G1403
Set AF
Seal pots V1/V2
Impulse tube AF
003G1391
Technical data
Nominal diameter (DN) 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 kVS value (m3/h) 4 6.3 8 16 20 32 50 80 125 160 280 320 400 z value 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.55 0.55 0.5 0.5 0.45 0.4 0.35 0.3 0.2 0.2 Dif. pressure pmax. PN 16 (bar) 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 15 15 12 10 10 Dif. pressure pmax. PN 25, 40 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 15 15 12 10 10 Nominal pressure PN 16, 25 or 40, flanges to DIN 2501 Metalic sealing cone VFG 2 Max. 150 C (with seal pot up to 200 C) 140 C (200 C *) temperature VFG 21 Soft sealing cone 150 C 140 C * Flow medium Water for heating, district heating and cooling systems, min. 5 C Pressure balance Stainless steel bellows, mat. No.1.4571 Rolling diaphragm PN 16 Grey cast iron EN-GJL-250 (GG-25) Valve body PN 25 Ductile iron EN-GJS-400 (GGG-40.3) material PN 25 / PN 40 Cast steel GP240GH (GS-C 25) Cone material Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404 Seal material EPDM only version VFG 21
* with seal pots (2) and body extension z value: noise coefficient as per VDMA 24 422
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet

Pressure actuators AFPA
Actuator size Setpoint ranges with silver spring colour yellow Max. operating pressure Actuator casing Rolling diaphragm Connection for impulse tubes Seal pot (cm2) (bar) (bar) (bar) 80 250 630 1-5 0.15 - 1.2 0.5 - 2.5 0.1 - 0.6 0.05 - 0.3 25 25 16 Steel, mat. No.1.0338, zinc plated and yellow chromate EPDM with inforced with fibre For copper tube 10 1 mm Steel, lacquered, capacity 1l (V1), 3l (V2), mounted in impulse tubes above 150 C, (140 C - DN 200 + 250)
Design and function

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Valve body Valve seat Trim Bonnet Filling valve Actuator casing Rolling diaphragm Setpoint spring Setpoint adjustment 1 2
3 4
6 (+)
VFG 2 DN 150 - 250
7 8 9
VFG 2 DN 150 - 250 with body extension up to 200 C
AFPA / VFG 2 DN 15 - 125
Total differential pressure of the controller is transferred to the diaphragm chamber via the impulse tubes. When the differential pressure increases over the set differential relief pressure,
the valve opens untill a balance between differential pressure on the diaphragm, and the spring force is reached. The differential pressure can be adjusted via the setpoint adjustment.
Controlling of differential pressure for a pump in by-pass.
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Installation position

Controls DN 15 - 80 with flow medium temperature up to 120 C can be installed in any position. In case of controls DN 100 - 250 and if temperature exceeds 120 C (all nominal diameter), they have to be installed in horizontal pipes only, with a pressure actuator oriented downwards.
Setting
Differential control is set by adjusting the setting spring.
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Dimensions
L L
VFG DN 15 - 125
VFG DN 150 - 250
VFG DN 150 - 250 with body extension up to 200 C
VFG 2 valve
DN L B Weight (valve) B1 Weight (valve with body ext.) PN16 PN40 PN16 PN25 PN40 mm kg kg mm 15 130 212 6.2 6.2 6.6 20 150 212 6.8 7.0 7.6 25 160 238 8.9 9.4 10.3 32 180 238 11.5 11.5 12.4 40 200 240 14.5 14.2 16.1 50 230 240 17.2 17.3 18.2 65 290 275 28.6 29.3 32.1 80 310 275 31.9 31.8 34.5 100 350 380 60.4 59.5 69.6 125 400 380 67.0 65.5 79.5 150 480 326 117.5 146 630 152.5 200 600 354 193 263 855 273 250 730 404 337 346.6 1205 515.5
B1
150.5 328.5 475.5
VFG 21 valve
DN Weight (valve) PN16 PN25 kg 15 5.8 6.5 20 6.7 7.6 25 9.4 9.3 32 11.3 11.7 40 14.5 13.7 50 17.4 17.6 65 30.0 29.3 80 32.2 32.6 100 61.6 62.6 125 64.5 72.5 150 200 250 116.5 201.5 315.5
89
240 Seal pot V1 140
298 Seal pot V2
Actuator AFPA
Actuator size A H Weight (cm2) (mm) (mm) (kg) 80 172 430 7.5 250 263 470 13 630 520 28
70 120
380
Comb. piece KF2, KF3
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
VD.CA.N2.02
Data sheet
Pressure relief controller AVA (PN 25)
Description
The controller is a self-acting pressure relief controller primarily for use in district heating systems. The controller is normally closed and opens on rising pressure. The controller has a control valve, an actuator with one control diaphragm and a spring(s) for pressure setting. Main data: DN 15 - 50 k vs 4.0 - 25 m3/h PN 25 Setting range: 1.0 - 4.5 bar / 3.0 - 11 bar Temperature: - Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30%: 2 150 C Connections: - Ext. thread (weld-on, thread and ange tailpieces) - Flange
Ordering
Example: Pressure relief controller, DN 15, k vs 4.0, PN 25, setting range 1.0 - 4.5 bar, tmax 150 C, ext. thread - AVA DN 15 controller Code No: 003H6614 Option: - Weld-on tailpieces Code No: 003H6908 The controller will be delivered completely assembled, inclusive impulse tubes between valve and actuator.
AVA Controller
Picture DN (mm) 15 20 25 k vs (m3/h) 4.0 6.3 8.0 Connection Cylindr. ext. thread acc. to ISO 228/1 GA G1A G 1 A 1.0 - 4.5 32 40 50 12.5 20 25 Flanges PN 25, acc. to EN10922 003H6626 003H6627 003H6628 p setting range (bar) Code No. 003H6614 003H6615 003H6616 3 - 11 003H6629 003H6630 003H6631 p setting range (bar) Code No. 003H6620 003H6621 003H6622
Accessories
Picture Type designation Weld-on tailpieces DN 15 20 25 15 20 25 15 20 25 Connection R R R 1 Code No. 003H6908 003H6909 003H6910 003H6902 003H6903 003H6904 003H6915 003H6916 003H6917
Flange tailpieces
DH-SMT/SI
VD.DC.H2.02 Danfoss 02/2011
Data sheet

Service kits
Picture Type designation Actuator with setting spring p setting range (bar) 1.0 - 4.5 3 - 11 Code No. 003H6844 003H6845
Technical data
Valve
Nominal diameter k vs value Cavitation factor z * Nominal pressure Max. dierential pressure Medium Medium pH Medium temperature valve Connections Materials Valve body Valve seat Valve cone Sealing
DN m3/h PN bar
15 4.0
20 6.3
25 8.0 0.6 25
32 12.5
40 20
50 25
tailpieces thread ange
20 16 Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30% Min. 7, max. 10 2 150 C Thread Flange Weld-on, external thread and ange Red bronze CuSn5ZnPb (Rg5) -
Ductile iron EN-GJS-400-18-LT (GGG 40.3) Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571 Dezincing free brass CuZn36Pb2As EPDM
Actuator
Actuator size Nominal pressure Di. pressure setting ranges and spring colours Materials Actuator housing Diaphragm Impulse tube Upper casing of diaphragm Lower casing of diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. No.1.4301 Dezincing free brass CuZn36Pb2As EPDM Copper tube 6 1 mm cm2 PN bar 1.0 - 4.5 blue 54 25 3 - 11 black, green
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Pressure control for a pump in bypass
working area
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Sizing

Given data: Qmax = 1.9 m3/h p min = 1.3 bar Nominal pressure PN 25 k v = 1.7 m3/h
kv = Q max 1 .9 = 1 .3 p min
Solution: The example selects AVA DN 15, k vs value 4.0, with pressure setting range 1.0 - 4.5 bar.
Design
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Valve body Valve insert Pressure relieved valve cone Valve stem Control diaphragm Setting spring for pressure control 7. Adjuster for pressure setting, prepared for sealing 8. Union nut 9. Upper casing of diaphragm 10. Lower casing of diaphragm
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Function

The pressure in front of the control valve is being transferred through the impulse tube to the actuator chamber and act on control diaphragm. On the other side of the diaphragm atmospheric pressure is acting. Control valve is normally closed. It opens on rising pressure and closes on falling pressure to maintain constant pressure. Pressure setting Pressure setting is being done by the adjustment of the setting spring for pressure control. The adjustment can be performed on the basis of pressure adjustment diagram (see relevant instructions) and/or pressure indicator.
Settings
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Dimensions
DN 15 - 25 p = 1.0 - 4.5 bar
DN 32 - 50 p = 1.0 - 4.5 bar
DN 15 - 25 p = 3.0 - 11 bar
DN 32 - 50 p = 3.0 - 11 bar
DN L L1 H H* H1 H1* H2 H3 Weight (1.0 - 4.5 bar) Weight (3.0 - 11 bar)
mm
kg
15 65 188 243 34 3.5 3.7
20 70 188 243 34 3.5 3.7
25 75 188 243 37 3.7 3.9
32 180 231 287 70 10.4 10.5
40 200 231 287 75 12.0 12.1
50 230 231 287 82 13.9 14.0
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
15 32 (G A) 21 130 131 139 65 14 4
20 41 (G 1A) 26 150 144 154 75 14 4
25 50 (G 1A) 33 1 160 160 159 85 14 4
32
40
50
100 18 4
110 18 4
125 18 4
1) Conical ext. thread acc. to EN 10226-1 2) Flanges PN 25, acc. to EN 1092-2
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
VD.DC.H2.02
Data sheet
Multifunctional Thermostatic Circulation Valve MTCV
Introduction
Fig. 1 Basic version - A
Fig. 2* Self-acting version with automatic disinfection function - B

* thermometer is an accessory
Fig. 3 Version with electronically controlled disinfection process - C
The MTCV is a multifunctional thermostatic balancing valve used in domestic hot water installations with circulation. The MTCV provides a thermal balance in hot water installations by keeping a constant temperature in the system, thus limiting the ow in the circulation pipes to the minimum required level.
Simultaneously, the MTCV can realize a disinfection process by means of 2 features: An automatic (self-acting) disinfection module - thermo-element (g.2). An electronic controller with thermal actuator TWA and temperature sensors PT1000 (g.3).
Main functions of the MTCV
Thermostatic balancing of hot water systems within the temperature range of 35 - 60 C version A. Automatic (self-acting) thermal disinfection at temperatures above 68C with safety protection of the installation to prevent the temperature rising above 75 C (automatically shuts-o circulation ow) - version B. Automatic disinfection process, electronically controlled, with the possibility of programming the disinfection temperature and duration - version C. Automatic ushing of the system by temporarily lowering the temperature setting to fully open the MTCV valve for a maximum ow.
Temperature measurement possibility. Preventing of unwanted tampering. Constant temperature measurement and monitoring - version C. Shut-o function of the circulation riser by means of optional ttings with a built-in ball valve. Modular upgrading of the MTCV valve during operation, under pressurized conditions. Servicing - when necessary the calibrated thermo-element can be replaced.
DH-SMT/SI
VD.57.Y6.02 Danfoss 02/2010
Data sheet
Function

When decreases the water temperature below the set point value, the thermo-element will open the valve and allow more ow in the circulation pipe. The valve is in equilibrium (nominal ow = calculated ow) when the water temperature has reached the value set on the valve. The MTCV regulating characteristic is shown in g. 13, version 1-A. When the water temperature is 5 C higher than the set point value, the ow through the valve stops.
Fig. 4 MTCV basic version - A
The MTCV - is a thermostatic self-acting, proportional valve. A thermo-element (g. 6 elem. 4) is placed in the valve cone (g. 6 elem. 3) to react to temperature changes. When increases the water temperature above the set point value, the thermo-element expands and the valves cone moves towards the valve seat, thus limiting circulation ow.
A special sealing of the thermo-element protects it against direct contact with water, which prolongs the durability of the thermoelement and at the same time secures a precise regulation. A safety spring (g. 6 elem. 6) protects the thermo-element from being damaged when the water temperature exceeds the value on the set point.
Fig. 5 Example of MTCV / basic version / placement in domestic hot water system
Design
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Valve body Spring Cone Thermo-element O-ring Safety spring Setting ring Setting knob Plug for covering the setting Cone for disinfection module Safety spring Plug for thermometer Plug for disinfection module
Fig. 6 Design - basic version - A
VD.57.Y6.02 Danfoss 02/2010
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Function

The mounted disinfection module automatically opens a by-pass of Kv min = 0.15 m3/h, which allows ow for the disinfection. In the A version of the MTCV this by-pass is always closed in order to avoid sedimentation of dirt and calcium. The MTCV can thus be upgraded with the disinfection module even after a long period of working in the A version without risking blocking the bypass. The regulation module in basic version A works within the temperature range 35-60 C. When the temperature of the hot water increases above 65C the disinfection process starts - meaning the ow through the main seat of the MTCV valve stops and the bypass opens for the disinfection ow. The regulating function is now performed by the disinfection module, which opens the bypass when the temperature is above 65 C. The disinfection process is performed until a temperature of 70 C is reached. When the hot water temperature is increased further, the ow through the disinfection bypass is reduced (the process of thermal balancing of the installation during disinfection) and when reaching 75 C the ow stops. This is to protect the hot water installation against corrosion and sedimentation of calcium as well as to lower the risk of scalding. A thermometer can optionally be mounted in both version A and B in order to measure and control the temperature of the circulating hot water.
Fig.7 MTCV self-acting version with automatic thermal disinfection function - B

* thermometer is accessory
The MTCV standard version - A can easily and quickly be upgraded to the thermal disinfection function against the Legionella bacteria in hot water systems. After removing the plug from the disinfection plug (g. 6 elem. 13)-(this can be done during working conditions, under pressure) the thermostatic disinfection module can be mounted (g. 9 elem. 17). The disinfection module will control the ow according to its regulating characteristics, (g. 13-vesion B-1) thus performing a thermal disinfection of the hot water installation.
Fig. 8 Scheme of hot water installation with circulation - self acting version.
DH-SMT/SI
VD.57.Y6.02 Danfoss 02/2010
Data sheet
Design
1-13 As described in g. 6 14 Bypass for disinfection 15 Thermometer 16 Gasket Cu 17 Disinfecting module
Fig. 9 Self-acting version - B*

* thermometer is accessory
Function
Fig.10 Version with electronically controlled disinfection process - C
The MTCV version A and B can be upgraded to an electronic regulated disinfection process (version C). After removing the disinfection plug (g. 6 elem.13) the adapter can be mounted (g. 12 elem. 21) and the thermo actuator TWA can be mounted.
A temperature sensor PT 1000 has to be mounted in the thermometer head (g. 12 elem.19). Thermo-actuator and sensor are connected to the electronic regulator CCR-2 which allows an ecient and eective disinfection process in each circulation riser. The main regulation module works within the temperature range 35-60 C. When the disinfection process/thermalwater treatment starts CCR-2 controls the ow through MTCV via thermo-actuators TWA. Benets of an electronic regulated disinfection process with CCR-2 are: Providing full control over the disinfection process in each individual riser. Optimisation of total disinfection time. Optional choice of temperature for the disinfection. Optional choice of time for the disinfection. On-line measurement and monitoring of the water temperature in each individual riser. Enabling the possibility of connecting to the controller in the heat substation or boiler room (i.e. Danfoss ECL) or to a BMS (RS 485).
Fig. 11
A) Indirect heating connection with parallel instantaneous system for domestic hot water production -independent CCR-2 system B) Indirect heating connection with parallel instantaneous system for domestic hot water production -dependent CCR-2 system
VD.57.Y6.02 Danfoss 02/2010
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Design
-13 As described in g. 6 1 18 Bypass; (position closed) 19 Temperature sensor PT 1000 20 Gasket Cu 21 Adapter to connect thermoactuator TWA
Fig.12 Version with electronically controlled disinfection process - C
Technical data
Max. working pressure.........................................10 bar Test pressure............................................................16 bar Max. ow temperature........................................100 C kVS at 20 C: - DN20............................................................1.8 m3/h - DN15.............................................................1.5 m3/h Hysteresis.....................................................................1.5 K
Material of parts in contact with water: Valve body ...................................................................Rg 5 Spring housing, etc......................... DZR copper alloy O-rings....................................................................... EPDM Spring, cones.............................................Stainless stell
Ordering
Valve - basic version A DN 15 DN 20
Code No. 003Z0515 003Z0520
Accessories and spare parts

Accessory Thermostatic disinfection module - B Fittings with shut-o ball valve (for allen-key 5 mm), DN 15 Thermometer with adapter Socket for ESMB PT1000 Adapter for thermo-actuator CCR 2 Control Temperature sensor ESMB Universal Temperature sensor ESMC contact Fittings for soldering Cu 15 mm Fittings for soldering Cu 18 mm Fittings for Pex pipe 15 mm Fittings for Pex pipe 18 mm* Fittings for soldering Cu 22 mm Fittings for soldering Cu 28 mm Fittings for Pex pipe 22 mm* Thermoactuator TWA-NC, 230 V Thermoactuator TWA-NC, 24 V Comments DN 15/DN 20 G Rp G Rp DN 15/DN 20 DN 15/DN 20 DN 15/DN 20 also see enclosure VD.57.U3.02 Code No. 003Z1021 003Z1027 003Z1028 003Z1023 003Z1024 003Z1022 003Z3850 087B1184 also see enclosure VD.57.U3.02 087N0011 003Z1034 003Z1035 003Z1036 003Z1037 003Z1039 003Z1040 003Z1041 088H3112 088H3110
DN 15 int. R 1/2 * Pex DN 18 2 only DN 20 int. R 3/4 * Pex DN 22 2 only also see enclosure VD.57.U3.02
DH-SMT/SI
VD.57.Y6.02 Danfoss 02/2010
Data sheet
Regulating characteristics
presetting 50 C
basic disinfection
flow
version B
Kvs
version C
K vdis
version A
25 35 45 55
K vmin 65 75 85
temperature C
Fig.13 The MTCV regulating characteristics Basic version A Version B: Kvmin = 0.15 m3/h - min. ow through the bypass when main regulation module is closed. *Kvdis = 0.60 m3/h for DN 20, *Kvdis = 0.50 m3/h for DN 15 - max. ow of the disinfection process by a temperature of 70 C. Version C: *Kvdis = 0.60 m3/h for DN 20 and DN 15 - ow through the MTCV when the disinfection module is fully opened (regulation at thermo-actuator TWA-NC). * Kvdis - Kv during disinfection process
Main function setting

1 2 3 4 5 6 Setting ring Ring with a reference point Plastic cover - unwanted tampering protection Hole for screwdriver Temperature setting screw - Allen-key 2.5 mm References temperature setting point
Fig.14 MTCV setting of the temperature Temperature range: 35-60 C MTCVs factory pre-setting 50 C The temperature setting can be made after removing the plastic cover (3), by lifting it with a screwdriver using the hole (4). The temperature setting screw (5) must be turned with an allenkey to match the wanted temperature on the scale with the reference point. The plastic cover (3) must be pressed back into place after the setting has been made. It is recommended to control the set temperature with a thermometer. The temperature of the hot water from the last tapping point on the riser must be measured*. The dierence between the measured temperature at the last tapping point and the temperature set on the MTCV is due to heat losses in the circulation pipe between the MTCV and the tapping point.
* where TVM valves (thermostatic mixing valves) are installed the temperature must be measured before the TVM valve.
VD.57.Y6.02 Danfoss 02/2010
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Setting procedure

The required temperature setting of the MTCV depends on the required temperature at the last tap and the heat losses from the tap to MTCV in the same riser. Example: Required temperature at the last tap: 48 C Heat losses from the last tap to the MTCV: 3K Required: correct setting of MTCV Solution: Correct setting of MTCV: 48 3 = 45 C Note: After new setting use the thermometer to check if the required temperature at the tap is reached and correct the MTCV setting accordingly.
Pressure and ow chart MTCV - DN 15
Dierential pressure 1 bar, DN 15

70 60
Flow temperature C
50 40 30 20 10 0 0 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 Kv (m /h)

3
setting at 60 C setting at 50 C setting at 35 C
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
Fig. 15 Table 1
preset 60 C 65 62.5 60 57.5 55 52.5 50 47.5 45 42.5 40 37.5 35 32.5 30 preset 55 C 60 57.5 55 52.5 50 47.5 45 42.5 40 37.5 35 32.5 30 preset 50 C 55 52.5 50 47.5 45 42.5 40 37.5 35 32.5 30
Dierential pressure 1 bar, DN 15 - disinfection process

80
Flow temperature C
preset 45 C 50 47.5 45 42.5 40 37.5 35 32.5 30
preset 40 C 45 42.5 40 37.5 35 32.5 30
preset 35 C 40 37.5 35 32.5 30
kv (m3/h) 0 0.181 0.366 0.542 0.711 0.899 1.062 1.214 1.331 1.420 1.487 1.505 1.505 1.505 1.505
Flow temperature C
75
version B
70
65
version C
60
55 0 0.10 0.20 0.30 Kv (m3/h) 0.40 0.500 0.60
Fig. 16
VD.57.Y6.02 Danfoss 02/2010
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Pressure and ow chart MTCV - DN 20

Dierential pressure 1 bar, DN 20
70 60 Flow temperature C 50 40 30 Ex. 1 20 10 0 0 0.20
0.366
setting at 50 C setting at 35 C
setting at 60 C
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
Kv (m3/h)
Fig. 17 Table 2
preset 60 C 65 62.5 60 57.5 55 52.5 50 47.5 45 42.5 40 37.5 35 preset 55 C 60 57.5 55 52.5 50 47.5 45 42.5 40 37.5 35 32.5 30 preset 50 C 55 52.5 50 47.5 45 42.5 40 37.5 35 32.5 30 preset 45 C 50 47.5 45 42.5 40 37.5 35 32.5 30 preset 40 C 45 42.5 40 37.5 35 32.5 30 preset 35 C 40 37.5 35 32.5 30 kv (m3/h) 0 0.172 0.336 0.556 0.738 0.921 1.106 1.286 1.440 1.574 1.671 1.737 1.778
Dierential pressure 1 bar, DN 20 - disinfection process

80
Flow temperature C
Flow temperature C
75
version B
70 version C 65
60
55 0 0.10 0.20 0.30 Kv m3/h 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70
Fig. 18
VD.57.Y6.02 Danfoss 02/2010
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Example of calculation

Example: The calculation is done for a 3-storey building with 8 risers. All formulas used are described in the "Background" chapter Thermal Balance (data sheet VD.57.X1.02). The following assumptions were used in order to simplify calculation: Heat losses per meter of the pipe, q1 =10 W/m (*)
(* during calculation it is required to calculate heat losses according to the country-specic standards).
Usually the calculated heat loses are dependent on : - The dimension of the pipe - The materials used in insulations - The ambient temperature where the pipe is located - The eciency and condition of insulation Inlet of hot water temperature, Tsup = 55 C Temperature drop through the system, T= 5 K Distance between risers, L = 10 m Height of the risers, l = 10 m Installation scheme as shown below:
Fig. 19 Scheme of installation
Calculation: calculation of heat losses in each riser (Qr) and header (Qh) Qr = l riser x q = ( 10 + 10 ) x 10 = 200 W Qh = l horiz. x q = 10 x 10= 100 W The table 3 shows the results of the calculations: Table 3
In risers riser 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Qr (W) 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 heat losses Total in each In header part Q h (W) (W) 100 300 100 300 100 300 100 300 100 300 100 300 100 300 100 300 Q total (W) 2400 2100 1800 1500 1200 900 600 300
Vc
& = V c
.
Vo
Vo V o + Vp
. .
I Basic operation
Vp
Factor risers
0.09 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.18 0.25 0.4
Flow in each part Vo (l/h) 36 38 40 43 47 52 63 94
Total ow Vc (l /h) 412 376 339 299 256 210 157 94
DH-SMT/SI
VD.57.Y6.02 Danfoss 02/2010
Data sheet
The total ow in the hot water circulation system is calculated using formula 1 (see Background chapter Thermal Balance; data sheet VD.57.X1.02). & Q &= V r cw t hw Q - total heat loses in installation, (kW) thus:
& total = V C 2.4 1 4.18 5
calculated on the basis of: & 2 0.01 V 0 p MTCV = Kv , where: Kv - according to g. 19 page 10 in this case Kv = 0.366 m3/h for preset 50 C & - ow through the MTCV at the ow V 0 temperature 50 C (l/h)
- Local pressure drop across the MTCV is
= 0.114 l/s = 412 l/h The total ow in hot water circulation system is: 412 l/h - the circulation pump shall be sized for this ow.
When designed ow have been calculated, use the g. 17 on page 9.
The ow in each riser is calculated using formula 4 (see. Background chapter Thermal Balance, page 4; data sheet VD.57.X1.02). Flow in the riser number 1: & =V & Qo V o c Qo + Qp thus:
& 1 = 412 V 0 200 200 + 2100
Please note: during pressure drop calculation across the valve the temperature of circulation water has to be observed. MTCV - Multifunction Thermostatic Circulation Valve has variable Kv value which is dependent on two values: the preset temperature and the temperature of the ow temperature.
& and Kv are known, the pressure drop When the V 0 across MTCV is calculated using the following formula: & 2 0.01 V 0 p MTCV = Kv thus: 2 0.01 94 = 6.59 kPa p MTCV = 0.366
= 35.84 l/h 36 l/h
Flow in remaining risers should be calculated in the same way. The pressure drop in the system Following assumptions were made to simplify calculation: - Linear pressure drop, pl = 60 Pa/m (Linear pressure is the same for all pipes) - Local pressure drop is equal to 33 % of total linear pressure drop, pr = 0.33 pl
pMTCV = (0.01 x 94 / 0.366 )2 = 6.59 kPa
Dierential pressure across the pump: *ppump = pcircuit + pMTCV = 14.4 + 6.59 = 21 kPa
thus: pr = 0.33 60 = 19.8 Pa/m 20 Pa/m - For the calculation used pbasic = pr + pl = 60 + 20 = 80 Pa/m Table 4
pressure drop riser 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 In risers (kPa) 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 In header (kPa) 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 pcircuit (kPa) 14.4 12.8 11.2 9.6 8.0 6.4 4.8 3.2
Where: pcircuit - pressure drop in criticall circuit (table 4) *ppump - includes pressure drop across all devices in circulation installation like: boiler, strainer etc.
V0 -ow
across the MTCV mMTCV pressure drop (l/h) (kPa) 36 0.97 38 1.07 40 1.19 43 1.38 47 1.64 52 2.01 63 2.96 94 6.59
Total pressure pump (kPa)
21
10
VD.57.Y6.02 Danfoss 02/2010
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Example of calculation

II Disinfection The heat losses and pressure drop should be calculated according to new conditions. - inlet hot water temperature during disinfection Tdis = 70 C - ambient temperature *Tamb = 20 C (*Tamb - according to standard and norm obligatory) 1. The heat losses. (see. Background chapter Thermal Balance, page 2, formula 1; data sheet VD.57.X1.02) q1 = Kj x l x T1 Kj x l = q1/T1 for basic process where:
& 2 0.01 V 0 p MTCV = Kv

2
thus:
0.01 246 pMTCV = = 16.81kPa 0.6
Due to lower ow comparing to basic condition (412 l/h), pressure drop in the installation, pcircuit should be recalculated.
p w 2 2
where : w - velocity of the water (m/s) By comparing conditions during basic operation and disinfection one can estimate: V 2 pdis = pbasic dis Vc2 where : Vdis - disinfection ow (l/h) VC - basic ow (l/h) Thus: - for rst part of installation
246 p1 = 29 Pa/m dis = 80 412
2
q2 = Kj x l x T2 Kj x l = q2 /T2 for disinfection process Thus : T T T q2 = q1 2 = q1 dis amb Tsup Tamb T1 for given case: 70 C 20 C q2 = 10 (W/m) = 14.3 W/m 55 C 20 C In this case during disinfection process heat losses increase for around 43 %.
2. Required ow Due to sequence disinfection process (step by step) only critical circuit should be calculated. For given case: Qdis = Qr + Qh Qdis = ((10+10) + (8 10)) 14.3 W/m = 1430 W = 1.43 kW The ow:
& = 1.43 = 0.0684 l/s = 246 l/h V dis 4.18 5
This calculation should be done for all critical circuit. The table 5 shows the result of calculation.
For the critical circuit: pdis(circuit) = 0.57 + 0.68 + 0.84 + 1.08 + 1.48 + 2.20 + 3.93 + 21.92 = 32.70 kPa pdispump = pdis(circuit) + pMTCV = 32.70 + 16.81 = 49.51 kPa The pump should be chosen to cover both requirements:
3. The required pressure The required pressure during the disinfection process should be checked pdispump = pdis(circuit) + pMTCV Table 5
basic operation,
& = 412 l/h and p V 0 pump = 21 kPa & = 246 l/h and P V 0 pump = 49.51 kPa
desinfection operation
pressure drop the circuit during disinfection process ow (l/h) new pressure drop lenght pressure drop basic disinfection (Pa/m) (m) (kPa) 412 246 29 20 0.57 376 246 34 20 0.68 339 246 42 20 0.84 299 246 54 20 1.08 256 246 74 20 1.48 210 246 110 20 2.20 157 246 196 20 3.93 94 246 548 40 21.92 32.70
DH-SMT/SI
Total pressure drop in critical circuit
32.70
VD.57.Y6.02 Danfoss 02/2010
11
Data sheet
Dimensions
Internal thread DN 15 DN 20
Fig. 20
a ISO 7/1 Rp 12 Rp 12 Rp 34 Rp 34
H 79 92
H1 mm 129 129
L 75 80
L1 215 230
Weight kg 0.58 0.65
12
VD.57.Y6.02
Data sheet
Temperature controller AVTB (PN 16)
Description
AVTB is self-acting temperature controller used to control the water temperature in hot water tanks, heat exchangers, oil preheaters, etc. Controller closes on rising temperature. The controller has a control valve, thermostatic actuator and handle for temperature setting. Thermostatic actuator consist of a bellows, capillary tube and sensor. Main data: DN 15, 20, 25 kVS 1.9, 3.4, 5.5 m3/h PN 16 Setting range: 030 C / 2060 C / 30100 C Temperature: - Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30%: -25 +130 C Connections: - Int. thread - Ext. thread (weld-on and ext. thread tailpieces) Flow or return mounting, depending on sensor type.
Ordering
AVTB Controller
Picture DN Setting range (C) kVS (m3/h) 1.9 Max. sensor temp. (C) 55 90 130 55 90 130 55 90 130 Internal thread Connection ISO 7/1 Rp Code No.1) 003N22324) 003N82292) 003N81413) 003N32324) 003N82302) 003N81423) 003N42324) 003N82532) 003N81433) External thread Connection ISO 228/1 GA Code No.1) 003N51014) 003N51142) 003N51413) 003N51024) 003N51152) 003N51423) 003N51034) 003N51162) 003N51433)
1)
2)
3) 4)
Complete controller including sensor stung box. The immersion pocket is an accessory. Including small sensor 9.5 180. The sensor is to be mounted where the system temperature is warmer than the temperature in the valve housing. Insulaton disk is factory mounted on the controller. Including small sensor 9.5 150. Capillary tube length 2.3 m. Including sensor 18 210; available on request
15
20
0 30 20 60 30 100 0 30 20 60 30 100 0 30 20 60 30 100
3.4
Rp
G1A
25
5.5
Rp 1
G 1 A
Capillary tube length: 2 m. Example: Temperature controller, DN 15, kVS 1.9, PN 16, setting range 30 100 C, tmax 130 C, ext. thread 1 AVTB DN 15 Controller Code No: 003N5141
Accessories
Picture Type designations DN Connection 15 Weld-on taipieces 20 25 15 R Con. ext. thread acc. to External thread taipieces 20 R EN 10226-1 25 R 1 Rp M14 1 mm, brass 182 mm, without sens.stu. box Rp M18 1,5 mm, st. steel 182 mm, with sens.stu. box Immersion pocket Rp M22 1 mm, brass 220 mm, with sens.stu. box Rp M22 1 mm, st. steel 220 mm, with sens.stu. box Insulation disk 1) Code No. 003H6908 003H6909 003H6910 003H6902 003H6903 003H6904 013U0290 003N0196 003N0050 003N0192 003N4022
1
Option: - 1 Imm. pocket, brass Code No: 013U0290 - 1 Weld-on taipieces Code No: 003H6908
1)
For details see Installation positions section
DH-SMT/SI
VD.JK.Z2.02 Danfoss 11/2006
Data sheet

Service kits
Picture Type designation Code No. 003N4006 Repair set Two diaphragms, two O-rings, one rubber cone, 003N4007 one tube of grease and eight valve cover screws 003N4008 Thermostatic actuator 0 30 C, sensor 18 210, 2m 003N0075 Thermostatic actuator 20 60 C, sensor 9.5 180, 2m 003N0130 Thermostatic actuator 30 100 C, sensor 9.5 150, 2.3m 003N0131 Housing of sensor stung box, R M14 1 mm, rubber EPDM 12.6 4 6 mm 013U8102 1) for DN 15 DN 20 DN 25
1) For thermostatic actuators 20 ... 60C and 30 ... 100C; code includes housing and gasket of sensor stung box
Technical data
Nominal diameter kVS value Cavitation factor z Nominal pressure Max. dierential pressure Medium Medium pH Medium temperature Connections Materials Valve body Valve seat Valve cone Spindle Other metal parts Diaphragms, O-rings Temperature sensor Sensor charge
DN m3/h PN bar
15 1.9
oC valve tailpieces
20 25 3.4 5.5 0.4 16 10 Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30% Min. 7, max. 10 -25 +130 Internal and external thread Weld-on and external thread
internal thread external thread
MS 58, hot-pressed, DIN 17660, W.No. 2.0402, CuZn40Pb2 Dezincing-free brass, BS 2872/CZ132 Cr Ni steel, DIN 17440, W.No. 1.4301 NBR-rubber Dezincing-free brass, BS 2872/CZ132 Dezincing-free brass, BS 2874/CZ132 EPDM-rubber Copper 0 30 oC R 152 A, C2H4F2 20 60 oC Butane R600, C4H10 30 100 oC Carbon dioxide, CO2
Slow control system, setting range 30 100 C Fast control system, setting range 0 30 C/20 60 C
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet

Temperature controller The controller can be installed in any position, with ow in the direction of the cast-in arrow. AVTB 20 60 must always be installed in the return line (sensor warmer than valve). If AVTB 20 60 has been installed in the return line from a service water heat exchanger (where for certain periods the return temperature approaches the sensor temperature) the installation of insulation disk is recommended (003N4022). Insulation disk is factory mounted on the product.
Temperature sensor
AVTB 0 30 and 30 100 can be installed either in ow or in return line. With AVTB 30 100, if temperature variations of more than 20 C occur at the valve, insulation disk (003N4022) must be installed between thermostatic actuator and valve body.
Sensor 18 210 mm 2) (AVTB 0 30 C)

1) 2)
Sensor 9.5 180 mm 1) (AVTB 20 60 C)
Sensor 9.5 150 mm 2) (AVTB 30 100 C)
The sensor is to be mounted where the system temperature is warmer than the temperature in the valve body The sensor can be mounted where the system temperature is either warmer or colder than the temperature in the valve body
Sizing
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Sizing (continuous)

Example Hot water temperature control in hot water tanks. Primary medium: Given: Load: Primary temperature drop t: Dierential pressure p across the valve: Max. hot water temperature: Water volume Q: Required: The correct valve size
kv Q p 1.3 1.7 1.0 m3 h
Water 31 kW (26500 kcal/h) 20 K 1.7 bar 55 C
31 0.86 1.3 m3 h 20
Temperature range and P-band Calculated k v value is 1 m3/h. From this value on the kV scale in the AVTB diagram, take a line horizontally to intersect the columns for recommended sizing range. Select the smallest possible valve, here an AVTB 15. A temperature range of 30 100 C can be assumed as suitable for this example. The P-band (XP) and nal temperature range can also be read from the AVTB diagram. The required closing temperature can be read from the scale for the valve selected. However, there are two temperature ranges that meet the requirement for a closing temperature of 55 C. XP is 9 K for the range 30 100 C, which means that the controller will yield the calculated capacity at a sensor temperature of 55 C minus 9 K = 46 C. For the range 20 60 C XP = 4 K. This means that the controller will yield the calculated capacity at 55 C minus 4 K = 51 C. To ensure the most stable control an AVTB 15 with a range 30 100 C should be chosen. The water in the hot water tank will reach the closing temperature (55 C) only when there has been no hot water demand for some time.
AVTB 0 30 C AVTB 20 60 C
Note: The values stated are mean values
AVTB 30 100 C
AVTB diagram to determine valve size, temperature range and proportional band (XP).
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Design
1. Handle for temperature setting 2. Spring housing 3. Setting spring 4. O-ring 5. Diaphragm 6. Spindle 7. Valve body 8. Valve cone 9. Bellows 10. Bellows stop 11. Pressure stem 12. Temperature sensor 13. Sensor stung box 14. Housing of sensor stung box 15. Gasket of sensor stung box 16. Sealing bolt of sensor stung box
15 13 14 16
Settings
Temperature setting Relation between scale numbers 1-5 and the closing temperature. The values given are approximate.
Scale setting 1 2 3 4 5
C losing temperature (0 30 C) (20 60 C) 20 (30 100 C)30 35
3 35 55
15 50 75
23 60 95
30 70 120
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Dimensions
AVTB with internal thread
AVTB with external thread
Type AVTB 15 AVTB 20 AVTB 25
H1 mm 217 217 227
H2 mm 133 133 138
L mm 72 90 95
L1 mm 14 16 19
L2 mm 141 154 168
L3 mm 149 164 167
L4 mm 75 80 83
a ISO 7/1 (int. thread) Rp Rp Rp 1
b ISO 228/1 (ext. thread) G A G 1A G 1A
Immersion pockets Weld-on tailpieces
Sensor stung box External thread tailpieces
G (mm) 15 20 25
d (mm) 15 20 27
L (mm) 35 40 40
Weight (kg) 0.18 0.26 0.38
G () 1 1
R () 1
L (mm) 25.5 27.5 32.5
Weight (kg) 0.17 0.27 0.45
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Temperature controller (PN 25) AVT / VG - external thread AVT / VGF - ange
Description
AVT / VG
The AVT / VG(F) controller is a self-acting proportional temperature controller developed primarily for domestic hot water (DHW) production: - Hot water tanks - Storage charge systems - Instantaneous domestic hot water production It can be used in mixing loops and room heating systems as well. Controller closes on rising temperature. The temperature controller is type-tested according to EN 14597 and can be used in combinations with safety temperature monitors STM and safety temperature limiters STL. Flow and return mounting. Main data: DN 15 - 50 k vs 0.4 - 25 m3/h PN 25 Setting ranges: -10 40 C / 20 70 C / 40 90 C / 60 110 C and 10 45 C / 35 70 C / 60 100 C / 85 125 C Temperature: - Circ. water / glycolic water up to 30%: 2 150 C Connections: - Ext. thread (weld-on, thread and ange tailpieces) - Flange
AVT / VGF
Ordering
Example: Temperature controller, DN 15, k vs 1.6, PN 25, setting range 40 - 90 C, tmax 150 C, ext. thread - 1x VG DN 15 valve Code No: 065B0772 - 1x AVT thermostat, 40 - 90 C Code No: 065-0598 Option: - 1x Weld-on tailpieces Code No: 003H6908
VG, VGF valve

Picture DN (mm) k vs (m3/h) 0.4 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 8.0 12.5 16 20 4.0 6.3 8.0 12.5 20 25 PN tmax. (C) Connection Code No. 065B0770 065B0771 065B0772 065B0773 065B0774 065B0775 065B0776 065B0777 065B0778 065B0779 065B0780 065B0781 065B0782 065B0783 065B0784 065B0785
1
15
GA Cylindrical external thread acc. to ISO 228/1 25 150
20 25 32 40 50 15 20 25 32 40 50
VD.JK.A2.02 Danfoss 02/2011
G1A G 1 A G 1 A G2A G 2 A
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Temperature controller AVT / VG(F) (PN 25)

AVT thermostat
Picture For valves Setting range -10 +40 C 20 70 C 40 90 C 60 110 C -10 +40 C 20 70 C 40 90 C 60 110 C 10 45 C 35 70 C 60 100 C 85 125 C Temperature sensor with brass immersion pocket, length, connection Code No. 065-0596 065-0597 065-0598 065-0599 065-0600 065-0601 065-0602 065-0603 065-0604 065-0605 065-0606 065-0607
DN 15 - 25
170 mm, R 1)
DN 32 - 50
210 mm, R 1)
DN 15 - 50
255 mm, R 1) 2)
1) conic male thread EN 10226 2) without immersion pocket
Accessories for valves

Weld-on tailpieces
R R R 1 R 1
Flange tailpieces
Accessories for thermostats

Picture Type designation For valves DN 15 - 25 Immersion pocket DN 32 - 50 Combination piece K2 Combination piece K3
* Not for AVT thermostat code numbers: 065-0604, 065-0605, 065-0606, 065-0607
Material Brass Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571 Brass Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4435
Code No. 065-4414* 065-4415* 065-4416* 065-4417* 003H6855 003H6856
Service kits
Picture Type designation DN (mm) kvs (m3/h) 0.4 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 8.0 12.5 / 16 / 20 / 25 for sensors AVT R AVT R Code No. 003H6869 003H6870 003H6871 003H6872 003H6873 003H6874 003H6875 003H6876 065-4420 065-4421
DH-SMT/SI
15 Valve insert 20 25 32 / 40 / 50 Sensor stung box set
Data sheet
Technical data

Valves
Nominal diameter DN k vs value m3/h Cavitation factor z * Leakage acc. to standard IEC 534 Nominal pressure PN Max. dierential pressure bar Medium Medium pH Medium temperature valve Connections tailpieces Materials Valve body Valve seat Valve cone Sealing
1)
0.4
1.0
15 1.6
2.5
4.0
20 6.3 0.6 25
25 8
32 12.5
40 50 16/201) 20/251) 0.05
0.02
20 16 Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30% Min. 7, max. 10 2 150 C Thread and ange Weld-on and ange Weld-on External thread Ductile iron EN-GJS-400-18-LT (GGG 40.3) Ductile iron EN-GJS-400-18-LT (GGG 40.3) Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571 Dezincing free brass CuZn36Pb2As EPDM
thread ange
Red bronze CuSn5ZnPb (Rg5)
Flange valve body
Thermostat
Setting range Xs C -10 40 C / 20 70 C / 40 90 C / 60 110 C 10 45 C / 35 70 C / 60 100 C / 85 125 C max. 50 (170 mm, 210 mm), max. 30 (255 mm) 0.2 (170 mm), 0.3 (210 mm), 0.7 (255 mm) 50 C above maximum setpoint 0 70 C 25 5 m (170 mm, 210 mm), 4 m (255 mm) Cooper / Brass Brass, nickel-plated Mat. No. 1.4571 (170 mm), mat. No. 1.4435 (210 mm) Polyamide, glass fiber-reinforced Polyamide
Time constant T acc. to EN 14597 s Gain K s mm/K Max. adm. temperature at sensor Perm. amb. temperature at sensor Nominal pressure sensor PN Capillary tube length Material Temperature sensor Ms design Immersion pocket * Stainless steel design Handle for temp. setting Scale carrier * for sensor 170 and 210 mm
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Combinations
Example: Temperature controller with safety temperature monitor, DN 15, k vs 1.6, PN 25, setting range 40 - 90 C, tmax 150 C, ext. thread - 1x VG DN 15 valve Code No: 065B0772 - 1x AVT thermostat, 40 - 90 C Code No: 065-0598 - 1x STM thermostat, 30 - 110 C Code No: 065-0608 - 1x K2 combination piece Code No: 003H6855 Note: For safety temperature monitor STM / VG(F) and safety temperature limiter STLV see relevant data sheet.
AVT / AVT / VG - two temperature controllers
STM / AVT / VG - temperature controller with safety temperature monitor
STM / AVT / AVT /VG - two temperature controllers with safety temperature monitor
STLV / AVT - temperature controller with safety temperature limiter
STLV / AVT / AVT - two temperature controllers with safety temperature limiter
Temperature controller Temperature controller AVT / VG(F) can be installed in any position.
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Installation positions (continuous)

Temperature sensor The place of installation must be chosen in a way that the temperature of the medium is directly taken without any delay. Avoid overheating of temperature sensor. The temperature sensor must be immersed into the medium in its full length. Temperature sensors 170 mm R and 210 mm R - The temperature sensor may be installed in any position. Temperature sensor 255 mm R - The temperature sensor must be installed as shown on the picture.
working area
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Valve sizing
Given data: Pmax = 14 kW t = 20 K pv = 0.15 bar Pmax - heating power (kW) t -temperature dierence (K) pv - dierential pressure across the valve


kv = Qmax p V = 0.6 0.15
k v = 1.5 m3/h Chosen k vs = 1.6 m3/h or read from the sizing diagram by taking a line through Q scale (0.6 m3/h) and pv scale (0.15bar) to intersect k v-scale at 1.5 m3/h Chosen k vs = 1.6 m3/h Solution: The example selects 1) ext. thread valve VG DN 15, k vs value 1.6 or 2) ange valve VGF DN 15, k vs value 1.6
Maximum ow Qmax (m3/h) through the valve is calculated according to formula:

Qmax = Pmax 0.86 14 0.86 = 20 t
Qmax = 0.6 m3/h
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Design
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Valve VG(F) Valve insert Pressure relieved valve cone Valve stem Union nut Thermostat AVT Thermostat stem Bellows Setting spring for temperature control 10. Handle for temperature setting, prepared for sealing 11. Scale carrier 12. Capillary tube 13. Flexible protected pipe (only at AVT 255 mm) 14. Temperature sensor 15. Immersion pocket
13
Function
Medium temperature changes cause pressure changes in temperature sensor. Resulting pressure is being transferred through the capillary tube to the bellows. Bellows moves thermostat stem and opens or closes valve cone.
By increasing of medium temperature valve cone moves towards the seat (valve closes), by decreasing of medium temperature valve cone moves away from the seat (valve opens). Handle for temperature setting can be sealed.
Settings
Temperature setting Temperature setting is being done by the adjustment of the setting spring for temperatature control.
Dimensions
DN
SW d R 1) L12) L2 L3 k d2 n
1) 2)
mm
15 32 (G A) 21 130 131 139 65 14 4
20 41 (G 1A) 26 150 144 154 75 14 4
25 32 50 (G 1A) 63 (G 1A) 33 42 1 1 160 160 177 159 184 85 100 14 18 4 4
40 70 (G 2A) 47 204 110 18 4
50 82 (G 2A) 60 234 125 18 4
Conical ext. thread acc. to EN 10226-1 Flanges PN 25, acc. to EN 1092-2 7
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
DN L L1 H H1 H2 H3 Weight (valves) Weight (thermostat) thread ange sensor 170 mm sensor 210 mm sensor 255 mm mm
15 65 130 180 229 34 47 0.7 3.3
20 70 150 180 229 34 52 0.8 4.1
25 75 160 180 229 37 57 0.9 4.7 1.3 kg 1.5 kg 1.6 kg
32 100 180 221 221 62 70 3.0 7.5
40 110 200 221 221 62 75 3.1 9.0
50 130 230 221 221 62 82 3.8 11.1
VD.JK.A2.02
Data sheet
Temperature controller for steam (PN 25) AVT / VGS - external thread
Description
The AVT / VGS controller is a self-acting proportional temperature controller developed primarily for steam or hot water applications for temperatures up to 200 C. Controller closes on rising temperature. The temperature controller is type-tested according to EN 14597 and can be used in combinations with safety temperature monitors STM and safety temperature limiters STL. Flow and return mounting. Main data: DN 15 - 25 k vs 1.0 - 6.3 m3/h PN 25 Setting ranges: 10 40 C / 20 70 C / 40 90 C / 60 110 C and 10 45 C / 35 70 C / 60 100 C / 85 125 C Temperature: - Circ. water / glycolic water up to 30%: 2 150 C - Steam: 2 200 C Connections: - Ext. thread (weld-on, thread and ange tailpieces) Ordering
Example: Temperature controller for steam, DN 15, k vs 1.6, PN 25, setting range 40 90 C, tmax 200 C, ext. thread 1 VGS DN 15 valve Code No: 065B0787 1 AVT thermostat, 40 90 C Code No: 065-0602
1)
VGS Valve 1)
k vs tmax. PN Connection (m3/h) (C) 1.0 15 1.6 Cylindrical external G A 3.2 200 25 thread acc. to ISO 228/1 20 4.5 G1A 25 6.3 G 1 A Adapter M34 M45 for connection to AVT thermostat is delivered (assembled) together with the valve. Picture DN (mm) Code No. 065B0786 065B0787 065B0788 065B0789 065B0790
Option: - 1 Weld-on tailpieces Code No: 003H6908 The valve will be delivered (assembled) together with an adapter M34 M45.
AVT Thermostat (actuator)

Picture For valves Setting range (C) 10 +40 20 70 40 90 60 110 10 45 35 70 60 100 85 125 Temperature sensor with brass immersion pocket, length, connection Code No. 065-0600 065-0601 065-0602 065-0603 065-0604 065-0605 065-0606 065-0607
210 mm, R 1)
DN 15 - 25
255 mm, R 1) 2)
1) conic male thread EN 10226-1 2) without immersion pocket
DH-SMT/SI
VD.JK.C2.02 Danfoss 03/2006
Data sheet
Temperature controller for steam AVT / VGS (PN 25)

Flange tailpieces

Picture Type designation Immersion pocket Adapter** Combination piece K2 Combination piece K3 Material Brass Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4435 M34 1.5 mm / M45 1.5 mm Code No. 065-4416* 065-4417* 003H6927 003H6855 003H6856
* Not for AVT thermostat code numbers: 065-0604, 065-0605, 065-0606, 065-0607 ** Adapter for VGS combinations with temperature actuators AVT, temperature monitors STM and temperature limiters STL
Service kits
Picture Type designation Stung box Sensor stung box set for valves DN / k vs 15/3.2, 20/4.5, 25/6.3 for sensors AVT R 065-4421 Code No. 003H6877
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Technical data

Valves
Nominal diameter k vs value Cavitation factor z * Leakage acc. to standard IEC 534 Nominal pressure Max. dierential pressure Medium Medium pH Medium temperature valve Connections tailpieces Materials Valve body Valve seat Valve cone
DN m3/h
1.0
PN bar
20 25 3.2 4.5 6.3 0.6 0.05 25 10 Steam / Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30% Min. 7, max. 10 2 200 C Thread Weld-on, external thread and ange Red bronze CuSn5ZnPb (Rg5) Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571 Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4122
15 1.6
Thermostat (actuator)
Setting range Xs C 10 40 C / 20 70 C / 40 90 C / 60 110 C 10 45 C / 35 70 C / 60 100 C / 85 125 C max. 50 (210 mm), max. 30 (255 mm) 0.3 (210 mm), 0.7 (255 mm) 50 C above maximum setpoint 0 70 C 25 5 m (210 mm), 4 m (255 mm) Cooper / Brass Brass, nickel-plated Mat. No. 1.4435 (210 mm) Polyamide, glass ber-reinforced Polyamide
Time constant T acc. to EN 14597 s Gain K s mm/K Max. adm. temperature at sensor Perm. amb. temperature at sensor Nominal pressure sensor PN Capillary tube length Materials Temperature sensor Ms design Immersion pocket * Stainless steel design Handle for temp. setting Scale carrier * for sensor 210 mm
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Combinations
Example: Temperature controller with safety temperature monitor for steam, DN 15, k vs 1.6, PN 25, setting range 40 90 C, tmax 200 C, ext. thread 1x VGS DN 15 valve Code No: 065B0787 1x AVT thermostat, 40 90 C Code No: 065-0602 1x STM thermostat, 30 110 C Code No: 065-0608
1x K2 combination piece Code No: 003H6855 Note: For safety temperature monitor STM / VGS and safety temperature limiter STLS see relevant data sheet
STM / AVT / VGS - temperature controller with safety temperature monitor for steam
STM / AVT / AVT /VGS - two temperature controllers with safety temperature monitor for steam
STLS / AVT - temperature controller with safety temperature limiter for steam
STLS / AVT / AVT - two temperature controllers with safety temperature limiter for steam
Temperature controller Up to medium temperature of 160 C the controllers AVT / VGS can be installed in any position.
For higher temperatures the controllers AVT / VGS have to be installed horizontal and in horizontal pipelines with the actuator oriented downwards.
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Installation positions (continuous)

Temperature sensor The place of installation must be chosen in a way that the temperature of the medium is directly taken without any delay. Avoid overheating of temperature sensor. The temperature sensor must be immersed into the medium in its full length. Temperature sensor 210 mm R: - The temperature sensor may be installed in any position. Temperature sensor 255 mm R: - The temperature sensor must be installed as shown on the picture.
working area
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Valve sizing
Steam valve sizing is based on 40 % drop of the steam pressure across the valve when fully open. At this condition the steam is travelling at or close to its critical velocity (approx. 300 m/s) and throttling would occur over the full valve stroke.
If the steam is travelling slower than this, then the rst part of the valve stroke would merely increase the velocity of the steam without reducing the volumetric ow.
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Valve sizing (continuous)

1. For saturated steam Given data: Flow rate: 70 kg/h Absolute inlet pressure: 5 bar (500 kPa)
Remark: For this example follow dashed line
2. For superheated steam Given data: Flow rate: 170 kg/h Absolute inlet pressure: 5 bar (500 kPa) Steam temperature: 190 C
Remark: For this example follow dotted line The procedure for superheated steam is much the same as for saturated steam, but uses a dierent ow scale which slightly elevates the readings according to the degree of superheat.
The absolute inlet pressure is 500 kPa. Critical pressure drop (40% of 500 kPa) is 200 kPa. Locate the diagonal line corresponding to the pressure drop of 200 kPa (line A - A). Read the absolute inlet pressure on the lower left hand scale (point B), and draw a horizontal line across until it meets the pressure drop diagonal A - A at point C. From this point C extend a vertical line upwards until it meets the horizontal line representing the steam ow of 70 kg/h from point D. The intersection of this is point E. The nearest diagonal k vs line above this is line F - F with a k vs of 1.6. If the ideal valve size is not available the next largest size should be selected to ensure design ow. The pressure drop through valve at the ow rate is found by the intersection of the 70 kg/h line with F - F (point E) and dropping a vertical line downwards; this actually hits the horizontal line for 500 kPa absolute inlet pressure (point E) at a pressure drop diagonal of 90 kPa. This is only 18 % of the pressure drop accross the valve and the control quality will not be good until the valve has partially closed. As with all steam valves this compromise is necessary since the next smaller valve would not pass the required ow (maximum ow would be about 60 kg/h; point P). The maximum ow for the same inlet pressure is found by extending the vertical line (C - E) through point E until it crosses the k vs 1.6 line F - F (point G) and reading o the ow (90 kg/h).
As before, the diagonal critical pressure drop line A - A is located at 40 % of 500 kPa (200 kPa). The horizontal inlet pressure line through point B is now extended to the left to read o the corresponding saturated steam temperature at point H (150 C). The dierence between the saturated steam temperature and the superheated steam temperature is 190 C 150 C = 40 C (see point J). The superheated steam ow 170 kg/h is found on the upper right hand scale (point K). From here the diagonal line is followed down until it meets a vertical line from the steam temperature elevation (40 C, point J) at point L. As before, the horizontal line through point B is drawn to cut line A - A at point C. The point where the vertical line from point C meets the horizontal line from point L is the operating point (point M). This horizontal line, L - M, is the corrected ow line. The nearest diagonal line above this is line N - N with a k vs 3.2. A vertical line dropped from the intersection of L - M line with line N - N (point M) intersects the 500 kPa absolute inlet pressure line (point M) at a pressure drop diagonal of about 150 kPa. This is about 30% of the pressure drop accross the valve which will give reasonable control quality (compared to recommended ratio of 40 %).
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Design
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Valve VGS Valve insert Pressure relieved valve cone Valve stem Valve body extension for steam valves Union nut Thermostat AVT Thermostat stem Bellows Setting spring for temperature control Handle for temperature setting, prepared for sealing Scale carrier Capillary tube Flexible protected pipe (only at AVT 255 mm) Temperature sensor Immersion pocket
14
Function
By increasing of medium temperature valve cone moves towards the seat (valve closes), by decreasing of medium temperature valve cone moves away from the seat (valve opens). Handle for temperature setting can be sealed.
Settings
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Dimensions
DN L H H2 Weight (valves) Weight (thermostat) kg sensor 210 mm sensor 255 mm mm
15 65 257 34 0.7
20 70 257 34 0.8 1.5 kg 1.6 kg
25 75 257 37 0.9
DN
SW d R 1) L1 2) L2 L3 k d2 n
1) 2)
mm
15 32 (G A) 21 130 131 139 65 14 4
20 41 (G 1A) 26 150 144 154 75 14 4
25 50 (G 1A) 33 1 160 160 159 85 14 4
Combination piece K2
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
10
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
DH-SMT/SI
11
Data sheet
12
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Temperature controller (NC) (PN 25) AVT / VGU - external thread AVT / VGUF - ange
Description
AVT / VGU
The AVT / VGU(F) controller is a self-acting proportional temperature controller developed primarily for cooling applications. Controller opens on rising temperature. Flow and return mounting. Main data: DN 15 - 50 k vs 4.0 - 25 m3/h PN 25 Setting ranges: -10 40 C / 20 70 C / 40 90 C / 60 110 C Temperature: - Circ. water / glycolic water up to 30%: 2 150 C Connections: - Ext. thread (weld-on, thread and ange tailpieces) - Flange
AVT / VGUF
Ordering
Example: Temperature controller for cooling, DN 15, k vs 4.0, PN 25, setting range -10 - 40 C, tmax 150 C, ext. thread - 1x VGU DN 15 valve Code No: 065B0791 - 1x AVT thermostat, -10 40 C Code No: 065-0596 Option: - 1x Weld-on tailpieces Code No: 003H6908
VGU, VGUF valves

Picture DN (mm) 15 20 25 32 40 50 k vs (m3/h) 4.0 6.3 8.0 12.5 20 25 PN tmax. (C) Connection Cylindrical external thread acc. to ISO 228/1 25 150 Flanges PN 25, acc. to EN 1092-2 065B0797 065B0798 065B0799 GA G1A G 1 A Code No. 065B0791 065B0792 065B0793
Note: other valves available on request.
AVT thermostat
Picture For valves Setting range -10 +40 C 20 70 C 40 90 C 60 110 C -10 +40 C 20 70 C 40 90 C 60 110 C Temperature sensor with brass immersion pocket, length, connection Code No. 065-0596 065-0597 065-0598 065-0599 065-0600 065-0601 065-0602 065-0603
DN 15 - 25
170 mm, R 1)
DN 32 - 50
210 mm, R 1)
1) conic male thread EN 10226
DH-SMT/SI
VD.JK.B2.02 Danfoss 02/2011
Data sheet
Temperature controller AVT / VGU(F) (PN 25)

Flange tailpieces

Picture Type designation For valves DN 15 - 25 Immersion pocket DN 32 - 50 Material Brass Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571 Brass Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4435 Code No. 065-4414 065-4415 065-4416 065-4417
Service kits
Picture Type designation Sensor stung box set for sensors AVT R AVT R Code No. 065-4420 065-4421
Technical data
Valves
Nominal diameter k vs value Cavitation factor z * Leakage acc. to standard IEC 534 Nominal pressure Max. dierential pressure Medium Medium pH Medium temperature valve Connections tailpieces Materials Valve body Valve seat Valve cone Sealing
DN m3/h
15 4.0
20 6.3 0.02
25 8.0 0,6
32 12.5
40 20 0.05
50 25
PN bar
25 20 16 Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30% Min. 7, max. 10 2 150 C Thread Flange Weld-on, external thread and ange Red bronze CuSn5ZnPb (Rg5) Ductile iron EN-GJS-400-18-LT (GGG 40.3) Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571 Dezincing free brass CuZn36Pb2As EPDM
Thermostat
Setting range Xs C -10 40 C / 20 70 C / 40 90 C / 60 110 C max. 50 0.2 (170 mm), 0.3 (210 mm) 50 C above maximum setpoint 0 70 C 25 5m Cooper / Brass Brass, nickel-plated Mat. No. 1.4571 (170 mm), mat. No. 1.4435 (210 mm) Polyamide, glass ber-reinforced Polyamide
DH-SMT/SI
Time constant T acc. to EN 14597 s Gain K s mm/K Max. adm. temperature at sensor Perm. amb. temperature at sensor Nominal pressure sensor PN Capillary tube length Material Temperature sensor Ms design Immersion pocket Stainless steel design Handle for temp. setting Scale carrier
2 VD.JK.B2.02 Danfoss 02/2011
Data sheet
Temperature controller Temperature controller AVT / VGU(F) can be installed in any position.
Temperature sensor The place of installation must be chosen in a way that the temperature of the medium is directly taken without any delay. Avoid overheating of temperature sensor. The temperature sensor must be immersed into the medium in its full length. The temperature sensor may be installed in any position.
working area
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Valve sizing
Given data: Pmax = 10 kW t = 6 K pv = 0.15 bar Pmax - cooling power (kW) t - temperature dierence (K) pv - dierential pressure across the valve Maximum ow Qmax (m3/h) through the valve is calculated according to formula:
Qmax = Pmax 0.86 10 0.86 = t 6

kv = Qmax p V = 1.43 0.15
k v = 3.7 m3/h Chosen k vs = 4.0 m3/h or read from the sizing diagram by taking a line through Q scale (1.43 m3/h) and pv scale (0.15 bar) to intersect k vscale at 3.7 m3/h Chosen k vs=4.0 m3/h Solution: The example selects ext. thread valve VGU DN15, k vs value 4.0.
Qmax = 1.43 m3/h
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Design
1. Valve VGU(F) 2. Valve insert 3. Pressure relieved valve cone 4. Valve stem 5. Distance ring 6. Union nut 7. Thermostat AVT 8. Thermostat stem 9. Bellows 10. Setting spring for temperature control 11. Handle for temperature setting, prepared for sealing 12. Scale carrier 13. Capillary tube 14. Temperature sensor 15. Immersion pocket
Function
By increasing of medium temperature valve cone moves away the seat (valve opens by decreasing of medium temperature valve cone moves towards from the seat (valve closes). Handle for temperature setting can be sealed.
Settings
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Dimensions
DN L L1 H H1 H2 H3 Weight (valves) Weight (thermostat) kg sensor 170 mm sensor 210 mm mm
15 65 180 34 0.7
20 70 180 34 0.8
25 75 180 37 0.9 1.3 kg 1.5 kg
32 180 221 70 7.5
40 200 221 75 9.0
50 230 221 82 11.1
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
15 32 (G A) 21 130 131 139 65 14 4
20 41 (G 1A) 26 150 144 154 75 14 4
25 50 (G 1A) 33 1 160 160 159 85 14 4
32
40
50
100 18 4
110 18 4
125 18 4
1) Conical ext. thread acc. to EN 10226-1 2) Flanges PN 25, acc. to EN 1092-2
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
VD.JK.B2.02
Data sheet
AFT 06, AFT 26, AFT 17, AFT 27 Thermostats
Description / Application
7 6 5
8 9
=10C
10 11 12
7 6 5
8 9
=10C
10 11 12
AFT 06
AFT 26
AFT 17
AFT 27
The thermostats operate according to the liquid expansion principle. For the AFT 06, AFT 17 designs, the setpoint adjuster is directly fitted to the actuator; for the AFT 17, AFT 27 designs, it is delivered separately. There are two sensor designs with different time constants. Temperature control of domestic hot water systems with storage tanks and restriction of the return flow temperature in district heating transfer station are the main fields of application. Combinations: temperature controller, safety temperature monitor, safety temperature limiter, see page 3, 4.
Technical data (thermostats, valves): Nominal diameter: DN 15 - 125 Nominal pressure: PN 16, 25, 40 Type of connection: flange Medium: circulation water, waterglycol mixtures, steam Medium temp.: -20 to 350 C Flow and return mounting
Type-tested according to DIN 3440-TR in connection with the following valves: VFG 2, VFG 21, VFGS 2, VFG 33 and VFG 34.
Ordering
Thermostat AFT
Type Setpoint oC -20 50 20 90 40 110 60 130 110 180 -20 50 20 90 40 110 60 130 -20 50 20 90 40 110 60 130 -20 50 20 90 40 110 60 130 Sensor / time constant * Sensor with immersion pocket bronze/ 120 s with immersion pocket Mounting Code No. 065-4390 065-4391 065-4392 065-4393 065-4394 065-4396 065-4397 065-4398 065-4399 065-4400 065-4401 065-4402 065-4403 065-4404 065-4405 065-4406 065-4407
AFT 06
Setpoint adjuster at the actuator
7 6 5
8 9
AFT 26
10 11 12
=10C
Setpoint adjuster separate Setpoint adjuster at the actuator
AFT 17
7 6 5
8 9
=10C
10 11 12
AFT 27
Spiral sensor/ 20 s without immersion pocket
Setpoint adjuster separate
*)
acc. to DIN 3440
SIBC R&D
VD.GA.G1.02
Danfoss 08/01
Data sheet
Thermostats AFT 06, AFT 26, AFT 17, AFT 27

Accessories for thermostat
Type designation For thermostat Material Stainless steel mat. No. 1.4571 Code No.
Immersion pocket
AFT 06, AFT 26
003G1400
Combination piece KF2
003G1398
Technical data
Type Setpoint range Xs (oC) Time constant T 1) (s) Gain Ks (mm/ oC) Max. adm. temp. at sensor Perm. ambient temperature (oC) at the thermostat Nominal pressure: (PN) sensor, immersion pocket Temperature sensor Sensor medium Sensor material Immersion pocket material
AFT 06 AFT 26 AFT 17 -20 50, 20 90, 40 110, 60 130, 60 130 120 (with immersion pocket) 20 0.8 100 oC above the adjusted setpoint 0 - 70 40 Smooth sensor 24 x 380 Silicon oil Brass, bronze Bronze, nickel-plated Stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4571 3.0 3.5
AFT 27
Spiral sensor 30 x 500 Cu spiral, nickel-plated No immersion pocket
Weight
(kg)
3.5
3.8
Application examples
VD.GA.G1.02
Danfoss 08/01
SIBC R&D
Data sheet
Construction
1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6
Valve body Valve seat Trim Bonnet Sensor Setpoint adjuster
5 6
8 7 6 5x
10C
9 1 0 1 1 1
AFT 06 / VFG 2
Valve - thermostat combinations
7 6 5
8 9
=10C
10 11 12
7 6 5
8 9
=10C
10 11 12
7 6 5
8 9
=10C
10 11 12
7 6 5
8 9
=10C
10 11 12
Valve type
VFG 2 VFG 21 VFG 25 15 - 125 Water 200 (VFG 2) 150 (VFG 21) 200 (VFG 25) NO valve
VFU 2
VFGS 2
DN Medium Max. temp. (oC)
15 - 125 200
15 - 125 Steam 200 350 (with ZF4)
VFG 33 VFG 34 VFG 35 VFG 36 25 - 125 Water 200 350 (with ZF4) 25 3-way valve mixing valve diverting valve
PN Remark
16, 25, 40 NC valve
Steam valve
SIBC R&D
VD.GA.G1.02
Danfoss 08/01
Data sheet
Combinations
7 6 5
8 9
=10C
10 11 12
AFT.. / STFL / VFG 2
AFT.. / STFW / VFG 2
Dimensions
R1
R1
R1
R1
380
380
280
280
280
500
500
7 6 5
8 9
=10C
10 11 12
7 6 5
8 9
=10C
10 11 12
24
24
30
30
AFT 06
AFT 26
AFT 17
AFT 27
22
386
R1 DIN2999 SW36
Note: R1 conic male thread acc. to DIN 2999
Immersion pocket
VD.GA.G1.02
Danfoss 08/01
280
SIBC R&D
Data sheet
Temperature controller AVT with safety temperature monitor STM / VG(F) and safety temperature limiter STLV (PN25)
STM / VG(F) / (AVT) - safety temperature monitor STLV / (AVT) - safety temperature limiter
Description
STM / VGF
STLV
The controllers STM/VG(F) and STM/AVT/VG(F) are self-acting proportional temperature controllers used for temperature control and temperature monitoring of drinking water, water and water glycol mixtures for heating and district heating systems. The controllers STLV and STLV/AVT are selfacting proportional temperature controllers used for temperature control and temperature limitation of drinking water, water and water glycol mixtures for heating and district heating systems. STLV safety temperature limiter consists of a pressure balanced valve VG(F) with soft sealing cone and safety temperature limiter (actuator) STL. STL consist of pressure actuator, regulating valve, safety thermostat and two impulse tubes. Valve VG(F) closes (by means of pressure actuator) when the limit temperature is exceeded. VG - valve with external thread VGF - valve with ange Controller closes on rising temperature. The controllers are: - Type-tested acc. to EN 14597 and protect against exceeding temperatures: - District heating systems acc. to DIN 4747 - Heating systems acc. to EN 12828 (DIN 4751) and EN 12953-6 (DIN 4752) - Water heating systems for drinking and industrial waters acc. to DIN 4753
DH-SMT/SI
Main data: DN 15 - 50 k vs 0.4 - 25 m3/h PN 25 Setting ranges: - STM monitor: 20 75 C / 40 95 C / 30 110 C - STL limiter: 45 95 C / 60 110 C - AVT thermostat: 10 +40 C / 20 70 C / 40 90 C / 60 110 C and 10 45 C / 35 70 C / 60 100 C / 85 125 C Temperature: - Circ. water / glycolic water up to 30%: 2 150 C Connections: - Ext. thread (weld-on, thread and ange tailpieces) - Flange
VD.JK.E2.02 Danfoss 02/2011
Data sheet Ordering

Example 1 - STM / VG(F) controller: Safety temperature monitor, DN 15, k vs 1.6, PN 25, limit range 30 110 C, tmax 150 C, ext. thread - 1 VG DN 15 valve Code No: 065B0772 - 1 STM monitor, 30 110 C Code No: 065-0608 Option: - 1 Weld-on tailpieces Code No: 003H6908 All products will be delivered separately.
Temp. controller AVT with safety temp. monitor STM / VG(F) and safety temp. limiter STLV (PN25) VG, VGF valve
Picture DN (mm) k vs (m3/h) 0.4 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 8.0 12.5 16 20 4.0 6.3 8.0 12.5 20 25 PN tmax. (C) Connection Code No. 065B0770 065B0771 065B0772 065B0773 065B0774 065B0775 065B0776 065B0777 065B0778 065B0779 065B0780 065B0781 065B0782 065B0783 065B0784 065B0785
15
GA Cylindrical external thread acc. to ISO 228/1 25 150
Example 2- STM / AVT / VG(F) controller: Temperature controller with safety temperature monitor, DN 15, k vs 1.6, PN 25, limit range 30 110 C, setting range 40 90 C, tmax 150C, ext. thread - 1 VG DN 15 valve Code No: 065B0772 - 1 STM monitor, 30 110 C Code No: 065-0608 - 1x AVT thermostat, 40 90 C Code No: 065-0598 - 1 K2 Combination piece Code No: 003H6855 Option: - 1 Weld-on tailpieces Code No: 003H6908 All products will be delivered separately.
20 25 32 40 50 15 20 25 32 40 50
G1A G 1 A G 1 A G2A G 2 A
STM Safety temperature monitor (actuator)

Picture For valves Limit range (C) 30 110 20 75 40 95 Temperature sensor with brass immersion pocket, length, connection 210 mm, R 1) Code No. 065-0608 065-0609 065-0610
DN 15 - 50
1) conic male thread EN 10226-1
STLV Safety temperature limiter (controller)

Picture DN k vs (mm) (m3/h) 15 20 25 4.0 6.3 8.0 Connection
Temp. sensor with brass imm. pocket, length, connect.
Example 3 - STLV controller: Safety temperature limiter, DN 15, k vs 4.0, PN 25, limit range 60 110 C, tmax 150 C, ext. thread - 1 STLV limiter, 60110 C Code No: 065-0563 Option: - 1 Weld-on tailpieces Code No: 003H6908 The controller will be delivered completely assembled, inclusive impulse tube between valve and actuator.
Limit range (C)
Code No.
Limit range (C)
Code No.
Cylindr. GA ext.thread G1A acc. to ISO 228/1 G 1 A
065-0560 065-0561 065-0562 210 mm, R 1) 45 95 065-0566 065-0567 065-0568 60 110
065-0563 065-0564 065-0565
32 40 50
12.5 20 25
065-0569 065-0570 065-0571
1) conic male thread EN 10226-1
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet Ordering (continuous)

Example 4 - STLV / AVT controller: Temperature controller with safety temperature limiter, DN 15, k vs 4.0, PN 25, limit range 60 110 C, setting range 40 90 C, tmax 150 C, ext. thread - 1 STLV limiter, 60 110 C Code No: 065-0563 - 1 AVT thermostat, 40 90 C Code No: 065-0598 Option: - 1 Weld-on tailpieces Code No: 003H6908 The controller STLV will be delivered completely assembled, inclusive impulse tube between valve and actuator. Thermostat AVT will be delivered separately.
Temp. controller AVT with safety temp. monitor STM / VG(F) and safety temp. limiter STLV (PN25) AVT Thermostat (actuator)
Picture For valves Setting range (C) 10 +40 20 70 40 90 60 110 10 +40 20 70 40 90 60 110 10 45 35 70 60 100 85 125 Temperature sensor with brass immersion pocket, length, connection Code No. 065-0596 065-0597 065-0598 065-0599 065-0600 065-0601 065-0602 065-0603 065-0604 065-0605 065-0606 065-0607
DN 15 - 25
170 mm, R 1)
DN 32 - 50
210 mm, R 1)
DN 15 - 50
1) conic male thread EN 10226-1 2) without immersion pocket
255 mm, R 1) 2)

Weld-on tailpieces
R R R 1 R 1
Flange tailpieces

Picture Type designation Material Brass AVT/VG(F) DN 15 - 25 Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571 Brass AVT/VG(F) DN 32 - 50 STM/VG(F) DN 15 - 50 Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4435 STLV DN 15 - 50 For controllers Code No. 065-4414* 065-4415* 065-4416* 065-4417* 003H6855 003H6856
Immersion pocket
Combination piece K2 Combination piece K3 * Not for AVT thermostat code numbers: 065-0604, 065-0605, 065-0606, 065-0607
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet Ordering (continuous)
Temp. controller AVT with safety temp. monitor STM / VG(F) and safety temp. limiter STLV (PN25)
Service kits
Picture Type designation kvs (m3/h) 0.4 1.0 15 1.6 2.5 4.0 20 6.3 25 8.0 32 / 40 / 50 12.5 / 16 / 20 Limit range (C), sensor pocket material 45 95, Brass 60 110, Brass 45 95, Brass 60 110, Brass 45 95, Stainless steel for sensors AVT R AVT R DN (mm) Code No. 003H6869 003H6870 003H6871 003H6872 003H6873 003H6874 003H6875 003H6876 065-0611 065-0612 065-0614 065-0615 065-0619 065-4420 065-4421
Valve insert
STL thermostat *
Control unit STL**
Sensor stung box set
* Consists of a pressure actuator, regulating valve, thermostat and impulse tube between pressure actuator and thermostat. Impulse tube between thermostat and valve is not included. ** Consists of a regulating valve and thermostat.
Technical data
VG, VGF valves

Nominal diameter DN k vs value m3/h Cavitation factor z * Leakage acc. to standard IEC 534 Nominal pressure PN Max. dierential pressure bar Medium Medium pH Medium temperature valve Connections tailpieces Materials Valve body Valve seat Valve cone Sealing
1)
0.4
1.0
15 1.6
2.5
4.0
20 6.3 0.6 25
25 8
32 12.5
40 50 16/201) 20/251) 0.05
0.02
20 16 Circulation water / glycolic water up to 30% Min. 7, max. 10 2 150 C Thread and ange Weld-on and ange Weld-on External thread Ductile iron EN-GJS-400-18-LT (GGG 40.3) Ductile iron EN-GJS-400-18-LT (GGG 40.3) Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571 Dezincing free brass CuZn36Pb2As EPDM
thread ange
Red bronze CuSn5ZnPb (Rg5)
Flange valve body
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
STM Safety temperature monitor (actuator)

Limit range Xs C Time constant T acc. to EN 14597 s Gain K s mm/K Max. adm. temperature at sensor Perm. amb. temperature at sensor Nominal pressure sensor PN Capillary tube length Materials Temperature sensor Ms design Immersion pocket Stainless steel design Handle for temp. setting Scale carrier 20 75 C / 40 95 C / 30 110 C max. 100 0.3 80 C above maximum setpoint 0 70 C 25 5m Cooper / Brass Brass, nickel-plated mat. No. 1.4435 Polyamide, glass ber-reinforced Polyamide
STL Safety temperature limiter (actuator)

Limit range Xs C Time constant T acc. to EN 14597 s Gain K s mm/K Max. adm. temperature at sensor Perm. amb. temperature at sensor Nominal pressure sensor PN Capillary tube length Materials Temperature sensor Ms design Immersion pocket Stainless steel design Handle for temp. setting Scale carrier 45 95 C / 60 110 C max. 100 0.3 50 C above maximum setpoint 0 70 C 25 5m Cooper / Brass Brass, nickel-plated mat. No. 1.4435 Polyamide, glass ber-reinforced Polyamide
AVT Thermostat (actuator)

Setting range Xs C 10 40 C / 20 70 C / 40 90 C / 60 110 C 10 45 C / 35 70 C / 60 100 C / 85 125 C max. 50 (170 mm, 210 mm), max. 30 (255 mm) 0.2 (170 mm), 0.3 (210 mm), 0.7 (255 mm) 50 C above maximum setpoint 0 70 C 25 5 m (170 mm, 210 mm), 4 m (255 mm) Cooper / Brass Brass, nickel-plated Mat. No. 1.4571 (170 mm), mat. No. 1.4435 (210 mm) Polyamide, glass ber-reinforced Polyamide
Time constant T acc. to EN 14597 s Gain K s mm/K Max. adm. temperature at sensor Perm. amb. temperature at sensor Nominal pressure sensor PN Capillary tube length Materials Temperature sensor Ms design Immersion pocket * Stainless steel design Handle for temp. setting Scale carrier * for sensor 170 and 210 mm
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet Application principles
Combinations
AVT / VG - temperature controller
STM / VG - safety temperature monitor
STLV - safety temperature limiter
STM / AVT / VG - temperature controller with safety temperature monitor
STM / AVT / AVT /VG - two temperature controllers with safety temperature monitor
STLV / AVT - temperature controller with safety temperature limiter
STLV / AVT / AVT - two temperature controllers with safety temperature limiter
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet Installation positions
Temp. controller AVT with safety temp. monitor STM / VG(F) and safety temp. limiter STLV (PN25) Temperature controller and safety temperature monitor Temperature controller AVT / VG(F) and safety temperature monitor STM / VG(F) can be installed in any position.
Safety temperature limiter Up to medium temperature of 100 C safety temperature limiter STLV can be installed in any position.
For higher temperatures safety temperature limiter STLV have to be installed in horizontal pipes only, with a pressure actuator oriented downwards.
Temperature sensor The place of installation must be chosen in a way that the temperature of the medium is directly taken without any delay. Avoid overheating of temperature sensor. The temperature sensor must be immersed into the medium in its full length. Temperature sensors 170 mm R and 210 mm R - The temperature sensor may be installed in any position. Temperature sensor 255 mm R - The temperature sensor must be installed as shown on the picture.

working area
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet Valve sizing
Given data: Pmax = 14 kW t = 20 K pv = 0.15 bar Pmax - heating power (kW) t -temperature dierence (K) pv - dierential pressure across the valve


kv = Qmax p V = 0.6 0.15
k v = 1.5 m3/h Chosen k vs = 1.6 m3/h or read from the sizing diagram by taking a line through Q scale (0.6 m3/h) and pv scale (0.15bar) to intersect k v-scale at 1.5 m3/h Chosen k vs = 1.6 m3/h Solution: The example selects 1) ext. thread valve VG DN 15, k vs value 1.6 or 2) ange valve VGF DN 15, k vs value 1.6
DH-SMT/SI
Maximum ow Qmax (m3/h) through the valve is calculated according to formula:

Qmax = Pmax 0.86 14 0.86 = 20 t
Qmax = 0.6 m3/h
Data sheet Design

STM / VG 1. Valve VG(F) 2. Valve insert 3. Pressure relieved valve cone 4. Valve stem 5. Union nut 6. Safety temp. monitor STM 7. Thermostat stem 8. Setting spring for temperature control 9. Handle for limit setting, prepared for sealing 10. Scale carrier 11. Capillary tube 12. Temperature sensor 13. Immersion pocket
AVT / VG 1. Valve VG(F) 2. Valve insert 3. Pressure relieved valve cone 4. Valve stem 5. Union nut 6. Thermostat AVT 7. Thermostat stem 8. Bellows 9. Setting spring for temperature control 10. Handle for temperature setting, prepared for sealing 11. Scale carrier 12. Capillary tube 13. Flexible protected pipe (only at AVT 255 mm) 14. Temperature sensor 15. Immersion pocket
13
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet Design (continuous)

STLV 1. Valve VG(F) 2. Valve insert 3. Pressure relieved valve cone 4. Valve stem 5. Union nut 6. Safety thermostat 7. Pressure actuator 8. Thermostat stem 9. Bellows 10. Handle for limit setting, prepared for sealing 11. Scale carrier 12. Capillary tube 13. Temperature sensor 14. Immersion pocket 15. Impulse tube 16. Regulating valve 17. Releasing screw
10
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
Function
Mode of Operation The safety temperature monitor and safety temperature limiter are proportional temperature controllers which control the temperature and protects the system against exceeding temperatures. The valve cone is soft sealed and pressure balanced. Safety Temperature Monitor (STM/VG(F)) - Function In case the temperature at the temperature sensor exceeds the adjusted set point, safety temperature monitor interrupts energy supply by closing the valve. As soon as the temperature at the temperature sensor drops, the valve opens automatically. Handle for limit setting can be sealed.
Safety Temperature Limiter (STLV) - Function In case the temperature at the temperature sensor exceeds the adjusted set point, safety temperature limiter interrupts energy supply by closing the valve. The valve remains closed: - until the temperature, at the temperature sensor, decreases below the adjusted set point - regulating valve closes. - manual reset is done Manual reset is done by opening of a releasing screw - medium from pressure actuator is being transferred out. Before manual resetting pressure actuator has to be cooled down. Medium in it might be hot. Handle for limit setting can be sealed.
- Extended safety function If there is a leakage in the area of the temperature sensor, the capillary tube, or the thermostat, the valve is closed by a pressure spring in the safety thermostat. In this case safety temperature monitor (actuator) must be replaced. - Physical Function Principle The safety temperature monitor operates in accordance with the liquid expansion principle. The temperature sensor, the capillary tube and the bellow are lled with liquid. As the temperature at the temperature sensor rises, the liquid expands, the thermostat stem moves out and closes the valve.
- Extended safety function If there is a leakage in the area of the temperature sensor, the capillary tube, or the safety thermostat, the regulating valve opens. The pressure of the medium before the valve is being transferred to the lower chamber of pressure actuator and closes the valve. In this case safety temperature limiter (actuator) must be replaced. - Physical Function Principle The safety temperature monitor operates in accordance with the adsorption principle. In case the temperature at the temperature sensor exceeds the adjusted set point, safety thermostat moves thermostat stem out and opens regulating valve. The pressure of the medium before the valve is being transferred to the lower chamber of pressure actuator and closes the valve. Temperature Controller (AVT/VG(F)) - Function By increasing of medium temperature valve cone moves towards the seat (valve closes), by decreasing of medium temperature valve cone moves away from the seat (valve opens). Handle for temperature setting can be sealed. Physical Function Principle Medium temperature changes cause pressure changes in temperature sensor. Resulting pressure is being transferred through the capillary tube to the bellow. Bellow moves thermostat stem and opens or closes the valve.
Settings
Temperature setting (AVT) Temperature setting is being done by the adjustment of the setting spring for temperatature control.
Limit setting (STM / VG(F), STLV) Limit setting is being done by the adjustment of the setting spring for temperature control.
DH-SMT/SICO
11
Data sheet Dimensions
AVT / VG(F)
STM / VG(F)
DN L L1 H (with AVT) H (with STM) H1 (with AVT) H1 (with STM) H2 H3 Weight (valves) Weight (thermostat) thread ange sensor 170 mm sensor 210 mm sensor 255 mm mm
15 65 130 180 224 229 274 34 47 0.7 3.3
20 70 150 180 224 229 274 34 52 0.8 4.1
25 75 160 180 224 229 274 37 57 0.9 4.7
32 100 180 221 266 221 266 62 70 3.0 7.5
40 110 200 221 266 221 266 62 75 3.1 9.0
50 130 230 221 266 221 266 62 82 3.8 11.1
AVT: 1.3 kg AVT: 1.5 kg; STM: 2.6 kg AVT: 1.6 kg
12
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
STLV (DN 15-25)
STLV (DN 32-50)
DN Lx Ly H H1 H2 H3 Weight thread ange kg mm
15 246 180 34 5.2 -
20 246 180 34 5.2 -
25 246 180 37 5.4 -
32 233 221 70 11.9
40 243 221 75 13.5
50 258 221 82 15.6
Note: other ange dimensions - see table for tailpieces.
DH-SMT/SI
13
Data sheet
VG(F)
VG DN 15 - 25
VG DN 32 - 50
DN L VG H L VGF H mm 15 65 102 0.7 130 165 3.3
VGF DN 15 - 25
20 70 102 0.8 150 172 4.1 25 75 102 0.9 160 175 4.7 32 100 176 3.0 180 184 7.5 40 110 176 3.1 200 189 9.0
VGF DN 32 - 50
50 130 176 3.8 230 196 11.1
Weight kg mm
Weight kg
Note: other ange dimensions - see table for tailpieces.
DN
SW d R 1) L12) L2 L3 k d2 n
1) 2)
mm
15 32 (G A) 21 130 131 139 65 14 4
20 41 (G 1A) 26 150 144 154 75 14 4
25 32 50 (G 1A) 63 (G 1A) 33 42 1 1 160 160 177 159 184 85 100 14 18 4 4
40 70 (G 2A) 47 204 110 18 4
50 82 (G 2A) 60 234 125 18 4
14
DH-SMT/SI
Data sheet
DH-SMT/SI
15
Data sheet
16
VD.JK.E2.02
HEAT PRODUCTS LTD
A Range Of Heat Interface Units For Modern Apartment Design
Compact 500
Suitable for community heating Heating systems with renewable heat sources No gas pipes or flues in the apartments Low maintenance Uses standard Danfoss Control valves and heat exchangers
High hot water capacity compared with traditional combi boilers Compact design saves space Instantaneous hot water will not run dry Reduces risk of bacteria growth in pipes and scale build up
COMPACT VX
The Compact VX heat interface unit is an instantaneous hot water unit with an indirect heating circuit (2 plate heat exchangers) that is supplied complete with secondary pump, expansion vessel and all the control valves necessary to accurately control both heating flow and hot water temperatures. Designed for dwelling heating systems up to 10kW and a hot water capacity of 35 kW up to 65kW depending on model type, the Compact VX minimizes installation time and reduces the risk of catastrophic water damage if there is a pipe or connection failure within the dwelling.
COMPACT DIRECT
The Compact Direct heat interface unit is an instantaneous hot water unit with a direct heating connections (1 plate heat exchanger) that is supplied with all the control valves necessary to accurately control both heating flow and hot water temperatures. Designed for dwelling heating systems up to 10kW and a hot water capacity of 35 kW up to 65kW depending on model type, the Compact Direct minimizes installation time at a competitive cost.
COMPACT S PLAN
The Compact S Plan heat interface unit has been developed for the UK market where hot water storage is a requirement. Designed for heating systems up to 20kW depending on type the Compact S Plan is supplied complete with secondary pump, expansion vessel and all the control valves necessary to accurately control both heating and cylinder flow temperatures. The Compact S Plan is designed to minimize installation time and reduce the risk of catastrophic water damage if there is a pipe or connection failure within the dwelling.
COMPACT HE
The Compact Heating only unit is a basic heat interface unit designed to give flexibility where the conditions of the secondary circuits are unknown, e.g. retail outlets on a new build project. Designed for heating systems up to 20kW depending on type, the Compact Heating Only unit is supplied complete with secondary pump, expansion vessel and all the control valves necessary to accurately control a secondary heating circuit whilst reducing the risk of catastrophic water damage if there is a pipe or connection failure within the secondary circuit
COMPACT HW
The Compact HW is an instantaneous hot water only heat interface unit designed for circuits where there is no requirement for heating control. With a hot water capacity of 35 kW up to 95kW depending on model type, the Compact HW is designed to minimize the risks of legionella and ensure continuous hot water flow where demand is unknown.
Instantaneous Hot Water

The Danfoss IHPT hot water control valve and XB 06 heat exchanger are at the heart of the Compact VX and Compact Direct units, accurately controlling the supply temperature of the DHW over a wide range of flow rates and system pressures.. This combination of valve and heat exchanger meets the strict Swedish guidelines on temperature control of hot water for domestic applications and offers the home owner a consistently controlled supply of hot water at the tap and eliminates the problems associated of lime scale build up (when set at 50C)associated with cylinders.
IHPT Performance Test
Hot water temperature set at 50C
Changing tap flow rates
Diferential pressure 6 bar
Quick selection chart (based on 85C primary temperature)

Unit Type Compact VX Heating Indirect Heating Capacity 10kW Radiators or UFH DHW Instantaneous DHW Capacity 10-50C 35kW 12.51/min 45kW 161/min 55kW 19.51/min 65kW 231/min 35kW 12.51/min 45kW 161/min 55kW 19.51/min 65kW 231/min 35kW 12.51/min 45kW 161/min 55kW 19.51/min 65kW 231/min
Compact Direct R
Direct
10kW radiators
Instantaneous
Compact Direct M
Direct with mixing circuit Indirect Indirect N/A
10kW UFH
Instantaneous
Compact S Plan Compact HE Compact HW
10 & 20kW Radiators or UFH 10 & 20kW Radiators or UFH
Cylinder N/A Instantaneous 35kW 12.51/min 45kW 161/min 55kW 19.51/min 65kW 231/min
HEAT ENERGY METER AND OPTIONS

HYDRO-NET Application software HYDRO-RADIO HYDRO-CENTER SW
TCP/IP* TCP/IP* Data Transmission
USB
INTERNET
TCP/IP* Data Collectors
Bluetooth
TCP/IP*
Modem / RS232
LAN/WLAN/ Bluetooth Receiver GPRSReceiver
Hydro-Center M-Bus
Ultrasonic energy meter SONOMETER 1000
Radio 686
with radio module
with M-Bus module
TCP/IP* = Transmission Control Protocol / Internet Protocol Unit 40, South Hampshire Business Park, Brunel Road, Totton, Hampshire. SO40 3SA Email: heatproducts@gmail.com Tel: 02380 429830 Fax: 02380 429839
Data sheet
SONOMETERTM1100 Ultrasonic compact energy meter
Description/Application
The SONOMETER1100 is an ultrasonic static compact energy meter especially designed for heating, cooling or combined heating/cooling application in local and district energy systems. The SONOMETER1100 as a compact energy meter consists of the following components: - Ultrasonic ow sensor; - Calculator with integral hardware and software for measuring ow rate, temperature and energy consumption; - Pair of temperature sensors.
MID examination certicate no. : DE-10-MI004-PTB003
Features - 1st. approval in Europe for ultrasonic energy meter with dynamic range of qi/qp 1 : 250 in class 2 (qp 1.5 / 2.5 / 6 / 10 / 15 / 25 / 40 / 60 m/h) - Complete dynamic range: 1 : 1500 - Lithium battery, 230 V AC or 24 V AC mains unit - Battery lifetime 11 years (16 years optional) - Unique free- beam principle - Improved service-friendly energy meter design - Housings with thread and ange (PN 16 / 25) - Can be congured for heating, cooling or combined heating/cooling application - Temperature range: 5 - 130 / 150 C - Overload temperature up to 150 C (qp= 0.6 - 2.5 m3/h) - Swirl-free ow around reector - Lower pressure loss - Robust stainless steel reector - Insensitive to dirt - Available in nominal sizes - Measuring accuracy meets the requirements of EN 1434 ( MID) class 2 and 3 - No calming sections necessary in the inlet and/or outlet (standard installation)
qp 0.6 / 1.0 / 1.5 / 2.5 / 3.5 / 6 / 10 / 15 / 25 / 40 / 60 m/h
Special Features - Power save mode - NOWA test capability - Remote reading via M-Bus, L-Bus, RS 232, RS 485, Radio or optical interface - Integrated Radio (868 or 434 Hz), Real Data or Open Metering Standard (OMS) - Individual remote reading (Automatic Meter Reading) with add on modules Plug&Play - 2 communication ports (e.g. M-Bus + M-Bus) - Improved radio performance - Individual tari functions - History memory for 24 months - Extensive diagnostic displays - IZAR@SET parameterization software on Windows basis guarantees optimum adaptation to the users specic needs
DEN-SMT/PL
VD.SH.J1.02 Danfoss 12/2010
Data Sheet
SONOMETERTM1100 Ultrasonic energy meter
Ordering: The ordering code no. consists of both dummy code and ordering code. Dummy code: 087G6011 Ordering code: AAA BB - C D E F G H P AAA - application energy meter for heating energy meter for cooling energy meter for heating/cooling BB - ow sensor qp 0.6 m/h / 110 mm thread / DN 15 / GB qp 0.6 m/h / 130 mm thread / DN 20 / G1B qp 0.6 m/h / 190 mm thread / DN 20 / G1B qp 1.0 m/h / 110 mm thread / DN 15 / GB qp 1.0 m/h / 130 mm thread / DN 20 / G1B qp 1.0 m/h / 190 mm thread / DN 20 / G1B qp 1.5 m/h / 110 mm thread / DN 15 / GB qp 1.5 m/h / 130 mm thread / DN 20 / G1B qp 1.5 m/h / 190 mm thread / DN 20 / G1B qp 2.5 m/h / 130 mm thread / DN 20 / G1B qp 2.5 m/h / 190 mm thread / DN 20 / G1B qp 3.5 m/h / 260 mm thread / DN 25 / G1B qp 6 m/h / 260 mm thread / DN 25 / G1B qp 10 m/h / 300 mm thread / DN 40 / G2B qp 0.6 m/h / 190 mm ange DN 201 qp 1.0 m/h / 190 mm ange DN 201 qp 1.5 m/h / 190 mm ange DN 201 qp 2.5 m/h / 190 mm ange DN 201 qp 3.5 m/h / 260 mm ange DN 251 qp 3.5 m/h / 260 mm ange DN 321 qp 6 m/h / 260 mm ange DN 251 qp 6 m/h / 260 mm ange DN 321 qp 10 m/h / 300 mm ange DN 401 qp 15 m/h / 270 mm ange DN 501 qp 25 m/h / 300 mm ange DN 651 qp 40 m/h / 300 mm ange DN 801 qp 60 m/h / 360 mm ange DN 1001
1
L M - NN O 0 1 3 4 O - verication without approval mark compliant according to national regulations compliant to MID. No letter of conformity compliant to MID. With letter of conformity (inital verication) compliant to MID. With letter of conformity (inital verication) and additional test reports
1HE 1CO 1HC 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 1G 1H 1I 1J 1K 1L 1M 1N 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2F 2G 2H 2I 2J 2K 2L 2M

only PN 25 possible!
C - nominal pressure PN 16 PN 251

1
00 AT BA BG CN DK EE HR CZ DE GB IE IT KZ LV LT MD MK PL RO RU CS SK SI TR UA XM 0 1 2 3 4
NN - country code Neutral code with docs in English Austria Bosnia Bulgaria China Denmark Estonia Croatia Czech Republic Germany United Kingdom Ireland Italy Kazakhstan Latvia Lithuania Moldova Macedonia Poland Romania Russia Serbia Slovak Republic Slovenia Turkey Ukraine Montenegro
C D
ange versions must be PN 25
D - cable length between calculator and ow sensor 1.5 m (standard) 3m 5m1 0.2 m 2
1
A B C D
M - connections (sets) without screwing set R x G B screwing set R x G 1 B screwing set R 1 x G 1 B screwing set R 1 x G 2 B
not possible for qp 3.5 m/h and qp to 6 m/h versions 2 max. 90C possible. Only for qp 0.6 - 2.5 versions
E - installation low temperature high temperature F - power supply battery 3.6 V DC (A-cell) battery 3.6 V DC (D-cell) 1 mains unit 230 V AC mains unit 24 V AC
1
L H 1 2 3 4
for integrated radio
GH - interface modules modules slot 1 no module in slot 1 Analogue output module (4-20mA)1 Combined module (2 pulse inputs / 1 pulse output) Pulse input module (2 inputs) M-Bus module L-Bus module (use for external radio) RS232 module RS485 module modules slot 2 no module in slot 2 Pulse output module2 Combined module (2 pulse inputs / 1 pulse output)2 Pulse input module (2 inputs)2 M-Bus module2 L-Bus module (use for external radio)2 RS232 module 2 RS485 module 2
1 2
0 A B C D E F G 0 A B C D E F G
L - accessories / pocket 0 without for 5.2 mm temperature sensors (pair1) DN 15-32 F brass-pockets, 35 mm, MID 3 G brass-pockets, 52 mm, MID DN 40-65 H brass-pockets, 85 mm, MID DN 80-125 I brass-pockets, 120 mm, MID DN 150-200 for 6.0 mm temperature sensors (pair) V brass-pockets, 40 mm MID DN 25-65 W brass-pockets, 85 mm MID DN 80-125 X brass-pockets, 120 mm MID DN 150-200 Y stainless steel-pockets, 85 mm MID DN 80-125 Z stainless steel-pockets, 120 mm MID DN 150-200 1 stainless steel-pockets, 155 mm MID DN 200-250 2 stainless steel-pockets, 210 mm MID DN 300 Accessories R ball valve DN 15 - for direct sensor 2 (1 piece) S ball valve DN 20 - for direct sensor 2 (1 piece) T ball valve DN 25 - 1 for direct sensor 2 (1 piece) U adapter for mounting direct sensor R M 10x1 2
1 2 3
versions with one sensor pocket on request not possible for 6.0 mm sensors max temperature: 105C
1 2 3 0 N O P S T V A B C D E F G H I J K L M
K - temperature sensor mounting qp 0.6 - 2.5 : one sensor mounted in the ow sensor 1 qp 3.5 - 60 : indirect mounting (2 free sensors) qp 0.6 - 2.5 : indirect mounting (2 free sensors) qp 3.5 - 25 : one sensor mounted in the ow sensor 1
1
only one module possible integrated radio is not available
J - temperature sensors (pair) 10 m cable as accessory Pt 500 / 5.2 mm / 2 m cable, MID Pt 500 / 5.2 mm / 3 m cable, for cooling Pt 500 / 5.2 mm / 5 m cable, MID Pt 500 / 5.2 mm / 2 m cable PUR, MID Pt 500 / 6.0 mm / 2 m cable, MID Pt 500 / 6.0 mm / 5 m cable, MID
only for 5.2 mm sensors
P - version of communication without radio Radio 868 MHz Real Data Radio 434 MHz Real Data Radio 868 MHz Open Metering Standard Radio 434 MHz Open Metering Standard
0 1 2 3 4
I - energy units kWh (without digit after comma) only for 0.6 - 6 m/h MWh (with 1 digit after comma) MWh (with 2 digit after comma) MWh (with 3 digit after comma) only for 0.6 - 6 m/h GJ (with 1 digit after comma) GJ (with 2 digit after comma) GJ (with 3 digit after comma) only for 0.6 - 6 m/h Gcal (with 1 digit after comma) Gcal (with 2 digit after comma) Gcal (with 3 digit after comma) only for 0.6 - 6 m/h MBtu (with 1 digit after comma) MBtu (with 2 digit after comma) MBtu (with 3 digit after comma) only for 0.6 - 6 m/h
DEN-SMT/PL
VD.SHJ1.02 Danfoss 12/2010
Data Sheet
Ordering continued

Modules
Communication Designation M-Bus module L-Bus module (use for external radio) RS232 module RS485 module Analogue output module (4-20mA) Combined module (2 pulse inputs/ 1 pulse output) Pulse input module (2 inputs) Pulse output module (2 outputs) battery 3.6 V DC (A-cell) battery 3.6 V DC (D-cell) mains unit 230 V AC mains unit 24 V AC Code No. 3022071 3022072 3022100 3022101 3022106 3022075 3022074 3022073 3022102 3022103 3022076 3022079
Function
Supply voltage
Accessories Temperature sensors

Temperature sensors (pair) Pt 500 / 5.2 mm / 10 m cable, MID Pt 500 / 6.0 mm / 10 m cable, MID Dimension (IG) G G G 1
pair
Code No. 3002679 3004697 Code No. 087H0118 087H0119 087H0120
1
1 Set 12 pcs 12 pcs 12 pcs
Ball valves
Adapter for mounting temperature sensors
Coupling thread
Sensor thread
Set
Code No.
M 10 x 1
32 pcs
087H0107
Tailpieces
Threaded
Dimension (AGR x IG) R 1/2 x G 3/4 B R 3/4 x G 1 B R 1 x G 1 B R 11/2 x G 2 B
Set 5 pcs 5 pcs 5 pcs 5 pcs
Code No. 3005674 3013183 3013185 3013184
Software
The IZAR@SET parameterization software on windows basis is a convenient tool for handling the energy meter. The IZAR@SET software is available on web site www.hydrometer.de.
It is used for: - commissioning - reading out measured values - printing out energy meter logs - energy meter conguration - application analysis - print the meter protocol
DEN-SMT/PL
Data Sheet
Technical data
Nominal Flow rate ranges Maximum Minimum Starting Nominal Diameter Connection Tailpiece Operating Maximum pressure
Flow sensor heating Temp. range
qp m3/h qs m3/h qi l/h l/h DN mm AGZ AGV PN bar C 15 G B R
0.6 1.2 6 1 20 G 1B R 16 / 25 FL 25 15 G B R
1.0 / 1.5 2/3 10 / 6 2.5 20 G 1B R 16 / 25 5...130 5...50 5...105 FL 25
2.5 5 10 4 20 G 1B R 16 / 25 FL 25 25 G 1B R1 16 / 25
3.5 7 35 7 32 FL 25 25 G 1B R1 16 / 25
6 12 24 7 32 FL 25
10 20 401) / 100 20 40 G 2B R 1 25 5...150 5...50 5...105 FL -
15 30
25 50
40 80 160 80 80 FL 25
60 120 2401) /6002)/ 1200 120 100 FL 25
1001) / 601) / 150 150 40 50 FL 25 50 65 FL 25
cooling heat. /cool.
Medium Pressure loss At qp p mbar mm kg 110 85 130 190 110 0.75 36 / 75 130 190 130 100 190
circulation water (pH-value: 7 - 10) 44 260 1.50 3.50 4.80 1.50 128 260 3.50 4.80 95 300 3.0 6.80 80 270 7.60 75 300 9.60 80 300 11.20 75 360 17.00
Overall length Miscellaneous Complete weight
0.75 0.76 0.78 2.85
0.76 0.78 2.85 0.76 0.78 2.85
Temperature Type sensors Sensor current Measuring cycle mA T s
Pt 500 with 2-wire leads Pt 500 peak < 2; rms < 0.012 Mains unit supply: 2 A-cell battery: 16; D-cell battery: 4 177
Max. max temperature K dierence Input Min. min temperature K dierence Starting temperature K dierence Absolute temperature measuring C range Supply voltage Operating voltage Ambient class Basic features Protection class Type Measuring process Display Units Display indication Total values Values displayed
1) 2)
0.125
1...180
UN
3.6 V DC (Lithium-battery) / 230 V AC / 24 V AC EN 1434 class E1 + M1 calculator: IP 54 ow sensor: IP 54 (heating) / IP 68 (cooling) Static energy meter to EN 1434 (MID) Ultrasonic volume measurement LCD, 8-digit MWh - kWh - GJ - Gcal - MBtu - gal - GMP - C - F - m - m/h 99 999 999 - 9999 999.9 - 999 999.99 - 99 999.999 Power - energy - ow rate - temperature - volume
Only for horizontal installation Only in rising or falling pipes or tilted installation
Measuring accuracy to EN 1434 Class 2
DEN-SMT/PL
Data Sheet
Design and function

The SONOMETER1100 as a compact energy meter consists of the following components: - Ultrasonic ow sensor; - Calculator with integral hardware and software for measuring ow rate, temperature and energy consumption; - Pair of temperature sensors. The calculator contains all the necessary circuits for recording the ow rate and temperature and for calculating, logging and displaying the data. The calculator housing can be mounted directly on the ow sensor or on the wall. The energy meter can be conveniently read from a single-line 8-digit display with units and symbols. A push-button provides user-friendly control of the various display loops. All failures and faults are recorded automatically and shown on the LC display. To protect the reading data, all the relevant data are saved in a non-volatile memory (EEPROM). This memory saves the measured values, device parameters and types of error at regular intervals. Ultrasonic ow sensor The ultrasonic technology of the ow sensor permits very high measuring accuracy and can be used in the supply or return line. The ow sensor meets the requirements of EN 1434 / class 2 and 3. The standard cable length between the calculator and the ow sensor is 1.5 m (optional 5 m). Supply voltage: - Lithium battery 3.6 V DC A-cell (11 years typical lifetime) - Lithium battery 3.6 V DC D-cell (16 years typical lifetime) - Mains unit 230 V AC or 24 V AC with changeable backup battery Temperature Sensors Pairs of Pt 500 temperature sensors with 2-wire leads are used. Integrated Radio Integrated Radio is an interface for communication with radio receiver. - Frequency band: 868 or 434 MHz - Type of radio telegram: Real Data or Open Metering Standard (OMS) - Transmission data updating: Online - no time delay between value measurement and data transmission - Data transmission: Unidirectional - Sending interval: 12...20 s; depending on length of telegram (duty cycle) Interfaces - Optical: ZVEI interface as standard, for communication and testing, M-Bus protocol. - M-Bus: Congurable telegram, according to EN1434-3. Data reading and parametrization are via two wires with polarity reversal protection. - L-Bus: Adapter for external radio module; congurable telegram, according to EN1434-3. Data reading and parametrization are via two wires with polarity reversal protection. M-Bus protocol. - RS232: Serial interface for communication with external devices. A special data cable is required. M-Bus protocol. - RS485: Serial interface for communication with external devices. Power supply with 12V 5V. M-Bus protocol. - Pulse output: Module with 2 Open Collector pulse outputs (potential-free), 4 Hz (pulse width 125ms), 100 Hz (pulse width 5ms), ratio: pulse duration / pulse break ~ 1:1. Configurable via IZAR@SET software. Possible pulse output values are Energy, Volume, Tariff energy 1, Tariff energy 2, Tariff condition 1, Tariff condition 2, Energy error and Volume error. - Pulse input: Module with 2 pulse inputs, max. 20 Hz with minimum pulse duration of 10 msec, input resistance 2.2 M Ohms, terminal voltage 3V DC, cable length up to maximum 10m. The pulse value and the unit is configurable for energy, water, gas or electrical meter by IZAR@SET. Data can be transferred remotely. Also two accounting days are available for both inputs. - Combined pulse input / output: Module with 2 pulse inputs and 1 pulse output. Configurable via IZAR@SET software. - Analogue output: Module for 4...20 mA with 2 programmable passive outputs, programmable value in case of error. Output values can be power, flow rate, temperatures. Configurable via IZAR@SET software. Slot 1 - Analogue output module (4-20mA) - Combined module (2 pulse inputs / 1 pulse output) - Pulse input module (2 inputs) - M-Bus module - L-Bus module (use for external radio) - RS232 module - RS485 module Slot 2 - Pulse output module - Combined module (2 pulse inputs / 1 pulse output) - Pulse input module (2 inputs) - M-Bus module - L-Bus module (use for external radio) - RS232 module - RS485 module Event Memory Events such as changes and faults are stored in a nonvolatile memory with a capacity of up to 127 entries. The following events are recorded: - Checksum error - Temperature measurement error - Ultrasonic operating time measurement errors - Start and end of test mode - Changing of the main conguration Monthly Memory The SONOMETER1100 has a history memory of 24 months. The following values are stored in the EEPROM on the programmable interval (daily, weekly, monthly): - Date/ Time - Cumulated energy - Tari energy 1 - Tari energy 2 - Tari denition 1 - Tari denition 2 - Cumulated volume - Error hour counter - Value of max. ow - Time max. ow - Date max. ow - Value of max. power - Time max. power - Date max. power - Pulse input counter 1 - Pulse input counter 2 - Pulse 1 denition - Pulse 2 denition - Operating days - Max. forward temperature - Time max. forward temperature - Date max. forward temperature - Max. return temperature - Time max. return temperature - Date max. return temperature
DEN-SMT/PL
Data Sheet
Design and function, continued

Log Memory The large two log memory blocks are used to store consumption values. The storage frequency can be selected from various storage intervals (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 15, 20, 30, 60 minutes or the default setting of 24 hours, Day in the month, Day of the week, (1024 seconds), 15th or end of month). Extract of possible log memory settings
Memory Storage Date block size Values block interval example area 1 1 hour Error status, overload time temperature, 16 byte 24 overload time ow rate, supply area 2 16 byte hours temperature, return temperature, date area 1 1 hour and time, energy, tari energy 1, tari 8 byte energy 2, tari denition 1, tari denition 24 area 2 2, volume, error day counter 8 byte hours Number of data records 556 299 1113 599 Recording period 23 days 299 days 46 days 599 days
The data saved in the log memory can be used for the following analyses: - Reading the calculator on a certain day. Example: If the day for reading is 01.10, the calculator reading is displayed for the period from 01.10 of the previous year to 30.09 of the current year. - Comparison of the last consumption period with the preceding period
Max. Actual Values Memories The calculator creates maximum values for power, ow rate and temperatures based on consumption time, which are stored in the EEPROM. The integration intervals are adjustable to 6, 15, 30 or 60 minutes, 24 hours (and 1024 seconds). Default setting is 60 minutes. Tari Function The calculator oers four optional tari memories for monitoring plant load states for limit taris. Extensive tari conditions make it possible to adapt the energy meter individually to the required customer-specic applications. The following limit types are possible: (This example applies to the display with 3 decimal places)
Type T TR TF P Q Z LIMIT LIMIT resolution 1 ... 255 C 1 C 1 ... 255 C 1 C 1 ... 255 kW 1 kW 100 ... 25 500 l/h 100 l/h 15 minutes
Display Control The readings are displayed on the calculator by a 8-digit LCD with units and symbols. Loop Structure The SONOMETER1100 display has six loops. Some display windows consist of two (to maximum seven) displays that are shown alternately at 4-second intervals. Some pictures in loops or a complete loop can be deactivated separately.
For quick visual guidance, the loops in the display are numbered from 1 to 6. The main loop with the current data, e.g. for energy, volume and ow rate is programmed as default setting.
According to above table the energy or the time (in hours) how long the tari condition is fullled will be stored in the tari memories.
DEN-SMT/PL
Data Sheet
Overview of Loops
DEN-SMT/PL
Data Sheet
Informative Displays (Standard)
Loop Sequence 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.9 1.10 Sequence 2.1 2.2 2.3 2 Accounting date loop 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 Loop 2.8 Sequence 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 Loop 4 Pulse input loop [o] = not active Sequence 4.1 4.2
1 Main loop
Loop
Window 1 Accumulated energy Volume Flow Power Forward / - return temperature Dierence temperature Operating days Error status Display test Window 1 Accounting date 1 date Next accounting date 1 date Previous accounting date 1 date ,Accd 1' Accounting date 2 date Next accounting date 2 date Previous accounting date 2 date ,Accd 2' Window 1 Current date ,SEC_Adr' ,Pri_Adr 1' ,Pri_Adr 2' Installation position ,Port 1' ,Port 2' Status integrated radio No. of error hours ,F01-001' (software version) Window 1 ,In1' ,In2'
Window 2
Window 3
Window 4
Window 2 Accounting date 1 energy Next accounting date 1 energy Previous accounting date 1 energy Date of next accounting date 1 Accounting date 2 energy Next accounting date 2 energy Previous accounting date 2 energy Date of next accounting date 2 Window 2 Secondary address Primary address 1 Primary address 2 No. of the mounted module at port 1 No. of the mounted module at port 2 (Sequence will be shown only in meters with integrated radio) Checksum Window 2 Accumulated values pulse input 1 Accumulated values pulse input 2
Window 3 [o] Accounting date 1 volume Next accounting date 1 volume Previous accounting date 1 volume Accounting date 2 volume Next accounting date 2 volume Previous accounting date 2 volume Window 3
Window 4 ,Accd 1A' ,Accd 1L' ,Accd 1' ,Accd 2A' ,Accd 2L' ,Accd 2' Window 4
3 Info loop
Window 3 ,PPI' pulse value 1 ,PPI' pulse value 2
Window 4
DEN-SMT/PL
Data Sheet
Loop 5 Tari loop Loop Sequence

Window 1 Window 2 Window 3 Window 4 Window 5 Window 6 Window 7
The tari loop is switched o as a standard at the heat meter or meter for cooling. Sequence 6.1 6.2 6.3 ... 6.24 Window 1 ,LOG ,LOG ,LOG ,LOG Window 2 date last month date month - 1 date month - 2 ... date month - 23 energy volume Window 3 [o] Window 4 [o] Window 5 energy energy energy Window 6 volume volume volume Window 7
6 Monthly value loop [o] = not active
Simple operation A push-button mounted on the front of the calculator is used to switch to the various displays. The button can be pressed for a short or long time. A short press of the button ( < 3 seconds) switches to the next display within a loop and a long press ( > 3 seconds) switches to the next display loop. The Energy window (sequence 1.1) in the main loop is the basic display.
The calculator switches automatically to power save mode if the button is not pressed for approx. 4 minutes and returns to the basic display when the button is pressed again. The loop settings can be programmed to suit the customers individual requirements using the IZAR@SET software.
DEN-SMT/PL
Data Sheet
Mounting

Depending on the design, the energy meter is installed either in the low temperature or high temperature line as indicated on the type plate. The energy meter is to be installed so that the direction of ow corresponds to the direction of the arrow on the ow sensor. Ensure that the ow sensor is always lled with liquid on completion of installation. Straight inlet/outlet pipes (calming sections) are not required for the ow sensor. The energy meter can be installed in both horizontal and vertical pipe sections, but every time so that air bubbles cannot collect in the ow sensor. For low ow we recommend to mount the ow sensor tilted 90 into the pipe. Make sure the energy meter is installed suciently far away from possible sources of electromagnetic interference (switches, electric motors, uorescent lamps, etc.). For cooling application and for medium temperatures more than 90 C, the calculator must be mounted on the wall at a sucient distance away from heat sources using the holder supplied. It is recommended that stop valves be tted before and after the energy meter to simplify dismantling the energy meter. The energy meter should be installed in a convenient position for service and operating personnel.
For the further information pls. refer to the SONOMETER1100s instructions.
DEN-SMT/PL
10
Data Sheet
Dimensions
L2
R
AGV AGZ
L L1
L1 L1
Nominal size L [mm] L1 [mm] L2 [mm] B [mm] R [mm] H [mm] h [mm] AGZ AGV D [mm] d [mm] F [mm] K [mm] Weight [kg] 82 14.5 GB DN 15 R 0.76 110 190
qp = 0.6 m/h 130 230 190 290 190 190
qp = 1.0 / 1.5 m/h 110 190 130 230 150 100 54 190 290 190 190
qp = 2.5 m/h 130 230 190 290 190 190
qp = 3.5 m/h 260 380 260 260 260 260 150 100 54
qp = 6 m/h 260 380 260 260 260 260
qp = 10 m/h qp = 15 m/h qp = 25 m/h qp = 40 m/h qp = 60 m/h 300 440 300 300 270 270 300 300 150 100 54 300 300 360 360
84 18 G1B DN 20 R 0.85
84 18 G1B DN 20 R -
84 47.5 FL DN 20 105 14 95 75
82 14.5 GB DN 15 R 0.76
84 18 G1B DN 20 R -
84 18 G1B DN 20 R -
84 47.5 FL DN 20 105 14 95 75
84 18
84 18
84 47.5 FL DN 20 105 14 95 75
88.5 23 G1B DN 25 R1 1.5
88.5 50 FL DN 25 114 14 100 85 3.5
88.5 62.5 FL DN 32 139 18 125 100 4.8
88.5 23 G1B DN 25 R1 1.5
88.5 50 FL DN 25 114 14 100 85 3.5
88.5 62.5 FL DN 32 139 18 125 100 4.8
94 33 G2B
94 39 FL DN 40 148 18 138 110 6.8
99 73.5 FL DN 50 163 18 147 125 7.6
106.5 85 FL DN 65 184 18 170 145 9.6
DN
K
d
114 92.5 FL DN 80 200 19 185 160 11.2 119 108 FL DN 100 235 22 216 190 17 G1B G1B DN DN 20 20 R R R1 3 0.96 2.75 0.85 0.96 2.75 0.85 0.96 2.75
11
DEN-SMT/PL
Data Sheet
Dimensions, continued Temperature sensors
Designation Direct mounted
Type Pt 500
Dimension D (mm) 5.2
L (mm) 45
5.2 Pocket sensor Pt 500 6.0
45
50
Sensor pockets
Type Sensor dimension Brass (mm) 5.2 6.0 Stainless steel 6.0
L1 (mm) Length L (mm)
47
60
93
128
47
92
128
98
133
168
223
35
52
85
120
40
85
120
85
120
155
210
12
VD.SH.J1.02
Data sheet
SONOMETERTM2000 Ultrasonic heat meter
Description/Application
MID examination certicate no.: DE-08-MI004-PTB007 and DE-09-MI004-PTB011
- Insensitive against magnetite; - Installation in any position; - Free selectable pulse values from 1 ml; - HYDRO-SET parameterization software on Windows basis guarantees optimum adaptation to the users specic needs. Features of INFOCAL 6 - Lithium battery with lifetime typical 12 years (depending on selected functionality and the volume meter connected to the calculator means 10 16 years); - Temperature range: 10 to +190 C; - Power save mode; - NOWA test capability; - Remote reading over M-Bus, RS 232, Radio or optical interface, according to ZVEI; - One optional module selectable out of module with two pulse outputs or module with two pulse inputs or module including two pulse inputs together with one pulse output; - Individual tari functions; - History memory for 24 months; - Extensive diagnostic displays; - HYDRO-SET parameterization software on Windows basis guarantees optimum adaptation to the users specic needs; - High accuracy thermal energy metering; - Clear representation of actual consumed values; - Storage of volume and energy data; - Expandable functionality with add on modules plug and play.
The SONOMETER2000 is an ultrasonic heat meter especially designed for heating, cooling or combined heating/cooling application in local and district heating systems. The SONOMETER2000 consists of: - Ultrasonic ow sensor, type SONO 1500 CT; - Heat calculator, type INFOCAL 6; - Temperature sensors. The SONOMETER2000 has been approved according to EN 1434 ( MID ). Features of SONO 1500 CT - 1st approval in Europe for ultrasonic ow sensor with dynamic range of qi/qp 1:250 in class 2 (qp 1.5 / 2.5 / 6 / 10 / 15 / 25 / 40 / 60 m/h); - Complete dynamic range: 1:1500; - Lithium battery with a lifetime of 12 years or external supply; - Temperature range: 5 - 90 C / 130 C / 150 C; - Overload temperature up to 150 C (sizes qp 0.6 up to 2.5 m/h); - Available in nominal sizes: qp 0.6 / 1.0 / 1.5 / 2.5 / 3.5 / 6 / 10 / 15 / 25 / 40 / 60 m/h; - Patented free-beam principle; - Swirl-free ow around reector; - Robust stainless steel reector; - All sizes also available in PN 25; - No calming sections necessary in the inlet and/ or outlet (standard installation); - NOWA test capability; - Connection to calculator with pulse dened values;
DEN-SMT/PL
VD.SH.A4.02 Danfoss 04/2010
Data Sheet
Description/Application, continued

The SONOMETER2000 is able to handle 3 types of applications:
District heating/boiler application
Combined heating/cooling application
Chilled water application
DEN-SMT/PL
Data Sheet
Ordering
AAA - application accessories only1 only temperature sensors1 heat meter for heating heat meter for cooling heat meter for heating / cooling only ow sensor for heating only ow sensor for cooling
1

AAA BB - C D E 000 4TS 2HE 2CO 2HC 15H 15C
F G H -
L M - NN O 0 1 3 4 5 O - verication without approval mark compliant according to national regulations compliant to MID. No letter of conformity compliant to MID. With letter of conformity (inital verication) compliant to MID. With letter of conformity (initial verication) and additional test reports
prices valid in the Accessories list
BB - (for) ow sensor (type SONO 1500 CT) not relevant / no ow sensor qp 0.6 m/h / 110 mm thread / DN 15 / GB / 1 litre / pulse qp 0.6 m/h / 130 mm thread / DN 20 / G1B / 1 litre / pulse qp 0.6 m/h / 190 mm thread / DN 20 / G1B / 1 litre / pulse qp 1.0 m/h / 110 mm thread / DN 15 / GB / 1 litre / pulse qp 1.0 m/h / 130 mm thread / DN 20 / G1B / 1 litre / pulse qp 1.0 m/h / 190 mm thread / DN 20 / G1B / 1 litre / pulse qp 1.5 m/h / 110 mm thread / DN 15 / GB / 1 litre / pulse qp 1.5 m/h / 130 mm thread / DN 20 / G1B / 1 litre / pulse qp 1.5 m/h / 190 mm thread / DN 20 / G1B / 1 litre / pulse qp 2.5 m/h / 130 mm thread / DN 20 / G1B / 1 litre / pulse qp 2.5 m/h / 190 mm thread / DN 20 / G1B / 1 litre / pulse qp 3.5 m/h / 260 mm thread / DN 25 / G1B / 10 litre / pulse qp 6 m/h / 260 mm thread / DN 25 / G1B / 10 litre / pulse qp 10 m/h / 300 mm thread / DN 40 / G2B qp 0.6 m/h / 190 mm ange DN 20 / 1 litre / pulse1 qp 1.0 m/h / 190 mm ange DN 20 / 1 litre / pulse1 qp 1.5 m/h / 190 mm ange DN 20 / 1 litre / pulse1 qp 2.5 m/h / 190 mm ange DN 20 / 1 litre / pulse1 qp 3.5 m/h / 260 mm ange DN 25 / 10 litre / pulse1 qp 3.5 m/h / 260 mm ange DN 32 / 10 litre / pulse1 qp 6 m/h / 260 mm ange DN 25 / 10 litre / pulse1 qp 6 m/h / 260 mm ange DN 32 / 10 litre / pulse1 qp 10 m/h / 300 mm ange / DN 401 qp 15 m/h / 270 mm ange / DN 501 qp 25 m/h / 300 mm ange / DN 651 qp 40 m/h / 300 mm ange / DN 801 qp 60 m/h / 360 mm ange / DN 1001
1
00 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 1G 1H 1I 1J 1K 1L 1M 1N 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2F 2G 2H 2I 2J 2K 2L 2M
00 AT BA BG CN DK EE HR CZ DE GB IE IT KZ LV LT MD MK PL RO RU CS SK SI TR UA XM 0 1 2 3 4
NN - country code Neutral code with docs in English Austria Bosnia Bulgaria China Denmark Estonia Croatia Czech Republic Germany United Kingdom Ireland Italy Kazakhstan Latvia Lithuania Moldova Macedonia Poland Romania Russia Serbia Slovak Republic Slovenia Turkey Ukraine Montenegro
only PN 25 possible
M - connections (sets) without screwing set R x G B screwing set R x G 1 B screwing set R 1 x G 1 B screwing set R 1 x G 2 B
C - pressure not relevant PN 16 PN 251

1
0 C D
Flange versions must be PN 25
D - ow sensor cable not relevant 2.5 m (standard) 5m 10 m E - installation not relevant forward return F - power supply not relevant / with external power supply 1 battery 3.6 V DC (D-cell) 2 battery 3.6 V DC (D-cell) 2 with power regulator
1 2
0 A B C 0 F R 0 2 5
L - accessories / pocket 0 without for 5.2 mm temperature sensors (pair1) F brass-pockets, 35 mm, MID 3 G brass-pockets, 52 mm, MID H brass-pockets, 85 mm, MID I brass-pockets, 120 mm, MID for 6.0 mm temperature sensors (pair) V brass-pockets, 40 mm MID W brass-pockets, 85 mm MID X brass-pockets, 120 mm MID Y stainless steel-pockets, 85 mm MID Z stainless steel-pockets, 120 mm MID 1 stainless steel-pockets, 155 mm MID 2 stainless steel-pockets, 210 mm MID Accessories R ball valve DN 15 - for direct sensor 2 (1 piece) S ball valve DN 20 - for direct sensor 2 (1 piece) T ball valve DN 25 - 1 for direct sensor 2 (1 piece) U adapter for mounting direct sensor R M 10x1 2
1 2 3
DN 15-32 DN 40-65 DN 80-125 DN 150-200 DN 25-65 DN 80-125 DN 150-200 DN 80-125 DN 150-200 DN 200-250 DN 300
only for ow sensor for internal radio module
versions with one sensor pocket on request not possible for 6.0 mm sensors max temperature: 105C
GH - interface modules modules slot 1 not relevant / no module in slot 1 M-Bus module RS-232 module Real Data radio module Module for 2 additional pulse inputs RS232 adapter for radio modules slot 2 not relevant / no module in slot 2 Module for volume and energy pulse outputs Module for 2 additional pulse inputs Module for 2 pulse inputs + 1 pulse output
0 0 A B C D E 0 K L M N O P Q T U V W 1 2
K - temperature sensor mounting not relevant qp 0.6 - 2.5: Prep. for mounting one sensor in ow sensor 1 qp 3.5 - 60 : indirect mounting (2 free sensors) qp 3.5 - 25 : Prep. for mounting one sensor in ow sensor 1
1
only for 5.2 mm sensors
(standard setting for pulse input modules: 100 l / pulse standard setting for pulse output modules: energy and volume, pulse value is the last digit in the display)
J - temperature sensors (pair) Pt 500 / 5.2 mm / 2 m cable, MID Pt 500 / 5.2 mm / 3 m cable, MID Pt 500 / 5.2 mm / 5 m cable, MID Pt 500 / 5.2 mm / 10 m cable, MID Pt 500 / 6.0 mm / 2 m cable, MID Pt 500 / 6.0 mm / 3 m cable, MID Pt 500 / f 6.0mm / 5m cable, MID Pt 500 / f 6.0mm / 10m cable, MID
0 A B C D E F G H I J K L M
I - energy units not relevant / only ow sensor kWh (without digit after comma) only for 0.6 - 6 m/h MWh (with 1 digit after comma) MWh (with 2 digits after comma) MWh (with 3 digits after comma) only for 0.6 - 6 m/h GJ (with 1 digit after comma) GJ (with 2 digits after comma) GJ (with 3 digits after comma) only for 0.6 - 6 m/h Gcal (with 1 digit after comma) Gcal (with 2 digits after comma) Gcal (with 3 digits after comma) only for 0.6 - 6 m/h MBtu (with 1 digit after comma) MBtu (with 2 digits after comma) MBtu (with 3 digits after comma) only for 0.6 - 6 m/h
DEN-SMT/PL
Data Sheet
Ordering, continued

Modules
Designation Module for M-Bus Module for RS 232 Data cable for RS 232 Adapter RS232 for external radio Internal radio module Set external radio module (external RS 232 real data radio module + RS 232 adapter for radio + power regulator) Module for 2 additional pulse inputs Module for volume and energy pulse outputs Module for 2 pulse inputs + 1 pulse output Mains unit 230 V AC, power pack 3.6 V only for combination SONO 1500 CT with backup battery Mains unit 24 V AC, power pack 3.6 V only for combination SONO 1500 CT with backup battery Battery 3.6 V DC direct 3.6 V for VMC Code No. 542 000 01 542 000 07 087H0121 542 000 31 542 000 17 54200046 542 000 03 542 000 02 542 000 26 542 000 04 542 000 05 300 07 83
Communication
Function
Supply voltage
Accessories Ball valves

Dimension (IG) G G G 1 Set 12 pcs 12 pcs 12 pcs Code No. 087H0118 087H0119 087H0120
Adapter for mounting temperature sensors
Coupling thread
Sensor thread
Set
Code No.
M 10 x 1
32 pcs
087H0107
Tailpieces
Threaded
Dimension (AGR x IG) R 1/2 x G 3/4 B R 3/4 x G 1 B R 1 x G 1 B R 11/2 x G 2 B
Set 5 pcs 5 pcs 5 pcs 5 pcs
Code No. 803 014 803 016 803 018 803 022
Software The HYDRO-SET parameterization software based on the M-Bus is a convenient tool for handling the calculator. The HYDRO-SET software is available on web site www.hydrometer.de. It runs on Windows 2000/XP and is used for: - commissioning, - reading out measured values, - printing out heat meter logs, - heat meter conguration.
DEN-SMT/PL
Data Sheet
Technical data INFOCAL 6
Basic data
Display indication
Temperature
Enviro. class Protect. class Display Units Total values Values displayed Ambient Storage Temp. sensors Sensor current
Type T
mA s
Input
Measuring cycle Max. temp. dierence Min. temp. dierence Starting temp. dierence Absolute temp. measuring range Operating voltage
Supply voltage
max K min K K C UN V DC
EN 1434 class C / A IP 54 LCD, 7 digit MWh - kWh - GJ - Gcal - MBtu 9 999 999 - 999 999.9 - 99 999.99 - 9 999.999 Power - energy - ow rate - temperature 0 - 55 -25 - +70 Pt 100 / Pt 500 with 2-wire leads < 10 m Pt 100 peak < 8; rms < 0.015 Pt 500 peak < 2; rms < 0.012 Mains unit supply: 2 Battery: 16 177 3 0.1 -9.9...189.9 3.0 / 3.6 (Lithium battery)
SONO 1500 CT
Flow rate Nominal Maximum Minimum Starting Nominal qp m3/h qs m3/h l/h q i l/h DN mm 0.6 1.2 6 1 1.0 / 1.5 2/3 10 / 6 2.5 2.5 5 10 4 20 3.5 7 35 7 25 16 / 25 32 25 25 16 / 25 6 12 24 7 32 25
Diameter 15 20 15 20 Operating Maximum PN bar 16 / 25 25 16 / 25 25 16 / 25 25 pressure Temperature Flow sensor C 5 ... 130 range Medium circulation water (pH: 7 - 10) p mbar 85 36 / 75 100 Pressure loss At qp 130 190 Overall length mm 110 130 190 110 130 190 Volume l/imp. 0.001...5000 (depend on qp) Pulse value ml/imp. 5 10 20 Test1) battery supply: 3.0 V DC Supply Operating UN external supply: 3.0..5.5 V DC2) voltage Enviro. class EN 1434 class C / A Basic data Protect. class IP 54 (heating) / IP 68 (cooling) Applicable for direct mounting temp. yes sensor, Pt 100 / 500 1) The test impulse depends on digits places of indicator volumes. 2) For medium temperatures above 90 C, the ow sensor must be equipped with an external supply.
5 ... 150 44 260 20 128 260 50
no
Measuring accuracy to EN 1434 Class 2 for SONO 1500 CT
DEN-SMT/PL
Data Sheet
Technical data, continued SONO 1500 / CT
Flow rate Diameter Operating pressure Temperature range Medium Pressure loss2) Overall length Pulse value Supply voltage Basic data
Nominal Maximum Minimum1) Starting Nominal Maximum Flow sensor At qp Volume Test1)
qp m3/h qs m3/h qi l/h l/h DN mm PN bar C p mbar mm l/imp. ml/imp UN
10 20 40 3)/100 15 40
95 300 100
Environmental class Protection class
25 40 50 80 250 160 3)/400 50 80 65 80 25 5 - 150 circulation water (pH - value: 7 -10) 80 75 80 270 300 300 0.001...5000 (depend on qp) 150 250 250 battery supply: 3.0 V DC external supply: 3.0..5.5 V DC4) EN 1434 class C / A IP 54 (heating) / IP 68 (cooling) no
15 30 60 3)/150 40 50
60 120 240 3)/600 120 100
75 360 500
Apllicable for direct mounting temp. sensor, Pt 100 / 500 1) The accuracy is better than 3% 2) Acc. to EN 1434 6.17 3) Only for horizontal installation 4) For medium temperatures above 90 C, the ow sensor must be equipped with an external supply.
Temperature sensors (pair)

Type Element Pairing Medium temperature Medium Response time t 0.5 Pressure rating PN Protection class Pipe material bar C C Direct mounted (EN 1434) Pt 500, 2-wire (EN 60751) 10, 80, 130 0...150 District heating water acc. to sensor pocket technical data Typically 0.8 s / 0.4 m/s table acc. to sensor pocket technical data 16 table IP 67 IP 65 W 2.4816 W 1.4303 0...180 Pocket sensor (EN 1434) Pt 500, 2-wire (EN 60751)
Temperature sensor pockets

Type Medium temperature Medium Response time t 0.5 Pressure rating PN Material Adapter bar C Stainless steel 0...180 District heating water Typically 9 s / 0.4 m/s Typically 13 s / 0.4 m/s Typically 5 s / 0.4 m/s with pasta Typically 5 s / 0.4 m/s with pasta 25 CuZn40Pb2 (Ms 58) W 1.4571 CuZn40Pb2 (Ms 58) Brass
Design and function
The SONOMETER2000 is an ultrasonic heat meter especially designed for heating, cooling or combined heating/cooling application in local and district heating systems.
The SONOMETER2000 consists of: - Ultrasonic ow sensor, type SONO 1500 CT; - Thermal energy calculator, type INFOCAL 6; - Temperature sensors.
DEN-SMT/PL
Data Sheet
INFOCAL 6

Calculator The calculator contains all the necessary circuits for recording the ow rate and temperature as well as for calculating, logging and displaying the data. The calculator housing can be mounted directly on the ow sensor or on the wall. At application with medium temperature above 90 C or at temperatures Twater < Tenvironment the calculator has to be removed from the ow sensor. The calculator can be conveniently read from a single line 7-digit display with units and symbols. A push-button provides user-friendly control of the various display loops. All failures and faults are recorded automatically and shown on the LC display. To protect the reading data, all the relevant data are saved in a non-volatile memory (EEPROM). This memory saves the measured values, device parameters and types of error at regular intervals. Temperature Sensors Pairs of Pt 100 or Pt 500 temperature sensors with 2-wire leads are used. Interfaces INFOCAL 6 is equipped as a standard with a ZVEI optical interface with the M-Bus protocol acc. to EN 1434. This interface is used, for example, for communication with the HYDRO-SET parameterization software. The calculator features 2 slots for the modules. One slot for the function modules, and one for the communication modules. The following communication modules are available as options: - RS232 module; - M-Bus module acc. to EN 1434; - Real Data Radio Module. The RS 232 communication module is a serial interface and permits data exchange with the calculator. For this purpose a special data cable is necessary. The M-Bus module is a serial interface for communication with external devices (M-Bus Repeater) e.g. HYDRO-CENTER. A number of calculators can be connected to a control centre. The Radio module is an interface for communicate unidirectional over radio predened data records. The protocol is send every 8 19 s. For receiving there are dierent Hydrometer receiver available. The transmission protocol is editable by HYDRO-SET. If battery supplied the life time is up to 8 years.
DEN-SMT/PL
Data Sheet

Pulse Input Two pulse inputs are available. The pulse value and the unit is congurable for heat, water, gas or electrical energy meter by HYDRO-SET. The input frequency range is 0 8 Hz with pulselength 10 ms. Data are separate cumulated in dierent registers and are also stored on the two accounting days. The cable length to pulse input have to be less than 10 m. Combined pulse input / output Two pulse inputs combined with one pulse output are available on one module. The pulse inputs are congurable with value and the unit by HYDRO-SET. The input frequency range is 0 8 Hz with pulse-length 10 ms. The pulse output is also programmable using the HYDRO-SET software. The open collector output is supplied with external power of 3-30 VDC and has an output frequency of 4 Hz. The pulse width of the not potential separated pulses is 100-150 ms. Pulse output The calculator provides levels for two optional external pulse outputs, which can be freely programmed using the HYDRO-SET software. The outputs are open collector with external power supply of 3 - 30 V DC and an output frequency of 4 Hz. The pulse width of the potential separated pulses is 100 - 150 ms. Possible pulse output values - Energy (standard setting); - Volume (standard setting); - Tari energy 1; - Tari energy 2; - Tari condition 1, limit switch; - Tari condition 2, limit switch; - Energy error; - Volume error; - Volume with specic resolution (0.1 / 1.0 / 10 / 100 l) at 3 digit after volume comma; - Energy with specic resolution (0.1 kWh) at 3 digit after volume comma; - Leakage detection (2 channel). Module combinations The calculator has a group of extension modules for communication and another group of extension modules for additional functionality. These modules are available rst selected within the calculator, or for retrotting in the eld. One single function module as well as one single communication module out of following modules is selectable. Function modules: - Pulse input module, 2 inputs; - Pulse output module, 2 outputs; - Combined pulse module 2 inputs, 1 output. Communication modules: - M-Bus or - RS 232 or - Real Data Radio Event memory Events such as changes and faults are stored in a non-volatile memory with a capacity of up to 31 entries. The following events are recorded: - Checksum error; - Temperature measurement error; - Start and end of test mode. Monthly memory INFOCAL 6 has a history memory of 24 months. The following values are stored in the EEPROM on the programmed date 1 31 via (HYDROSET) of the actual month: - Date / Time; - Energy; - Tari energy 1; - Tari energy 2; - Tari denition 1; - Tari denition 2; - Pulse input 1; - Operation hours; - Volume; - Error day counter; - Maximum monthly ow rate; - Maximum monthly power; - Date of maximum monthly ow rate; - Date of maximum monthly power; - Pulse input 2. Log memory The log memory is used to store consumption values. The storage frequency can be selected from various storage intervals (5. 6, 10, 12, 15, 20, 30, 60 minutes or the default setting of 24 hours, see following table). The data which are stored in Log Memory could be read out with HYDRO-SET and can be used for evaluations. Extract of possible log memory settings
Storage interval Number Recording of data period records 5 min. Error status, overload 440 36.6 h 15 min. time temperature, 440 110 h overload time 1h 440 18.3 days ow rate, supply temperature, return temperature, date and time, energy, tari energy 1, tari 24 h 440 440 days energy 2, tari denition 1, tari denition 2, volume, error day counter Values
Accounting date The calculator includes two independent memories in which the accumulated energy at two programmable dates is stored. - Last Accounting Date; - Last but one Accounting Date; - Values stored: - Energy; - Volume; - Tari counter 1; - Tari counter 2; - Pulse counter 1; - Pulse counter 2; - Date.
DEN-SMT/PL
Data Sheet

Max. Values The calculator creates max. values for power and ow rate based on consumption time, which are stored in the EEPROM. The integration intervals are adjustable to 6, 15, 30 or 60 minutes and 24 h. Default setting is 60 minutes. Tari Function The calculator oers two optional tari memories for monitoring plant load states for limit taris. Here it concerns threshold value taris. Extensive tari conditions make it possible to adapt the calculator individually to the required customer-specic applications. Both taris are separately congurable and independent from each other. Energy or time can be measured alternatively per tari register dependent on the tari mode adjusted in each case. With the time triggered tari function (type Z) the switch-on time and the switch-o time are adjustable independent from each other for each day of the week in steps of 15 minutes. The following limit types are possible: (This example applies to the display at 3 digit after volume comma) Leakage Function - on request
Type T -T TR TV P Q FE Z E Description Temperature dierence Negative temperature dierence Return temperature (low) Supply temperature (high) Power Flow Theoretically Supply Energy with return temperature of 0 C Time triggered counting energy External counting energy LIMIT LIMIT resolution 1 ... 190 C 1 C 1 ... 190 C 1 C 1 ... 190 C 1 C 1 ... 190 C 1 C 1 ... 255 kW 1 kW 100 ... 25 500 l/h 100 l/h -
Display Control The readings are displayed on the calculator by a 7-digit LCD with units and symbols. Loop Structure The INFOCAL 6 display has six loops. Some display windows consist of two (to maximum seven) displays that are shown alternately at 4-second intervals. Some pictures in loops or a complete loop can be deactivated separately. The main loop with the current data, e.g. for energy, volume and ow rate, is programmed as default setting. In the standard setting the loop no. 5 (tari loop) is not activated.
For quick visual guidance, the loops in the display are numbered from 1 to 6.
DEN-SMT/PL
Data Sheet
Overview of Loops
DEN-SMT/PL
10
Data Sheet
Informative Displays (Standard)
Loop Sequence 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 [o] 1.9 1.10 1.11 [o] 1.12 [o] 1.13 [o] 1.14[o] 1.15 1.16 1.17 1.18 1.19 Loop 1 Main loop Loop
1 Main loop
Window 1 Accumulated Energy Volume Flow Power Supply temperature Dierence temperature Operating hours Monthly peak power Error code Display test Tari energy 1 Tari energy 2 Pulse input In 1 Pulse input In 2 Leakage detection error Accounting date last time Accounting date next to last time Secondary address Actual maximal ow
Window 2
Window 3
Window 4
Return temperature
Date
Pulse input counter 1 Pulse input counter 2 Leakage detection heating Accounting date last time Accounting date next to last time Secondary M-Bus address Date actual maximal ow Accounting value Energy last time Accounting value Energy next to last time Accounting value Volume last time Accounting value Volume next to last time
Sequence Window 1 Window 2 Window 3 Window 4 Window 5 Window 6 Window 7 Window 8 Window 9 Date of Tari Tari Max. Impulse 1.20 LOG Energy Volume Max. ow last month energy 1 energy 2 power counter 1 Sequence 2.1 2.2 Window 1 Accounting date 1 Accounting date 1 previous year Accounting date Accd 1 Accounting date 2 Accounting date 2 previous year Accounting date Accd 2 Window 2 Accounting date 1 energy Accounting date 1 previous year energy Accounting date 1 in the future Accounting date 2 energy Accounting date 2 previous year energy Accounting date 2 in the future Window 3 [o] Accounting date 1 volume Accounting date 1 previous year volume
Window 10 Impulse counter 2
Window 4 Accd 1 Accd 1
2 Accounting date loop
2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6
Accounting date 2 volume Accounting date 2 previous year volume
Accd 2 Accd 2
Loop
Sequence 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4
3 Info loop
3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12
Window 1 Current date SEC_Adr Pri_Adr Pt 100 r or Pt 500 r shows installation forward or return Monthly peak ow rate Monthly peak power Integration interval (maximum value) Number of error days Pulse output Out 1 Pulse output Out 2 Pulse output Out 3 Software version
Window 2 Secondary address M-Bus Primary address M-Bus
Date max. ow rate Date max. power
Pulse value and unit pulse output 1 Pulse value and unit pulse output 2 Pulse value interface pulse
[o] = not active
11
DEN-SMT/PL
Data Sheet
Loop Sequence 4.1 4.2 4.3 [o] 4.4 [o] 4.5 [o] 4 Pulse input loop 4.6 [o] 4.7 [o] 4.8 [o] 4.9 [o] 4.10 [o] Loop Sequence 5.1 [o] 5.2 [o] 5.3 [o] 5.4 [o] 5.5 [o] 5 Tari loop 5.6 [o] 5.7 [o] 5.8 [o] 5.9 [o] 5.10 [o] Loop 6 Monthly value loop Sequence 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.24 [o] = not active

Window 1 Pulse input In1 Pulse input In2 Accounting date 1 Accounting date 1 Accounting date 1 previous year Accounting date 1 previous year Accounting date 2 Accounting date 2 Accounting date 2 previous year Accounting date 2 previous year Window 1 Tari energy 1 Tari energy 2 Accounting date 1 Accounting date 1 Accounting date 1 previous year Accounting date 1 previous year Accounting date 2 tari energy 1 Accounting date 2 Accounting date 2 previous year Accounting date 2 previous year Window 1 Last month Month 1 Month -2 Month -23 Window 2 Energy Energy Energy Energy Window 2 Pulse input counter 1 Pulse input counter 2 Pulse input In1 Pulse input In2 Pulse input In1 Pulse input In2 Pulse input In1 Pulse input In2 Pulse input In1 Pulse input In2 Window 2 Tari function 1 (e.g. t 01) Tari function 2 (e.g. t 02) Accounting date 1 tari energy 1 Accounting date 1 tari energy 2 Accounting date 1 tari energy 1 Accounting date 1 tari energy 2 Accounting date 2 tari energy 1 Accounting date 2 tari energy 2 Accounting date 2 tari energy 2 Accounting date 2 tari energy 2 Window 3 [o] Tari energy 1 Tari energy 1 Tari energy 1 Tari energy 1 Window 4 [o] Tari energy 2 Tari energy 2 Tari energy 2 ... Tari energy 2 Window 5 Volume Volume Volume Volume Window 3 Pulse value 1 Pulse value 2 Acc.date 1 Pulse value 1 Acc.date 1 Pulse value 2 Acc.date 1 previous year Pulse value 1 Acc.date 1 previous year Pulse value 2 Acc.date 2 Pulse value 1 Acc.date 2 Pulse value 2 Acc.date 2 previous year Pulse value 1 Acc.date 2 previous year Pulse value 2 Window 3 Limit tari 1 Limit tari 2 Accd 1 Accd 1 Accd 1 Accd 1 Accd 2 Accd 2 Accd 2 Accd 2 Window 6 Max. ow rate Max. ow rate Max. ow rate Max. ow rate Window 7 Max. power Max. power Max. power Max. power
Simple operation A push-button mounted on the front of the calculator is used to switch to the various displays. The button can be pressed for a short or long time. A short press of the button ( < 3 seconds) switches to the next display within a loop and a long press ( > 3 seconds) switches to the next display loop. The Energy window (sequence 1.1) in the main loop is the basic display.
The calculator switches automatically to power save mode if the button is not pressed for approx. 4 minutes and returns to the basic display when the button is pressed again. The loop settings can be programmed to suit the customers individual requirements using the HYDRO-SET software.
DEN-SMT/PL
12
Data Sheet
SONO 1500 CT

Power supply The standard version contains a 3.0 VDC lithium battery (max. 90 C) with a lifetime of 12 years (depends on conguration). Its also possible to use an external supply e.g. from a calculator. Characteristic for ext. power supply: - Power supply 3.0 ... 5.5 V DC; - Power consumption < 130 mAh per year; - Impulse current < 10 mA. Pulse output The ow sensor has two pulse output. - Volume pulse output; - Output for testing (high resolution pulse output for test laboratories, temporary limited) and for communication. The output for testing is a combined impulse output. That means the ow sensor can emit a high resolution test impulse or the ow sensor can communicate via the same output. By using an adapter the ow sensor can be read out via the HYDRO-SET Software. The electrical information for the volume pulses of the model for heating is described as follows: The pulse output is by default not galvanic. A galvanic pulse output is as an option available. The ow sensor has, by default, a 4-pin impulse cable with a length of 2.5 m. The maximal length is 10 m. Specication of the pulse output: Battery supply
Volume impulse output Power Supply Contact load No galvanic insulation Galvanic insulation (standard) 3.0 V DC battery UCE 30 V UCE 30 V IC 20 mA with residual IC 1 mA with residual voltage of 0.5 V voltage of 0.5 V 20 Hz * Open Collector 1 ml ... 5000 l * (depends on qp) 1 ... 250 ms 10% pulse * duration pulse pause
External supply
No galvanic insulation 3.0 5.5 V DC external supply UCE 30 V IC 20 mA with residual voltage of 0.5 V 150 Hz 1 ml ... 5000 l (depends on qp) 1 ... 250 ms 10% pulse duration pulse pause
Output frequency Pulse description Pulse values Pulse duration
Cable allocation White core + volume impulse Yellow core test impulse / communication Blue core GND Brown core reserved - volume impulse + power supply * depends on the average ow during the lifetime of the ow sensor, on the pulse duration and on the pulse value.
13
DEN-SMT/PL
Data Sheet
Mounting SONO 1500 CT
The ow sensor is installed either in the high temperature pipe or low temperature pipe as indicated on the data plate. The ow sensor has to be installed so that the direction of ow corresponds to the direction of the arrow on the ow sensor housing. Ensure that the ow sensor is always lled with liquid after installation. Calming sections before and after the ow sensor are not necessary. The ow sensor can be installed in both horizontal and vertical pipe sections, but always so, that air bubbles cannot collect in the ow sensor.
Make sure the ow sensor is installed suciently far away from possible sources of electromagnetic interference (switches, electric motors, uorescent lamps, etc.). It is recommended that stop valves are tted before and after the ow sensor to simplify dismantling. The ow sensor should be installed in a convenient position for service and operating personnel.
DEN-SMT/PL
14
Data Sheet
Dimensions SONO 1500 CT
Nominal size L [mm] L1 [mm] L2 [mm] B [mm] H [mm] h [mm] AGZ 110 190
qp = 0.6 m/h 130 230 190 190 110 190
qp = 1.0 / 1.5 m/h 130 230 190 190
qp = 2.5 m/h 130 230 90 65.5 56.5 18

G1B DN 20
qp = 3.5 m/h 260 380 260 260 -
qp = 6.0 m/h 260 380 260 260 -
190
190
54.5 14.5
GB DN 15
56.5 18
G1B DN 20
56.5 18
G1B DN 20
56.5 47.5
FL DN 20
54.5 14.5
GB DN 15
56.5 18
G1B DN 20
56.5 18
G1B DN 20
56.5 47.5
FL DN 20
56.5 18
G1B DN 20
56.5 47.5
61 23
61 50
FL DN 25
61 62.5
FL DN 32
61 23
G1B DN25
61 50
FL DN 25
61 62.5
FL DN 32
FL G1B DN 20 DN 25
AGV R R D [mm] d [mm] F [mm] K [mm] Weight [kg] 0.6 0.61 FL - anged connection
R 0.63
105 14 95 75 2.7
R 0.6
R 0.61
R 0.63
105 14 95 75 2.7
R 0.61
R 0.63
105 14 95 75 2.7
R1 1.35
114 14 100 85 3.35
139 18 125 100 4.65
R1 1.35
114 14 100 85 3.35
139 18 125 100 4.65
DEN-SMT/PL
15
Data Sheet
Dimensions, continued SONO 1500 CT
Nominal size
qp = 10 m/h 300 -
qp = 15 m/h 270 90 65.5
qp = 25 m/h 300 -
qp = 40 m/h 300 -
qp = 60 m/h 360 -
L [mm] 300 L1 [mm] 400 L2 [mm] B [mm] H [mm] 66.5 h [mm] 33 AGZ G2B DN40 AGV R 1 1/2 D [mm] d [mm] F [mm] K [mm] Weight [kg] 2.6 FL- anged connection
66 69 FL DN 40 148 18 138 110 6.6
71.5 73.5 FL DN 50 163 18 147 125 7.45
79 85 FL DN 65 184 18 170 145 9.45
86.5 92.5 FL DN80 200 19 185 160 11.1
96.5 108 FL DN100 235 22 216 190 16.9
Temperature sensors
Designation Direct mounted Type Pt 500 Dimension D (mm) 5.2 L (mm) 45
5.2 Pocket sensor Pt 500 6.0
45
50
Sensor pockets
Type Sensor dimension Brass (mm) 5.2 6.0 Stainless steel 6.0
L1 (mm) Length L (mm)
47
60
93
128
47
92
128
98
133
168
223
35
52
85
120
40
85
120
85
120
155
210
16
DEN-SMT/PL
Data Sheet
INFOCAL 6
DEN-SMT/PL
17
Data Sheet
18
VD.SH.A4.02
HEAT PRODUCTS LTD
MiniFlush 100
Flow Control, balance and flushing assembly
Multifunction assemblies Easy to fit Speeds up installation 100mm centers, suitable for 35mm insulation On site positioning of valves Multiple options available (upon request) Suitable for heating and cooling applications Extended ball valve spindles
Specification
Bronze Cast Body H Block Integral full bore 3 way ball valves Handles indicate flow direction Available in 1/2 & 3/4 end connections Available complete with : Commissioning valve, PICV, Flow Setters, Strainer and orifice plate. Rated to PN16 Temperature rating -10C to +120C Threaded BS21 Individually Factory tested
Application
Fan coil units Small AHU (Air Handling Units) Heat Interface Units Chilled Beams
Operation
Normal Flow Mode
Bypass Flow Mode
Selected option
MiniFlush 100 c/w PICV and strainer
MiniFlush 100 c/w flowlimiter and orifice plate
MiniFlush 100 c/w PICV and orifice plate
MiniFlush 100 c/w AV 23 tacosetter
MiniFlush 100 c/w AV 23 tacosetter and strainer
MiniFlush 100 c/w commissioning valve
MiniFlush 100 c/w commissioning valve and strainer
MiniFlush 100 c/w AV23 SD and strainer

Rp1/2
92-101-05076
MiniFlush 100 body only
Dimensions
Rp3/4
92-101-05077
Other options available

100 Rp3/4
92-101-05076
74,5
Rp1/2
92-101-05077
MiniFlush 100 with extended spindles MiniFlush 100, control valve and commission valve MiniFlush 100 assembly with additional ball valves MiniFlush 100 assembly with free issue valves MiniFlush 100 with PICV in flow or return MiniFlush 100 assembly built to your specification
Doppelkugelhahn Double-ball valve
Unit 40, South Hampshire Business Park, Brunel Road, Totton, Hampshire. SO40 3SA Email: heatproducts@gmail.com Tel: 02380 429830 Fax: 02380 429839
26.05.2010 Teipel Mastab 1:1

Taconova 2012 PDF Catalogue PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Taconova 2012 PDF Catalogue PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

INDEX

Foreword - Company introduction

Section 1 Taco Setter balancing

Section 2 Nova Drive actuators, manifolds, thermostats and wiring centres

Section 3 Nova Mix mixing valves

Section 4 Taco Sol solar pump sets

Section 5 Air Removal

Section 6 Danfoss Automatic balancing and standard commissioning valves

Section 7 Danfoss Differential Pressure Control valves

Section 8 Danfoss Differential Pressure Relief valves

Section 9 Danfoss thermal balancing and temperature control valves

Section 10 Heat Products HIU, Meters, Mini Flush

(WaterMark for DZR versions only)

Pressure loss diagrams 223.1202.000

Effective flow rate (scale nominal value 100%)

38% glycol Kinematic viscosity: = 6.7 mm2/s

Pressure loss mbar

Displayed flow rate in %

Flow rate l/min

0,6 2,4 l/min

Pressure loss mbar

Pressure loss mbar

Flow rate l/min

Flow rate l/min

Pressure loss mbar

Pressure loss mbar

Flow rate l/min

Flow rate l/min

830 l/min 1040 l/min

Pressure loss mbar

Pressure loss mbar

Subject to modication. A-SI 07/2010 pdf e

Flow rate l/min

Flow rate l/min

RpRp " " " 1" 1" 1 " 1 " 2"

2...8 l/min 2...8 l/min

223.2360.000 223.2360.000 223.2370.000

4...15 l/min 4...15 l/min

223.2362.000 223.2362.000 223.2372.000

8...30 l/min 8...30 l/min 8...30 l/min

A-D = Valve position

B-D = Valve position

B-D = Valve position

Pressureloss lossmbar mbar Pressure

Pressureloss lossmbar mbar Pressure

Pressureloss lossmbar mbar Pressure

Flowrate ratel/min l/min Flow

Flowrate ratel/min l/min Flow

Flow rate ratel/min l/min Flow

6...20 l/min 6...20 l/min 6...20 l/min

DN 25 - 1" 10...40 l/min DN 25 1" 10...40 l/min DN 25 - 1" 10...40 l/min

223.2561.000 223.2561.000 223.2571.000

20...70 l/min 20...70 l/min 20...70 l/min

B-D = Valve position

Druckverlust mbar Pressure loss mbar

Durchfluss Flow rate l/minl/min

Durchfluss Flow rate l/minl/min

Durchfluss l/min Flow rate l/min

B-D == Valve position B-D Ventilposition

B-D = Valve position B-D = Ventilposition

Druckverlust mbar Pressure loss mbar

Druckverlust mbar Pressure loss mbar

Durchfluss Flow rate l/minl/min